Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Diversified / Numis

Numis

num · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker num
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Diversified
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Numis
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
N

u

m

i

s

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

1

A dynamic, 
creative 
investment 
banking partner

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

 
 
 
 
 
We strive to be a dynamic, creative 
investment banking partner, 
connecting ambitious companies 
and investors for mutual success 

We partner with our clients to help 
them realise their goals effectively 
and efficiently. We do this by 
building close relationships based 
on trust, thinking creatively and 
delivering with conviction to bring 
companies and investors together 
for mutual success. When our 
clients succeed, we succeed.

Contents

Strategic Report

What we do 

Group overview 

Chairman’s statement 

Business model 

Market review 

Message from the Co-CEOs 

Our strategy and key  
performance indicators 

Business review 

Financial review  

Our ESG framework 

Stakeholder engagement 

Section 172 statement 

Our people 

Society 

The environment 

Operating responsibly 

Managing risks 

04

06

08

10

20

22

26

29

34

38

44

49

52

56

57

58

60

Governance

Board of Directors 

Corporate Governance Report  
& Statement of Compliance 2021 

Nominations Committee Report 

Audit Committee Report 

Risk Committee Report 

70

74

86

91

96

Remuneration Committee Report 

100

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities  
in respect of the financial statements 

Directors’ Report 

108

109 

Financial Statements

Independent auditors’ report to the 
members of Numis Corporation Plc 

Consolidated Income Statement 

Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Balance Sheet 

Consolidated Statement of Changes  
in Equity 

114

120

121

122

123

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

124

Company Balance Sheet 

Company Statement of Changes  
in Equity 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

125

126

127

Other Information

Notice of Annual General Meeting 2022 

158

Information for shareholders 

Alternative performance measures 

166

IBC

vOur distinctive strengths

Adding value through 
long-term client 
partnerships

See page 12

Working in an agile 
and integrated way 
for maximum effect 

See page 14

Focusing on our  
people – who make  
all the difference

See page 16

Building on our 
strong track record 

See page 18

01

vStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Highlights

Total income (£m) 

• Revenue of £215.6m, the second successive record 

annual revenue performance, up 39% on FY20 

• PBT growth of 100% reflecting the benefit of 

operational gearing in our business net assets up 
18.5% to £186.7m

• 52% growth in Investment Banking revenue driven 
by strong performance in Capital Markets (45%) and 
Advisory (177%) – reflecting a recovery in IPO volumes 
and M&A 

• Continued strategic focus on our private markets 

Growth Capital Solutions business which has 
delivered annual revenue growth of 44% over 
three years

• Further market share gains in UK equities and a 
consistent trading book performance delivered 
Equities revenue growth of 14% relative to a strong 
prior year 

• Average market capitalisation of our corporate client 
base £1.4bn; now includes 57 FTSE 250 and nine FTSE 
100 companies

• Client-led internationalisation of the business 

continues with encouraging deal revenues from 
non-UK issuers; currently advising on our first US IPO

• Full year dividend rebased to 13.5p following five 
years of consistent distributions, and a further 
£24.2m spent on share repurchases

• Continued commitment to ESG across the business 

with priority areas of long-term focus set

• UK M&A and global private markets continue to be 

active; public market conditions have become more 
challenging for IPO activity at the start of FY22 

02

Revenue (£m)

£215.6m +39%

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

 154.9 

 111.6 

 136.0 

 130.1 

Profit before tax (£m) 

£74.2m +100.1%

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

 12.4 

 37.1 

31.6

38.3

 215.6 

74.2

 224.3 

49.1

£224.3m +45%

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

 155.2 

 109.4 

 137.8 

 133.5 

Diluted earnings per share (p)

49.1p +84%

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

 8.1 

 26.7 

 23.0 

 25.9 

Cash balances (£m) 

£134.1m +7%

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

 134.1 

 125.2 

 84.2 

 111.7 

 95.9 

Buyback spend (£m) 

£24.2m +148%

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

 9.8 

 12.0 

 24.2 

 16.3 

 22.9 

Dividend per share (p) 

13.5p +12.5%

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

13.50

12.00

12.00

12.00

12.00

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Strategic  
Report 

03

What we do 

Group overview 

Chairman’s statement 

Business model 

Market review 

Message from the Co-CEOs 

Our strategy and key  
performance indicators 

Business review 

Financial review  

Our ESG framework 

Stakeholder engagement 

Section 172 statement 

Our people 

Society 

The environment 

Operating responsibly 

Managing risks 

04

06

08

10

20

22

26

29

34

38

44

49

52

56

57

58

60

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic Report

We are Numis

We are here to 
consistently deliver 
value for our clients and 
shareholders. We are 
creative, connected and 
work with conviction for 
every single client. And 
we adhere to our core 
values every day: 
partnership, excellence, 
dynamism and creativity.

04

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

We have a strong track record that 
translates into consistently robust 
financial performance 

We have deep sector knowledge across 
capital markets, equities and investment 
banking, with specialist teams covering 
IPOs, growth capital solutions for private 
companies, M&A and debt advisory

We are driven by belief and passion for 
the clients we serve, and the quality of 
our people and platform enable us to 
deliver for clients and shareholders

05

Strategic ReportStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Group overview

Our clients

We build long-term 
trusted partnerships 
with clients by focusing 
on their needs, devising 
creative solutions and 
delivering on them 
with conviction.

What we do

We advise, analyse and execute

06

Delivering key  
products and services

Investment Banking
•  Corporate Broking
•  Equity Capital Markets
•  Mergers & Acquisitions
•  Debt Advisory
•  Private Placements

Equities
•  Research
•  Sales and Trading

For our clients

•  Listed Corporates
•  Investment Trusts
•  Private Companies
•  Private Equity Funds
•  Family Offices
•  Sovereign  

Wealth Funds

•  Asset Managers
•  Hedge Funds
•  Private Client  

Fund Managers

•  Venture  

Capital Funds

105

of our corporate clients have been  
with us for more than five years.

US$4.0bn

transacted in private markets.

66

The number of FTSE 350 clients  
has grown 47% in the past five years

182 diverse  
corporate clients

Client size  
(avg. market cap £m)

2021

2020

2019

1,360

1,075

888

FTSE 350  
corporate clients

 FTSE 350
  Other main 
market
 AIM
 Private

66
77

38
1

2021

2020

2019

66

62

54

Our clients are in a wide range of sectors including:

•  Building, construction 

& real estate
•  Healthcare  

& life sciences

•  FIG

•  Media
•  Support services
•  Retail
•  Technology
•  Travel & leisure
•  Industrials

Transaction highlights

£647m IPO

£300m

Through an integrated approach 

IPO of Bytes  
Technology Group

£300m acquisition  
of Dennis

Our teams and divisions collaborate closely with clients 
and each other, offering holistic services and solutions

£240m

£1.3bn

£240m primary 
capital raise

£1.3bn Buy-Out 
by Blackstone

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportOur services

Our people

We provide a comprehensive range of investment 
banking services across our two divisions.

Investment Banking
We help companies and owners achieve their 
objectives through good advice and capital sourcing 
– enabling them to invest in their products, services, 
people and success. 

Corporate Broking
With a clear focus on excellent ideas, strategic advice 
and support, Numis is proud to be the UK’s leading 
mid cap corporate adviser.

Equity Capital Markets
We have a proven track record of delivering bespoke 
and successful solutions to our corporate clients and, 
through the strength of our institutional investor 
relationships, are able to draw on our leading 
distribution capabilities for executing ECM transactions 
in the UK and internationally.

Mergers & Acquisitions
Our specialised M&A team is uniquely positioned 
to provide high quality advice and efficient deal 
execution across public and private M&A in 
combination with our best-in-class sector teams 
and capital markets platform.

Debt Advisory
Our sector expertise, long experience and successful 
track record across all debt financing markets, 
coupled with outstanding relationships with debt 
capital providers, means we can advise and execute 
dynamic financing strategies to maximum effect.

Private markets (GCS)
Dedicated to connecting the most successful high 
growth companies from around the world with 
leading growth and venture investors.

Equities
We help our clients identify, source and execute 
investment decisions. 

Sales & Research
Our team of highly regarded and experienced 
research analysts, together with our first-class sales 
team, provides clients with high quality analysis and 
insights allowing them to make better informed 
investment decisions. 

We are widely regarded as the leading UK broker, 
providing liquidity in corporates of all sizes. This 
extends to both high touch and electronic 
execution services.

Revenue by product (£m)

 Capital markets
111.5
 Advisory
30.9
 Retainers
12.5
 Institutional income 41.0
 Trading profits
19.7

We deliver for clients through creativity and 
collaboration – and we empower our staff to 
achieve this with imaginative and empathetic 
challenges and support

Number of employees

 Investment banking 129
 Sales & Research 
87
 Execution
15
 Technology
22
 Support
66

 Male
 Female

229
90

Gender diversity

Where we operate

07

307

employees in 
London

12

employees in 
New York

92% 

would recommend Numis as an employer

10

new graduates

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Chairman’s statement

Staying true to our distinctive way of excelling 
for our clients, we delivered an outstanding 
performance – another year of record revenues 
creating an even firmer foundation for 
continued growth and success.

08

We have reached a key 
point in the Numis journey, 
cementing the firm’s standing 
as a leading independent 
investment bank in the UK. 
But in many ways, this is just 
the beginning as there is still 
a great deal more to go for. 
The future for the firm is 
very exciting.

Alan Carruthers
Chairman

Performing exceptionally well
I am pleased to say that this was an exceptional year 
for Numis. In challenging circumstances, the whole 
firm has worked together incredibly hard to achieve 
an extraordinary set of results. 

Through the year, we performed very well on many 
fronts. This included significantly enhanced M&A 
performance for example, which has been one of our 
key focus areas in recent years. Across the Investment 
Banking space, we secured higher fees on larger 
transactions. We also delivered another strong year of 
high performance in our Equities business.

It was another record year. We increased Group 
revenues by over 39%, to £215.6m (2020: £154.9m). 
Profit before tax also increased to £74.2m compared 
to £37.1m in 2020. More details can be found in the 
financial review on page 34. 

Reaching a new level
Our performance this year has ensured that the 
standing of Numis has been enhanced even further. 
Building on the achievements of previous years, we 
have reached a new level. We are now in a stronger 
market position, where we compete for, and win, larger 
mandates than we used to. Numis was once regarded 
as the leading UK small cap broker; today we believe 
we are a leading independent investment bank. 

Our success has not been achieved overnight. Indeed, 
it is the product of a focused strategy that has been set 
and followed over the past few years under the 
leadership of our Co-CEOs, Alex Ham and Ross 
Mitchinson. The firm wins larger, higher quality 
business because it applies a distinctively dynamic way 
of helping clients. As a result, Numis is increasingly seen 
as an investment bank unlike any other.

Opening up new opportunities
The firm’s size and quality, its status in the market, 
opens up other exciting opportunities. Numis has its 
sights set increasingly beyond the UK, for example. 
Subject to regulatory approval, we plan to open 
our Dublin office in 2022. This will enable us to take 
advantage of the major growth opportunity in Europe, 

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic Reportnotably by strengthening our capabilities to serve our 
European-based clients post-Brexit. More broadly, we 
are looking to make the most of European and other 
international opportunities, where we can extend our 
way of excelling into new geographies.

Maintaining good governance
We have always put good governance at the top of 
our agenda as we continue to grow the firm. Indeed, 
we believe our governance reinforces our growth – 
maintaining the highest ethical and professional 
standards provides the foundation for long-term 
success. This is driven by the Board and applied 
throughout the firm. 

Our streamlined collegiate Board is central to our 
strong governance. We have a good balance of three 
executives, three non-executives and myself as 
Chairman. The focus is on robust and lively meetings 
where we challenge each other constructively to reach 
the right decisions fast. More details can be found in 
our Corporate Governance Report on pages 74 to 85. 

Focusing on environmental, social and governance 
(ESG) issues 
Our strong governance is clearly an important part of 
our overall focus on environmental, social and 
governance (ESG) issues as a whole. We see this as 
critical to the firm, not least because it is an increasingly 
important area where we are advising our clients. Both 
companies and investors need to take account of ESG 
in their strategies and operations and we aim to play a 
key role in helping both parties navigate the issues. 
Reflecting our commitment to ESG, this year we 
undertook a materiality assessment to identify the 
most important matters for both internal and external 
stakeholders. More details can be found in our ESG 
framework on page 38 and in our Corporate 
Governance Report on pages 74 to 85. 

Cultivating our strong culture
Our strong one-firm culture is key and we saw it in 
action across the whole business through the year. We 
put a big focus on cultivating the distinctive Numis 
way, including investing in the development and 
wellbeing of everyone in the firm. On this note, I am 
pleased to say our new office space at 45 Gresham 
Street in 2021 is a fitting home for the firm, where we 
can all continue to grow and collaborate closely while 
making the most of the flexible home/office working 
accelerated by COVID-19. 

Engaging with our people 
We have a formal employee engagement process for 
the Board, led by Independent Non-Executive 
Director Catherine James. It continues to be a very 
helpful way for the Board to take the temperature of 
the wider firm, and for everyone in the firm to air their 
views directly to the Board. Last year, as a result of 
COVID-19, the formal engagement moved online, 
and we maintained the same approach through this 
year. I am pleased to report that employee 
engagement levels remain encouraging. More details 
can be found in our Stakeholder Engagement 
overview on page 44 and in the Corporate 
Governance Report on pages 74 to 85.

Increasing our dividend 
We aim to deliver shareholder returns through a 
balance of dividends and share buybacks. We are 
proposing a final dividend of 8.0p per share (2020: 
6.5p per share), which brings the total dividend for the 
year to 13.5p per share (2020: 12.0p per share). This 
reflects both the strong performance this year, and 
the strategic growth of the business over the past 
five years. 

A Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP) will remain in 
place for the 2021 final dividend. Existing shareholders 
are, therefore, being offered the facility to elect to use 
their cash dividend to buy additional shares in Numis, 
the main benefit being that the Company does not 
need to issue new shares. 

Looking back
In August 2021, I announced my intention to step 
down as Chairman of Numis at the firm’s Annual 
General Meeting in February 2022. It has been a great 
pleasure to chair the firm over the past five years – a 
period when Numis has been transformed from a 
small cap broker into a leading independent 
investment bank, renowned for its dynamism, 
creativity and client commitment. I am very proud to 
have contributed to this transformation and I would 
like to underline the instrumental leadership of our 
Co-CEOs, Alex Ham and Ross Mitchinson, in both 
setting the direction and character of the firm and 
driving it forward to where it is today. In so doing, Alex 
and Ross have established themselves as true market 
leaders in their respective fields. But more than this, 
they have been at the heart of the creation of an 
amazing firm with its own distinctive high-energy, 
high-impact way of excelling for clients. And of course, 
the firm is nothing without its people and I would like 
to take this opportunity to thank everyone in Numis 
for their outstanding dedication and contributions, in 
this and previous years. I would also like to thank the 
Board for all their support, and wish Luke Savage all 
the best as incoming Chairman.

Looking ahead 
Looking ahead, the great thing is that there is a lot 
more the firm can achieve, and I feel confident that it 
will. The past five years have been transformative, the 
next ten years are full of exciting possibilities. There 
are many more ambitious companies and investors 
out there for Numis to help. There are many more 
opportunities to excel, not just in the UK but also 
across Europe and elsewhere. And of course, as the 
firm’s existing clients continue to look to grow, Numis 
will be there, for and with them – championing and 
sharing in their success. 

So, I leave the firm in very capable hands and in an 
incredibly strong position, and I look forward to 
watching Numis continue to grow in stature as a truly 
exceptional investment bank for our times.

Alan Carruthers
Chairman

09

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Business model

How we create value

Driven by

Our aim

We strive to be a 
dynamic, creative 
investment banking 
partner, connecting 
ambitious companies 
and investors for 
mutual success.

Impacted by

10

Our unique market 
position

We operate in a highly 
competitive market featuring 
rapid change, regulatory 
challenges and a diverse range 
of players. With our distinctive 
strengths and integrated 
approach, we are uniquely 
positioned to grow and 
succeed in the market.

Our resources and 
relationships

 •  The strength and reputation 

of our brand

•  A strong, well-funded 

balance sheet

•  Client trust and depth of 

relationships

•  Our geographic focus: firmly 

anchored in the two 
financial centres of London 
and New York

•  The skills and expertise of 

our people and our shared 
values which inform the way 
we work and how we act

Our way of creating value

Our distinctive strengths

What we do

Our distinctive strengths 
enable us to stand out and 
excel as a dynamic, creative 
investment banking partner.

Adding value through long 
term client partnerships

See page 12

Working in an agile  
and integrated way for 
maximum effect

See page 14

Focusing on our people – 
who make all the difference

See page 16

Building on our strong  
track record

See page 18

Underpinned by our values

Partnership
Long-term relationships built 
on shared ambition are at the 
heart of everything we do

Creativity
We dare to challenge 
convention and are  
innovative in our origination 
and execution

Dynamism 
We operate with passion and 
intensity to match the 
aspirations of our clients

Excellence
We deliver with distinction and 
pursue ever greater impact

We advise, analyse and execute

Delivering a range of  
products and services

Investment Banking
 •  Corporate Broking
•  Equity Capital Markets
•  Mergers & Acquisitions
•  Debt Advisory
•  Growth Capital Solutions

 Equities
 •  Research
•  Sales and Trading

For our clients

 •  Listed corporates
•  UK private companies
•  International listed companies 
•  Investment trusts
•  Private equity funds
•  Family offices
•  Sovereign wealth funds
•  Asset managers
•  Hedge funds
•  Private client fund managers
•  Venture capital funds

Through an integrated approach

Our integrated approach is driven  
by our strategy and we measure our 
performance with KPIs.

Read more on pages 52 to 55

Read more on pages 26 to 28

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportOur way of creating value

Our positive impact for stakeholders

Driven by our five strategic priorities

Clients

1. Build the corporate franchise 

focusing on high-quality companies

2. Become the leading UK equities 

platform

Provide exciting and innovative 
products and services to help our 
clients achieve their goals.

US$4.0bn

Private markets transactions 
completed this year

3. Diversify into new products  

Employees

and markets

4. Maintain operating and capital 

discipline

5. Deliver shareholder returns

Read more on page 26

Supported by our ESG framework

Supporting  
and Empowering  
our Employees

Building our  
Footprint in, and 
Relationship with,  
our Community

Responsible 
Governance and  
Ethical Business 
Practices

Contributing  
to a Sustainable/ 
Low-Carbon  
Economy

Read more on pages 38 to 43

11

Create a compelling place to 
work where our 319 employees are 
engaged and motivated to achieve 
their full potential.

90%

of Numis employees stated they 
work within a team that offers a 
supportive culture.

Shareholders and investors

Deliver long-term shareholder value 
through strong financial performance, 
the payment of dividends and 
share buybacks.

Dividend of 

13.5p

per share

10 year total shareholder return 

563%

Read more on page 46

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Adding value 
through long-
term client 
partnerships

We don’t just engage our clients – we go further, 
developing lasting partnerships based on shared 
ambition that add value to every step of their journey. 

We place long-term partnership at the very heart of our 
mission as we strive to excel in providing dynamic client-
focused investment banking in line with our ambitious 
growth strategy. 

12

Our ambitious growth strategy means we place  
long-term partnership at the core of our mission as 
we strive to excel in providing dynamic client-focused 
investment banking.

Length of client relationships

 < 1 yr
 1–3 yrs
 3–5 yrs
 > 5 yrs

Total

14
33
30
105
182

Over half of our clients have been with 
us for more than five years 

10

financial advisory roles, 
of which 9 were sole 

12 years

Broker since  
September 2009

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportNumis offers more than just  
outstanding financial and broking  
advice. They provide creativity,  
energy and have a deep knowledge  
of the media landscape. Moreover,  
with superb experience across  
growth companies to FTSE 100  
businesses they’ve provided the  
highest quality support throughout  
our journey. 

Zillah Byng-Thorne
CEO, Future 

13

£235m

raised across four 
secondary raises

We started working with Future in 2009. In those 
12 years, Future has transformed from a traditional 
magazine publisher into a global platform business 
for specialist media. We’ve advised the company 
through eight acquisitions, often on a sole basis, 
including GoCompare and Dennis; and on equity 
fundraisings totalling over £200m, which have 
funded acquisitions and diversified and 
internationalised the shareholder base. Once a 
£35m business, Future now has a £4.5bn market 
capitalisation, as at 30 September 2021. 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Working in 
an agile and 
integrated way 
for maximum 
effect 

14

We combine the connected breadth and depth of 
our fully integrated firm with a highly flexible, 
client-focused approach. 

Our objective is always to help clients tackle their 
challenges and make the most of the opportunities 
in front of them – at pace, for maximum effect.

As a cohesive, interconnected group, we provide 
comprehensive investment banking services and 
capital markets advice through our highly 
experienced, sector-specialist teams. Moreover, we 
engage with clients with conviction, creativity and 
agility – working closely with them to understand and 
anticipate their needs and target our advice to help 
serve their ambitions.

£650m

main market IPO at 
a premium valuation

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportThere’s a reason why Numis are  
consistently cited as the best in their  
field. The quality of advice, dynamism  
and sheer willingness of the entire  
firm to go the extra mile was clear  
from the start of the transaction  
through to the ringing of the bell. 

Neil Murphy
CEO of Bytes Technology Group

15

When leading software firm Bytes Technology 
Group demerged from its parent company and 
floated on the London Stock Exchange in 
December 2020, it was another significant step 
in their corporate journey.

As sole financial adviser, we not only assisted 
with structuring the transaction – we also 
advised the management team on new debt 
facilities and introduced the new Chairman and 
non-executive directors.

The £650m IPO saw Bytes’ shares valued ahead 
of pre-launch expectations and significantly 
oversubscribed. Demand came from a wide 
range of investors, with blue-chip long only 
institutions driving momentum from an 
early stage.

We look forward to supporting Bytes 
Technology Group on many more milestones as 
they continue on their growth journey.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Focusing on 
our people – 
who make all 
the difference 

Our collaborative way of working – and the success it 
brings us and our clients – is only possible because of 
the quality of people who work at Numis. 

We focus on our people at all levels, but it’s when 
people join us – especially in more junior roles – that we 
have the greatest opportunity to support them in their 
careers and empower them to deliver.

We hire bright people who are ambitious and driven, 
and realise the importance of diversity of thought as we 
strive to always offer excellence to our clients.

16

Beyond compensation, we reward people with 
interesting work, flexibility in working patterns, a wide 
range of benefits, objectives that stretch them 
reasonably, and with more access to clients than the 
industry average. 

Junior bankers tend to stay with Numis. Our Co-CEO, 
Alex Ham, joined as a graduate and a sizeable 
proportion of the firm’s leadership have also been 
with us since university. 

Number of employees 

10

graduates entered 
our graduate 
programme

 Investment banking 129
 Sales and research
87
 Execution
15
 Technology
22
 Support
66
319

Total

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportNumis exists because we help our 
clients achieve more. We can only do 
that if we have a diverse workforce all 
bringing together their ideas and 
ultimately innovating.

Mica Ross,
Head of Human Resources

17

We consistently hire around 25 junior employees 
each year to enrich our workforce of, currently, 
around 300 people. This is a strategic initiative 
designed not only to give us access to talented 
individuals, but also to shape the firm’s diversity 
and inclusivity.

Our recruitment makes use of positive inclusion 
techniques such as blind CVs. Whilst success 
will be measured over the long term, we are 
confident this approach is working. For 
example, in the first nine months of 2021 some 
40% of new hires were female.

Focusing on junior talent is the most effective 
strategy given lateral hiring from within the 
industry rarely moves diversity numbers 
meaningfully.

Moreover, at director and managing director 
levels, we now have more executives of ethnic 
minority – numerically and proportionately – 
than we did at the start of 2021.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Building on  
our strong 
track record

We have emerged from the pandemic with a 
strong client base, a robust operating model  
and the drive to continue pursuing our  
ambitious growth strategy. 

We intend to build on this strength to continue 
growing the number and average size of the UK 
companies we serve. In a crowded market we stand 
out for our commitment and conviction across the 
board, this gives us the edge we need to support a 
growing number of underserved corporates. We will 
also diversify by growing our M&A business in the UK 
and Growth Capital Solutions for private companies 
globally. This reflects our entrepreneurial spirit and 
demonstrates our ability to innovate for clients. 
Moreover, we will expand our geographic footprint– 
especially in continental Europe – as we seek to 
become a European capital markets player.

18

Diverse listed client base

 FTSE 350
 Other main market
 AIM
 Private

66
77
38
1

Length of client relationship

Since we started as Co-CEOs in 
2016, we’ve been committed to 
transforming the business. It’s clear 
that the acknowledged success of 
Numis – which is down to the hard 
work of everyone at the Group – 
is a powerful platform for future 
accomplishment.

Alex Ham and Ross Mitchinson
Co-Chief Executive Officers

 < 1 yr
 1–3 yrs
 3–5 yrs
 > 5 yrs

Total

14
33
30
105
182

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportTransaction highlights

Growth Capital Solutions

US$1bn

US$350m

£240m

Joint Placement Agent

Sole Placement Agent 

Joint Placement Agent

US$1bn capital raise at US$31bn post- 
money valuation
March 2021

International ECM

US$350m primary capital raise
August 2021

£240m primary capital raise
September 2020

€100m

€4bn

Sole Placement Agent

Joint Bookrunner

£300m IPO

Independent IPO Adviser

€100m pre IPO private secondary 
placing on behalf of DN Capital 
February 2021

€4bn IPO on the Frankfurt 
Stock Exchange
June 2021

£300m IPO on the Warsaw 
Stock Exchange
May 2021

19

M&A

£1.7bn

Joint Broker & Joint  
Financial Adviser

£1.3bn

Joint Financial Adviser  
& Joint Broker

£300m

Sole Financial Adviser  
& Joint Broker

£1.7bn recommended cash offer
November 2021

£1.3bn Buy-Out by Blackstone
August 2021

£300m acquisition of Dennis
August 2021

IPO/ECM

£2.8bn

£850m IPO

£647m IPO

Joint Global Co Ordinator,  
Joint Bookrunner, Joint Broker  
& Sole Sponsor

Joint Global Coordinator

Sole Sponsor, Financial  
& Debt Adviser, Sole Global 
Co-Ordinator & Bookrunner

£2.8bn rights issue to fund acquisition 
of OSIsoft
November 2020

£850m IPO of Victorian Plumbing Group, 
raising c.£297m
June 2021

£647m IPO of Bytes Technology Group
December 2020

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Market review

This year saw the world 
at large and our markets 
in particular begin to 
emerge from the 
COVID-19 pandemic. 

20

Through the year, our clients 
turned to us for advice to help them 
navigate a world emerging from the 
upheavals of the pandemic. In the 
previous year, we had helped them 
negotiate massive volatility and 
uncertainty. This year, the emphasis 
was more on managing big sector 
rotations, as the full implications,  
for example of ten years of 
change compressed into just 
a few months, played out. 

Ross Mitchinson
Co-Chief Executive Officer

It was a time of recovery on a number of fronts, of 
underlying changes, and of continued uncertainty. 
A time for us to provide expert help and advice to our 
clients as their trusted adviser. Through this year of 
recovery, reawakening and resetting, we remained 
focused on implementing our strategy, investing in 
our distinctive culture and capabilities and above all, 
excelling for our clients long term. The markets 
evolve, becoming more or less active and/or 
favourable from year to year, but there are always 
opportunities for our clients. From ambitious 
entrepreneurial companies to the world’s leading 
investors, we are committed to being there for and 
with our clients – helping them make the right moves 
and ultimately succeed.

A definite pick-up in activity
Beginning in the summer of 2020, the primary 
issuance market continued to be very well supported 
through the year we’re reporting on, both in the UK 
and overseas. The reduction in risk and uncertainty 

surrounding COVID-19 was a key catalyst here, not 
least because of the remarkably quick development 
of effective vaccines which were then rolled-out 
across many countries. On top of that, there was 
greater clarity over who the winners and losers from 
the pandemic were going to be. This triggered a very 
productive IPO market that has continued through 
the year. We’ve seen some great companies go public 
in the UK and Europe, and we’ve been happy to be 
part of that.

We also saw a definite pick-up in M&A activity, and 
again we were beneficiaries of this, taking a healthy 
share of the transactions through the year. The 
pressure for this increase in M&A activity has been 
building for a number of years. All the building blocks 
have been in place, notably sponsors with a large 
amount of capital to deploy and ready access to 
leverage. However, their willingness to act had been 
suppressed, initially by uncertainties surrounding the 
UK general election and Brexit, quickly followed by 
the pandemic. This year, with the uncertainties 
eliminated or much reduced, the M&A floodgates 
opened. Both defensive inbound M&A and proactive 
outbound M&A increased. There was a real hunger to 
act, to double down on growth strategies reinforced 
by the impacts of the pandemic. It was a year of 
greater confidence and greater appetite for M&A.

The total global value of M&A deals in the first 
nine months of 2021 was a record-breaking

US$4.3tn

a 98% increase compared to the same 
period in 2020.

The rotation from public to private markets
We have also seen the continued rotation of capital 
from the public markets to the private markets. We 
see this as structural rather than cyclical and it is at 
the heart of our focus on building our Growth Capital 
Solutions (GCS) business. A huge amount of private 
wealth and value creation is taking place, both in 
Europe and the US, and in the Far East.

In our focus markets, the number of new unicorns 
continues to accelerate every year, the amount and 
speed of capital raising intensifies. Through GCS, 
we’ve been able to play a meaningful part in this and 
are keen to do a great deal more. To this end, we are 
putting even more energy and investment behind 
building a global private markets platform.

The age of tech-enabled businesses
Closely allied to the vigour of the private markets 
space, tech-enabled businesses continue to disrupt 
and dominate many different sectors and parts of our 
lives – from the way we buy now and pay later for 
things to the way we have all manner of goods and 
services delivered to our hands, often within minutes, 
no matter where we are or when we want them. 
Ambitious, entrepreneurial tech-enabled businesses 
are at the heart of this revolution, and we are doing 

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic Reporteverything we can to be the investment bank that’s 
by the side of these exciting businesses, as well as 
their investors, so they can grow and succeed.

The increasing criticality of ESG
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) issues 
have firmly secured their place at the top table of our 
clients, both companies and investors. The turmoil of 
COVID-19, the urgencies surrounding climate change, 
the rise in consciousness concerning diversity, equity 
and inclusion (DEI), the mounting demand for 
stakeholders to have a more direct hand in corporate 
governance, the rise of responsible investing – many 
factors are driving the criticality of ESG. It is now 
recognised as something that must be addressed 
head-on when running or investing in businesses of 
all shapes and sizes.

In response to this ESG resurgence, we are focusing 
our efforts on helping both companies and investors 
understand and act on the issues and implications. 

Public markets
The UK remains a great place to do business. Our core 
UK market remains very important for us and offers 
significant upsides. We see the return of the IPO 
market continuing, following a brief seasonal pause 
over the summer. Our IPO work is a great example of 
Numis working as one, with an integrated approach 
across our businesses to win and execute the 
transactions. Moreover, we know this work not only 
has an immediate positive impact, but is also one of 
the key ways we build long-term client relationships.

We also believe the increase in M&A activity will be 
sustained. Alongside the availability of liquidity and 
financing, there is greater conviction for 
transformational M&A.

Private markets
This is a big structural story for us, one we’ve been 
investing in for the past few years, notably through 
our GCS business. More ambitious, high growth 
companies are choosing to stay private for longer, 
and there is also currently a lot of money behind 
taking big public companies into private hands.

It’s not as simple as a rise in private markets at the 
expense of public markets, of course. More a change 
in the timing and dynamic between the two over 
time. We are well positioned to help our clients every 
step of the way. We are there for the tech-enabled 
stars of tomorrow as they take their time to grow and 
mature while remaining privately owned. And when 
these great businesses do decide to go public, valued 
not at a few hundred million but at billions, we are 
there, too. And indeed, we can help as and when they 
choose to leave the public market for private 
ownership. For us, the priority is always developing a 
long-term mutually beneficial relationship with our 
clients, no matter which market is in play. It’s about 
making sure we are with our clients throughout their 
whole journey.

•  71% of institutional investors expect to 
increase allocations to private markets 
over the next five years

•  Three quarters (73%) set to increase their 
focus on growth capital over the next 
three years, with one in five (20%) 
suggesting the increase will be 
‘dramatic’

•  Nearly half (45%) of institutional investors 
expect to invest at least 10% of their 
assets in private capital markets by 2030 

•  65% state that their increased allocation 
to growth capital will be driven by a 
greater comfort in investing in illiquid, 
longer-term assets

•  Institutional investors are also increasing 
their allocation to growth capital 
because more desirable companies are 
choosing to remain private

1.  Numis commissioned the market research company 

Pureprofile to survey 200 institutional investors across the 
UK, Europe, Asia, South America, the Middle East and 
Israel. Interviews were conducted online during 
September 2021.

Equities markets
Following the extreme volatility of the previous year, 
markets were fairly strong from September 2020 
through to April 2021, and since then have been 
broadly flat. But beneath the surface, there has been 
a lot of activity as investors tried to assess and 
respond to the long-term implications of the 
pandemic. This, in turn, has fuelled seismic shifts as 
investors decide which sectors to move in and out of. 
Overall, there has been a rotation from growth to 
value. But the debate is ongoing and within this trend 
much nuance and variation exists. This has been 
fertile ground for our deep expertise in Equities Sales 
& Research. Indeed, we continue to be very active in 
helping our institutional clients assess and respond to 
the changes.

Looking ahead
Despite the broad-based positivity across our 
markets in the past year, a degree of uncertainty 
remains. The pandemic is not entirely over. There are 
indications of a cooling in growth globally. Labour 
shortages and supply chain problems continue to 
prevail. In addition, there is the spectre of inflation 
becoming a more long-term aspect of the years 
ahead rather than a transitory post-COVID-19 
phenomenon. These dampeners notwithstanding, 
we remain fundamentally positive and geared up to 
drive future success, for our clients and our firm. 

Looking ahead, we are more broadly positioned than 
ever before to help our corporate and institutional 
clients navigate and prosper, no matter what markets 
they face. In good times and tough times alike, we are 
ready to excel as our clients’ trusted adviser.

21

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Message from the Co-CEOs

Alex Ham and Ross Mitchinson share their 
views on a standout year for Numis which 
saw the firm reach a new level of 
performance on many fronts.

22

This was a transformative year 
for the firm, where we excelled 
in multiple areas, reflecting the 
balance of strengths we now have 
and the broad ways in which we 
help our ambitious clients grow and 
succeed. Our aim for the past few 
years has been to create a truly 
dynamic, client-focused investment 
bank. We do this step by step, with 
intensity and at pace, and we look 
forward to reaching new heights as 
we build on another record year.

Alex Ham
Co-Chief Executive Officer

As the trusted adviser for both 
ambitious corporate clients and 
the institutional investors keen 
to back them, we want to be 
at the centre of this interface. 
Successfully connecting both 
sides for mutual benefit is more 
important than ever, and puts 
us in an exciting place where 
we can make a big difference 
for our clients.

Ross Mitchinson
Co-Chief Executive Officer

Out-performing across the board
It was another record year for the firm, where we 
increased Group revenue from £154.9m to £215.6m 
and profit before tax from £37.1m to £74.2m. 
Underlining the strength of this performance, revenue 
per head and average deal fee in Investment Banking 
reached new levels, reflecting the quality of the clients 
we’re acting for and the deals they’re involved in. This 
was a great outcome not just in terms of the numbers 
but importantly because it was achieved through the 
breadth of performance across the whole firm. 

The previous year’s record performance reflected the 
highly unusual circumstances and demands of a 
world dominated by the COVID-19 pandemic. There 
was huge dislocation and a focus on helping our 
existing corporate clients either fundraise to 
strengthen their balance sheets or, in the case of our 
many tech-led clients, finance the acceleration of 
their businesses. So inevitably, some parts of our 
business, such as Equity Capital Markets, were far 
busier than others, notably IPOs and M&A.

This year was different and a definite step forward, 
reflecting the firm’s long-term strategy to provide 
clients with a broad range of excellent services. We 
outperformed on many fronts. On the Investment 
Banking side, this included a big recovery in IPO 
revenue. Key IPO transactions included Bytes and 
Auction Technology Group in the tech sector, the 
consumer business Victorian Plumbing and the 
investment trust VH Global.

Our M&A business also performed very strongly. We 
saw a big uplift in M&A revenues, increasing almost 
threefold on the previous year. Standout M&A 
transactions included Cazoo, St Modwen and 
Hastings. This is another key strategic growth area for 
the business, and through the year we put more 
talent, resource and sector structure around our M&A 
product. So, our M&A business continues to gather 
momentum, playing a key part in broadening our 
capabilities and offer.

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic Report23

Our Growth Capital Solutions (GCS) business, which 
specialises in raising capital for high growth and high 
quality private companies, had another strong year, 
making a material revenue contribution. This further 
reinforces the firm’s presence and success in the 
private markets, which continues to be a key focus 
area for us. We believe passionately in the structural 
growth potential of private markets around the world 
and are excited by the quality of the companies we 
are partnering with in GCS. Numis has led or been 
involved in primary and secondary transactions for 
Klarna valued at over $4.1bn since 2019, including 
raising over $2.1bn of new capital. We continued to 
build really good partnerships with companies and 
investors in the US, in Latin America, across Europe, 
and in the UK. Through the year, we acted for clients 
including Salt Pay, Cazoo and Rapyd. Towards the end 
of the year, we added talent to the team, as we 
continue to invest in playing a leading part in the 
private markets growth story. 

In addition, capital raising for existing clients remained 
core through the year; and our Debt Advisory 
provided a valuable additional service for clients.

On the Equities side, we also had a very strong year. 
We achieved record revenue of £60.7m and 
continued to gain market share. We’re making good 
progress in our ambition to be the UK’s leading 
equities platform. This is reflected in the very strong 
client reviews we continue to receive, where we are 
regularly seen as the No.1 house by many of the large 
institutions investing in UK equities. 

We achieve this performance by resolutely focusing 
on clients and investing in our people and teams. We 
have a very strong sales desk. On the research side 
we have 38 publishing analysts, many of whom are 
top ranked in their sector. The average experience of 
our analysts is 17 years, and we believe our breadth 
and depth of expertise here is hugely valuable for our 
institutional clients, and also adds to the strength of 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Message from the Co-CEOs continued

our Investment Banking business. It makes a 
difference not only in terms of day-to-day advice but 
also in times of extreme volatility or dislocation. When 
you have lived through cycles of boom and bust, or 
indeed inflation, you have a different order of 
understanding and insight.

A key area where our help and advice is proving 
particularly valuable is in environmental, social and 
governance (ESG) issues. ESG is a critical matter for 
companies and investors alike and we are focusing 
on advising both investors and corporate clients so 
they can get a better picture of how companies and 
sectors are dealing with ESG. To this end, we have run 
a series of ESG seminars with expert speakers, where 
we bring companies and institutional investors 
together to talk about some of the big issues. We are 
right at the centre of the debate and we are trying to 
help both sides move up the curve. 

Exploring international opportunities
As well as performing extremely well across the board 
for our UK-based corporate clients, we also this year 
moved further in helping issuers beyond the UK. We 
believe there is an opportunity to apply our distinctively 
agile, client-focused high-impact investment banking 
approach in new territories. Through the year, we 
successfully executed ECM deals in new markets. This 
year, 18% of Investment Banking revenue came from 
non-UK companies. This included executing 
transactions in Germany, Poland and Israel. In Germany 
for example, we helped Auto1 Group go public. They’re 
a digital auto platform and we know that space very 
well, having acted for Cazoo and Auto Trader in the UK. 
We applied our distinctive approach to a similar 
business in a similar ecosystem but in a new 
geography. For us, it feels like a very natural evolution: 
take our expertise, our way of operating, our dedication 
to making a big impact on behalf of our clients and put 
it to work for clients in a new place. In essence, we are 
exporting our excellence.

The pipeline of non-UK public and private markets 
transactions has increased and we’re looking forward 
to continuing to build this side of the business. Shortly 
after our year end, we completed an IPO in Sweden; 
and towards the end of 2021 we also started working 
on our first US capital markets deal.

Our Dublin office, which is set to open in 2022 subject 
to regulatory approval, will strengthen our capabilities 
to serve our clients in Europe. We have an excellent 
office in New York, who are experts at selling UK 
equities into North America. We are looking to create 
the same feel and dynamic in Dublin, focusing on 
European-based institutional clients.

24

But more broadly, we will be open to exploring 
international opportunities in a focused way that 
plays to our particular strengths. So, for example, we 
will look for clients and opportunities where our 
high-energy, entrepreneurial style of investment 
banking and broking can really make a difference, 
rather than focus on a specific geography. It’s a 
matter of extending the Numis way beyond the UK, 
so we can help more of the clients we love to work for, 
no matter where they are.

Focusing on growth areas
Our international push is a new component of our 
growth strategy. We remain focused on continuing to 
grow the number and average size of the UK 
companies we serve. Around 15 years ago, we had 100 
corporate clients with an average market cap of 
£150m. Today we have 182 clients with an average 
market cap of £1.4bn. Whilst the overall number has 
declined over the past two years we are confident the 
quality of the client base continues to improve. With 
larger clients come larger transactions and bigger, 
more varied opportunities. Another area of strategic 
focus is to continue diversifying through growing our 
M&A business in the UK and GCS globally, so that we 
excel on a broader, less cyclical front across 
investment banking. Together, these growth areas 
will help us build on our current strengths and 
reinforce our position as an exceptional client-focused 
investment bank.

Building on our difference
We tend to win mandates through the quality of our 
network, our partnership approach, and the 
willingness of both the founder-entrepreneurs and 
their stakeholders, predominantly their investors, to 
recognise that we do something a bit differently.

We have the benefit of what we call ‘dedication, not 
delegation’ – senior people dedicated to the cause 
rather than just delegating. Senior involvement, 
accountability, impact, hustle, quality of outcome – 
these are the core aspects of our high intensity 
client-focused culture, which is key to how we win 
and deliver on mandates. Importantly, our culture is 
at the heart of how we build strong long-term 
relationships with our clients.

We aim to apply this distinctive Numis way selectively 
to companies that we really understand, feel akin to 
and have strong relationships with. We want to help 
companies that are high growth, digitally enabled, 
disruptive, with huge ambition, and to help the 
investors attracted to these companies. This is where 
we have a particularly good cultural fit and make a 
bigger impact. Indeed, this helps to explain why we 
tend to enjoy very long-standing client relationships 
as well as high talent retention; we see the world in 
similar ways and actively want to grow and succeed 
together over time.

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportOn that note, the other big positive change is that we 
are now in our new office space at 45 Gresham Street. 
It is a much bigger, more modern, open collaborative 
space – much more reflective of Numis now and where 
it is heading. There’s a real buzz to the office and we’re 
excited to have it as our new home.

Alongside and indeed in service of being obsessed 
about helping our clients, we also obsess about 
creating an environment which enables our people to 
be as motivated, happy and successful as they can 
be. This is certainly helped by the new office and by 
giving teams more autonomy and ownership of how 
they work. We want people to be super motivated 
and happy, and feel that they have more flexibility 
than they had before and as ever, our clients feel that 
we are doing an amazing job for them. So the 
client-focused aim remains unchanged, and the 
means just got better.

Looking ahead
Looking ahead, we will maintain a resolute focus on 
broadening our product offering to our clients. We 
want to give our clients genuine breadth and depth 
in the services that matter to them – from M&A to 
capital markets fundraising, from expertise in private 
markets to exceptional in-depth research in equities. 

We will continue to focus on entrepreneur-led high 
growth companies in the public and the private 
markets, together with the investors who want to 
back them. Increasingly, this will take us beyond the 
UK to exciting opportunities across Europe and 
beyond. Whenever and wherever clients need an 
ambitious, agile, inventive investment bank, we want 
to be there too.

25

Alex Ham
Co-Chief Executive Officer

Ross Mitchinson
Co-Chief Executive Officer

Championing our great people
The people in our firm are absolutely critical to the 
strength and impact of our culture – they are Numis 
and the difference we deliver. We’re highly selective 
when it comes to bringing people into the firm, and 
super passionate about developing and supporting 
everyone here. From graduate trainees to senior hires 
– the people we look for, the ones who thrive, are 
incredibly hard working, upbeat, ambitious, high 
tempo. We talk about people with enthusiasm and 
intent in the way they operate. Super responsive, 
highly engaged people who are humble, too. Because 
these are the people who fit with and add to our 
culture – the people who build the best relationships 
with clients, are willing to challenge the status quo, 
and can really help us drive the firm forward. 

Through the year, we added senior talent selectively 
across Investment Banking, in M&A and GCS for 
example, and in Equities, including a number 
of research teams. We also took on another 10 
graduates and 14 interns this year. Through our 
graduate recruitment and internship programmes, 
we are investing in the next generation of 
outstanding talent. This is where we can make a real 
impact in broadening the diversity of talent in our 
firm and the industry as a whole.

Supporting Diversity and Inclusion 
Our focus on Diversity and Inclusion (D&I) is a key 
aspect of the firm’s commitment to ESG issues. This 
year, we undertook a materiality assessment to 
identify the most important ESG matters for internal 
and external stakeholders and we cover this in our 
Operating Responsibly overview on pages 58 and 59 
and in our Corporate Governance Report on pages 
74 to 85. But we’d like to touch here on D&I – a 
critical area where we can and want to make a real 
difference. We are working to broaden the diversity of 
the talent pool not just in the firm but more broadly 
across the industry. We believe this is both the right 
thing to do and a powerful way for our creative, 
collaborative client-focused firm to create and 
collaborate more effectively for our clients. We are 
addressing this on a number of fronts, which we 
highlight on pages 41 and 42.

Embracing hybrid flexible working
From everyone working remotely during the depths 
of the pandemic, this year we moved to a flexible 
hybrid home-office set up. Our people have flexibility 
in where they work now, with the clear and obvious 
proviso that the expectations and needs of their 
clients and teams always come first. We embrace all 
the many advantages of digital working. It allows us 
to be incredibly efficient and effective, to work 
together closely with each other and with clients no 
matter where we all physically are. But at the same 
time, we never forget that at our heart we are a 
relationship business, and that there are times when 
there simply is no substitute for actually being in the 
same place together.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Our strategy and key performance indicators

We continue to focus on our five 
strategic priorities and measure our 
performance using a range of 
financial and non-financial indicators

Build the corporate franchise focusing on high-quality companies

We have a strong and growing corporate client 
base characterised by ambitious high-quality 
companies of all sizes whether public or private. 
We want to keep on helping our existing clients to 
succeed as well as welcoming new clients with 
exciting futures.

Related KPIs: Revenue per head/
Corporate client base/UK ECM market 
share/Advisory revenue
Related risks: Strategic risk/People 
risk/Conduct, regulatory & legal risk/
Reputational risk

Become the leading UK equities platform

We are proud of our market-leading position in UK 
small and mid cap equities. Our success is based 
on having the very best equity research, the largest 
and best distribution team and a very good 
execution function. Our ambition is to be No.1 
across the UK irrespective of market cap.

Related KPIs: Equities revenue/ UK 
ECM market share, client numbers
Related risks: Strategic risk/People 
risk/Conduct, regulatory & legal risk/
Reputational risk

26

Diversify into new products and markets

As our coverage extends across the UK and the 
needs and opportunities of our UK clients change 
we want to ensure that we can help them as much 
as they would like. To this end, we are developing 
our global capabilities and focusing on providing 
complementary products for our clients.

Related KPIs: Advisory revenue, 
International ECM and GCS revenues
Related risks: Strategic risk/People 
risk/Conduct, regulatory & legal risk/
Operational risk

Maintain operating and capital discipline

We maintain operating and capital discipline not 
only to meet our obligations as a regulated 
business but also to ensure we have the flexibility 
to respond to changing client needs and build the 
firm in line with our ambitions across a variety of 
market environments.

Related KPIs: Revenue per head/
Underlying operating margin/Liquid 
resources/Share count
Related risks: Strategic risk/Financial 
risk Technology risk/Conduct, 
regulatory & legal risk/Reputational 
risk/Operational risk/Governance risk/
Macroeconomic risk

Deliver shareholder returns

We are committed to rewarding shareholders for 
their backing and the confidence they place in us. 
We want to ensure they share in the growth and 
success of Numis.

Related KPIs: Earnings per share
Related risks: Strategic risk/Financial 
risk/Conduct, regulatory & legal risk/
Macroeconomic risk/Reputational risk

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportFinancial

Revenue per head (£k)

Earnings per share (p)

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

738

404

549

538

591

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

8.1

26.7

23.0

25.9

49.1

Why it’s important
Our aim is to ensure that sufficient productivity levels are achieved 
whilst acknowledging the impact that the economic cycle and weaker 
external market conditions can have on revenue generation 
opportunities.

2021 performance
Revenue per head increased due to improved revenue performance 
across the business, in particular higher average deal fees and limited 
growth in average headcount.

Outlook
The new financial year has started positively but many challenges for 
the UK economy lie ahead. Sustained investment in our people over 
many years positions the Group well for future growth.

Why it’s important
Our aim is to grow earnings per share as this reflects value creation  
for our shareholders.

2021 performance
EPS increased significantly as a result of record revenue performance 
and operational gearing in the business more than offsetting the 
increase in share count.

Outlook
EPS growth is a key output of our long-term strategic ambitions  
for the Group.

Equities revenue (£m)

Advisory revenue (£m)

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

60.7

53.2

37.3

47.5

44.8

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

11.1

12.6

17.3

14.4

30.9

27

Why it’s important
Our aim is to leverage our equities platform, capture greater market 
share and fulfil our strategic ambition to become the leading UK 
equities business.

Why it’s important
Advisory revenues primarily represent M&A fees. Growing our share of 
the fees available from our client base is a core element of our strategy 
as we aim to deliver greater diversification of revenues.

2021 performance
Revenue increased 14% as a result of strong trading and execution 
revenues in a generally favourable market environment.

2021 performance
M&A revenues increased strongly following the impact of COVID-19 
on the prior year.

Outlook
Whilst equity market conditions will influence performance over the 
short term, we believe our equities platform is well invested and 
positioned to continue achieving market share gains.

Outlook
The outlook for UK M&A continues to be positive.

Operating margin (%)

Liquid resources (£m)

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

13

32

24

22

27

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

134.1

125.2

84.2

111.7

95.9

Why it’s important
Our operating margin is a reflection of revenue performance relative 
to cost base. We aim to ensure the overall cost base is managed 
effectively and that the interests of shareholders and employees are 
aligned over the longer-term business cycle.

2021 performance
Operating margin increased to 32% as a result of the strong business 
performance more than offsetting the increased cost of our operating 
platform and higher variable compensation.

Outlook
Revenue performance will be subject to market conditions from  
year to year but we will maintain a disciplined approach to costs  
and compensation.

Why it’s important
Our cash balance supports our trading activities and ECM capability 
as well as providing a strong financial foundation to pursue our 
strategic initiatives across the cycle.

2021 performance
Our cash position increased. The strong profitability of the business 
over the year was offset by capex associated with the office move, 
share buyback spend and larger trading books.

Outlook
Our cash position is subject to material short-term movements associated 
with our trading activities, although we will continue to ensure we maintain 
a conservative level of liquidity headroom above our regulatory and 
operational requirements whilst investing in our international growth plans.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Our strategy and key performance indicators continued

Non-financial

Corporate client base

UK ECM market share (%)1

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

 182 

000

 188 

 217 

 210 

 202 

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

8.5

8.1

 7.6 

 8.9 

 9.7 

Why it’s important
Our aim is to win corporate clients across a broad range of sectors 
ensuring that both the number and quality of our corporate client 
base continues to grow. Our corporate client base provides long-term 
captive revenue opportunities.

2021 performance
Our corporate client base reduced slightly reflecting an increase in 
successful bids for listed clients and the completion of our exit from 
the natural resources sector.

Outlook
The increase in IPO activity presents opportunities for new client wins.

Why it’s important
Our aim is to leverage our equities platform, capture greater market 
share and fulfil our strategic ambition to become the leading UK 
equities business.

2021 performance
Our success in being appointed on many IPOs this year underpinned 
market share gains.

Outlook
Whilst equity market conditions will evolve, we believe there is 
potential to achieve further gains in the UK supported by our 
strengthened track record and well invested equities platforms.

Share count (m)

Private markets and International 
ECM contribution (% of IB deal fees) 

New

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

28

 114.4 

 105.1 

 105.0 

 106.0 

 106.9 

2021

2020

2019

2018

1

2017

10

6

21

19

Why it’s important
Our aim is to grow earnings per share as this reflects value creation  
for our shareholders.

2021 performance
EPS increased significantly as a result of record revenue performance 
and operational gearing in the business.

Outlook
EPS growth is a key output of our long-term strategic ambitions  
for the Group.

Why it’s important
Diversifying our revenue streams beyond our traditional UK public 
markets heritage is important in building a high growth, and more 
resilient, investment bank.

2021 performance
Both private markets and international ECM delivered a strong 
contribution to investment banking revenues in FY21.

Outlook
Private markets continue to be active and we look forward to our 
Dublin office enabling greater international ECM participation.

Institutional client number 

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

703

681

657

663

Key

New New KPI this year

537

Link to remuneration

Why it’s important
Growing our institutional client coverage is important in both 
maximising the value of our equities platform and ensuring the best 
possible ECM distribution capability. 

2021 performance
Despite the headwinds of Brexit we increased our client number, with 
growth from UK and US-based accounts.

Outlook 
We aim to grow client numbers further in 2022 assisted by our 
international growth plans.

1  Source: Bloomberg

Performance-focused pay
Key performance indicators that are linked to 
remuneration are marked with this symbol. To ensure 
our Board and employees act in the best interests of 
clients and shareholders, remuneration is aligned to 
the strategic priorities and financial performance of 
the business and also takes into account specific risk 
management controls. The remuneration awarded to 
Executive Directors is weighted towards the delivery 
of long-term, sustainable performance that aligns 
with shareholder experience.

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportBusiness review

Building on our strengths and strategic 
focus, we had another outstanding year.

Market conditions
At the start of the financial year, corporate clients had 
largely completed their refinancing activities in 
response to the disruption caused by COVID-19 and 
were focused on executing their strategic goals. 
Similarly, the IPO market was open, particularly for 
those businesses which had benefitted from an 
acceleration of digital trends as a result of the 
pandemic. Over the course of this financial year, 
supported by generally rising markets, companies 
were able to access the equity capital markets to 
support their acquisition strategies and the IPO 
market became receptive to a wider range of sectors. 
As a result, UK equity capital markets volumes 
increased to their highest level in recent years and 
were approximately 26% up on the prior year. The 
structural trend of Private markets taking an 
increasing share of capital raising activity continued 
during the year. 

M&A activity had fallen significantly during the 
pandemic as acquirors paused on transactions until 
the financing outlook became more certain. During 
FY21 there was a strong recovery in UK deal volumes 
partly supported by the prevailing discount attributable 
to UK listed companies relative to international 
markets. As we have seen private equity raise 
significant funds in recent years, the deployment 
of these funds has contributed to the increase in 
deal volumes this year, reflecting a trend we 
expect to continue. 

UK equity market indices performed well over the 
year. The FTSE 250 was up 33% on the year and the 
Numis Smaller Companies index was up 43%. Both 
outperformed the FTSE 100 over the year reflecting 
a favourable market environment for our Equities 
business. Volatility is often beneficial to execution 
volumes. Whilst not as extreme as the prior year, 
during the first half in particular there were periods 
of elevated volatility in UK equities which generated 
trading opportunities for institutions. 

29

Investment Banking had a stellar 
year across the board. This was 
driven by strong performance in 
Capital Markets and Advisory 
– reflecting a recovery in IPO 
volumes and M&A.

James Taylor
Head of Investment Banking

Investment Banking 
Our consistent focus on enhancing the firm’s 
capabilities through sector focused hiring, 
investment in new product areas and a commitment 
to junior talent, has contributed to an excellent 
performance this year. Whilst our core UK corporate 
broking platform has as always been the foundation 
of the Group’s success, this year the strength of 
performance has been attributable to a strong IPO 
market and good progress in new revenue lines, 
specifically, private markets and M&A which have 
been a long-term focus. In addition, international 
ECM has started to contribute to our deal fees this 
year for the first time as our presence in non-UK 
markets continues to be guided by our clients’ 
evolving needs.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Business review continued

Our corporate client list has remained similar in size to 
the prior year. The upturn in bid activity for UK listed 
companies has only been partially offset by new 
client wins from IPOs. In addition, the opportunity to 
pitch for new clients has been somewhat impeded 
by pandemic-related disruption, we expect clients to 
initiate broker review processes more frequently next 
year. In line with our strategy, the quality of our client 
base continues to improve, and this remains our main 
priority. Whilst quality is not necessarily correlated to 
size, the average market capitalisation nevertheless 
offers a reasonable indication of our progress in this 
regard. Over the past year the average market 
capitalisation of our client base has grown 27% to 
£1.4bn, and we now advise 66 FTSE 350 companies 
on a retained basis. By comparison, five years ago the 
average market capitalisation of our client base was 
£0.7bn. This year the growth in average market 
capitalisation is lower than index growth reflecting 
some of our larger clients being lost to M&A activity 
and IPOs contributing new clients which are often 
smaller in size. We believe our portfolio of clients built 
over many years is well positioned to ensure we 
capitalise on market trends; 41% of our corporate 
client base (excluding investment trusts) weighted by 
market capitalisation is in the TMT and Consumer 
sectors, which have been particularly active over the 
past few years with an encouraging outlook for 
further corporate activity. 

30

The UK M&A market continues 
to be active and we are reaping 
the rewards of our strategic 
focus on this service, with 177% 
growth year on year.

Stuart Ord 
Head of M&A

We continued to help ambitious, 
high growth companies make 
the most of private markets 
through our GCS business, 
which has delivered annual 
revenue growth of 44% over 
three years.

David Kelnar 
Head of GCS

Historically, our corporate client base has been the 
main origination engine for Capital markets revenues. 
Now our Advisory revenues are benefitting from the 
same channel. This has been achieved by a continual 
increase in our sector specialisation over the past five 
years and a stronger M&A focus across our 
Investment Banking hiring. Our Advisory revenues 
increased 177%, reflecting a number of large fee 
events for corporate broking clients, and a significant 
contribution from non-clients, which we believe is 
evidence of our growing reputation with corporates 
beyond our Capital markets expertise. 

Whilst our corporate client base delivered a 
consistent level of deal fees, client activity levels were 
in line with the prior year, although last year’s activity 
was concentrated in a six-month period post the start 
of the pandemic. This year we have seen our clients 
access the markets to finance acquisition strategies 
rather than critical refinancing activities. Capital 
markets growth of 45% was achieved by an improved 
contribution from IPOs, further growth in our private 
markets activities from our Growth Capital Solutions 
team (“GCS”), and international transactions. 

For many years we have been focused on raising our 
profile with private equity funds and leveraging our 
growing sector expertise across both Investment 

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportKey statistics

Investment Banking revenue (£m)

£154.9m

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

154.9

101.7

74.3

88.6

85.3

Revenue share (%)

72%

  Investment 
Banking
 Equities

72

28

Average market cap of our client base (£bn)

£1.4bn 

31

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

1.1

0.9

0.8

0.7

Investment income (£m)

£8.7m 

2021

2020

2019

(2.2)

2018

2017

0.3

1.7

3.4

1.4

8.7

Banking and Research. These relationships, alongside 
our strong track record and market insight enabled 
us to secure leading roles on numerous financial 
sponsor-backed IPOs. This year we acted on 12 IPOs, 
which compares to only one in the prior year when 
market conditions were not conducive to IPOs. 
Overall we achieved market share gains in UK ECM 
and ranked in the top 3 for the year. 

Private markets were again extremely active this year, 
demonstrating the long-term momentum behind 
this trend in global capital markets. We expanded the 
GCS team in response to the success achieved to date, 
thereby creating more capacity to execute higher deal 
volumes and capitalise on the wider opportunities we 
see in this market. We continue to build relationships 
with some of the most exciting private businesses, 
supporting them by providing access to leading 
growth investors around the world. Given the growth 
profile of these businesses and their requirement to 
seek regular funding, the client activity rates amongst 
these businesses are generally higher than most of 
our more mature listed clients. This year we delivered 
more than £20m in private markets revenues, our 
third consecutive year of material revenue growth 
since launching this business line. 

Frequently the private equity and growth investors 
we work alongside on UK IPOs manage international 
portfolios. Our track record and reputation for 
delivering differentiated distribution on transactions 
has led to our appointment on deals for international 
issuers. This year 10% of our Capital markets revenues 
for publicly listed issuers were attributable to deals 
executed outside of the London markets. These 
revenues are largely related to IPOs and therefore 
future success outside the UK will likely be initially 
linked to the market environment for IPOs; however, 
we see international capital markets as an interesting 
growth opportunity, complementary to our existing 
distribution platform and wider network. In due 
course, our Dublin office will provide greater flexibility 
and an enhanced capability to target these 
opportunities across the EU. 

Equities
Our Equities business achieved another year of 
market share gains and strong trading returns as well 
as making a significant contribution to the high 
volume of IPOs completed during the year. 

Volatility was still prevalent for periods during the year 
but UK markets, in particular the small and mid cap, 
performed well which both supported deal flow and 
provided a favourable backdrop for execution and 
trading. Throughout the pandemic we prioritised 
engaging with our institutional clients and 
strengthening those relationships across all teams 
within the Equities business. This provided a strong 
foundation for the market share gains we achieved 
this year, in particular with leading long-only 
institutional investors who are key participants in our 
Investment Banking deals. Our careful, client-led 
internationalisation of the business will continue to be 
the focus of investment in our US operations and the 
establishment of an EU presence via our investment 
in Dublin.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Business review continued

We delivered another strong 
year in our Equities business, 
achieving record revenue and 
continuing to gain market share.

Nick Stockman
Head of Sales

32

Our electronic trading business made good progress 
despite COVID-19 restrictions hindering our ability to 
grow the list of clients using this product. We expect 
electronic trading to contribute an increasing share of 
our institutional income over time as we seek to 
expand the client list in the UK and US. The event 
driven desk benefitted from an increase in public 
M&A activity and achieved its strongest revenue 
performance since launch three years ago. 

Despite the headwinds of Brexit limiting our access to 
EU-based institutions, we increased the overall 
number of institutional clients during the year. Subject 
to regulatory approvals, we expect to grow the list of 
institutional clients over the coming years as we seek 
to build a larger distribution platform to support a 
broader geographic profile of capital markets deals. 
Our careful, client-led internationalisation of the 
business will continue to be the focus of investment in 
our US operations and the establishment of an EU 
presence via our investment in Dublin.

This year for the first time, we did not enter the Extel 
survey. It is increasingly the case that, post MiFID II, 
we receive detailed feedback from our institutional 
clients on the level of service which they particularly 
value. Our strategy to maintain a strong and 
experienced research function is unchanged. The 
value of this strategy was demonstrated this year by 

our success in the IPO market where we acted on 
12 IPOs globally. The quality of our analysts remains 
a key factor in our ability to win IPO mandates and 
differentiate ourselves from the competition. 

We increased our trading book limits during the 
course of the year in response to market conditions 
and volatility levels. The number of loss days was 
improved on the prior year and we delivered 
consistently strong gains throughout the year. We will 
continue to focus on maintaining strong market 
share in mid cap equities aligned with our corporate 
broking franchise. 

Investment portfolio performance
Our investment portfolio delivered strong gains this 
year. The gains were largely attributable to two of our 
holdings. Firstly, we invested in Oxford Nanopore 
Technologies in 2012, providing support on occasion 
through the investment period and ultimately acted 
on their successful IPO at the end of September. 
Secondly, we invested in Wiz Inc during the year, a 
cyber security business backed by several leading 
international growth investors, which has materially 
exceeded expectations. The investment in Wiz 
illustrates our strategy to rotate our portfolio towards 
larger, later stage growth businesses whilst exiting 
some of our fund holdings and legacy holdings. 
Overall we expect to keep the number of holdings 
broadly flat and align the portfolio closer to our 
private markets activity.

Relocation to new office 
Our relocation project was completed at the end of 
the year and we are operating from our new offices at 
45 Gresham Street. The new office space offers 
capacity for further growth, supports our culture by 
encouraging collaboration across the business, and 
reflects our ambition through providing our clients 
access to exceptional facilities. 

Evolving our strategy 
Our growth strategy has been consistent for a 
number of years. We remain focused on developing 
the quality of our corporate client base which 
provides the origination platform for deal fee 
opportunities across both Capital markets and 
Advisory. Our ambition in UK equities is to provide a 
best-in-class service to institutional investors through 
high quality research and an experienced sales desk 
whilst providing liquidity in UK equities via our 
market-making platform. These two limbs of our 
strategy continue to be complementary and 
underpin the strength of our core business. 

Our new products and services to date have focused 
on UK M&A and GCS. There continues to be 
meaningful revenue upside from both these products, 
and we continue to invest in these strategic priorities. 

Looking ahead we will expand our strategic ambition 
to include international ECM in view of the early 
success we have had this year, and the opportunities 
which will become available once we have 
established an EU office next year. In addition we 

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic Reporthave expanded our US regulatory approvals to 
include US capital markets transactions and we are 
currently acting on our first US IPO. We will adopt a 
targeted approach to our ECM efforts outside the UK, 
guided by our clients’ needs and focusing only on 
sectors and deals where we believe our distribution 
and insight offers a compelling proposition for the 
issuer. This will require an expansion of our research 
coverage in certain sectors. 

Commitment to ESG 
As we navigate today’s societal challenges, we want 
to make sure we minimise negative impacts and 
maximise positive outcomes by embedding 
sustainability in our culture, our operations and our 
strategy. 

This year we made significant progress on our ESG 
journey, undertaking our first materiality assessment 
and developing an ESG framework, which will help 
our leadership move the business in the right 
direction to better serve clients, shareholders, society 
and the environment. 

By raising our sustainability ambitions and identifying 
the ESG areas that are most important to us, we will 
be better placed to lead or respond to ESG issues – 
and also to extract value from opportunities that arise 
from embedding ESG more deeply into our business. 
For more information please see Our ESG framework 
on pages 38 to 43.

Current trading and outlook
Revenue performance over the first two months 
of the year is broadly in line with the second half 
revenue performance of FY21. We completed a 
further six IPOs in the past two months, however, it is 
clear that public markets investors are increasingly 
adopting a more cautious approach and execution 
of our Capital markets pipeline is subject to greater 
uncertainty. The private markets and UK M&A 
continue to be very active. Our GCS team has 
executed a number of transactions in recent weeks 
and the pipeline is strong. Similarly, the outlook 
for M&A fees is encouraging based on the 
current pipeline.

Key statistics

Equities revenue (£m)

£60.7m

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

Institutional clients

703

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

60.7

53.2

37.3

47.5

44.8

703

681

657

663

537

UK equities market share

4.1% 
+50bps on prior year

33

Trading gains (£m)

£19.7m 

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

4.0

9.6

9.0

19.7

16.0

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial review

We delivered an exceptionally 
strong performance across both 
Investment Banking and Equities.

34

Our consistent investment in 
the business has enabled the 
firm to achieve a long track 
record of growth across 
multiple cycles.

Andrew Holloway
Chief Financial Officer

Revenue performance
The business delivered record revenues and profits in 
a year where market conditions were favourable for 
the investment banking industry. The markets in 
which we operate are clearly subject to cycles and 
periods of volatility. However, our consistent 
investment in the business has enabled the firm 
to achieve a long track record of growth across 
multiple cycles. 

2021
£m

2020
£m

%
change

Investment Banking

154.9

101.7

52.3%

Equities 

Revenue

60.7

53.2

14.1%

215.6

154.9

39.2%

Investment income 

8.7

0.3

n.m.

Total Income 

224.3

155.2

44.5%

Revenue for the year was £215.6m (2020: £154.9m), 
representing growth of 39%. The business benefitted 
from an increase in IPO and M&A activity, as well as a 
sustained recovery in equity markets. Revenue per 
head increased by 34% to £738k, reflecting the 
significant growth in revenue relative to headcount 
growth. Total income increased 45%, this includes 
significant fair value gains associated with the 
investment portfolio which closed the year at £21.8m.

Investment Banking

Capital Markets

Advisory 

Corporate retainers

Investment Banking 
revenue 

2021
£m

111.5

30.9

12.5

2020
£m

%
change

77.0

44.8%

11.1

177.1%

13.5

(7.9%)

154.9

101.7

52.3%

The Investment Banking division delivered record 
revenue of £154.9m (2020: £101.7m), representing an 
increase of 52% on the prior year which benefitted 
from a significant volume of COVID-19 related equity 
issuance. This year has seen a broad based recovery 
in deal activity with the increase in IPOs and M&A 
deals more than offsetting a normalisation of fund 
raisings for corporate clients. Whilst deals volumes 
were slightly up on the prior year, the main growth 
driver has been an increase in average deal fees, 
which has been the consistent feature of our 

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportInvestment Banking revenue growth over the past 
three years. Average deal fee growth is a product of 
working with larger corporate clients on larger 
transactions and earning a greater share of the fee 
pool. The average deal fee for FY21 was more than 
double the level achieved two years ago in FY19. 

A recovery in IPO volumes was the main contributor 
to Capital markets growth of 45%. In line with our 
strategic priority, we generally secured senior roles on 
many of these transactions which underpinned the 
average deal fee growth. In addition, GCS delivered 
revenue growth for the third successive year 
achieving revenues in excess of £20m. This new 
business line continues to deliver higher value fees 
and enables the firm to build its reputation beyond 
the UK. International ECM transactions contributed to 
Capital markets revenue for the first time, these deals 
are predominantly junior syndicate roles on IPOs and 
we believe there is a clear opportunity to grow this 
contribution in the future. 

Advisory revenues increased significantly this year. 
The M&A pipeline was disrupted by COVID-19 last 
year, however, there has been a strong recovery this 
year. We have had increasing success in securing lead 
financial advisory roles for our corporate clients in bid 
situations which is a strategic priority. Debt Advisory 
continued to make good progress this year 
supported by the recovery in M&A activity which 
provided a favourable backdrop enabling the new 
business line to deliver its third successive year of 
revenue growth. 

Retainer fee income declined 8% to £12.5m (2020: 
£13.5m) reflecting the reduction in our corporate 
client list, largely attributable to the closure of the 
Natural Resources sector towards the end of the 
previous financial year. We now have 182 corporate 
clients and will selectively grow the client list as we 
seek to benefit from our strong competitive position 
and our participation in IPOs over the past 12 months. 

Equities 

Institutional income 

Trading 

Equities revenue 

2021
£m

41.0

19.7

60.7

2020
£m

37.2

16.0

53.2

%
change

10.1%

23.4%

14.1%

Equities delivered a record revenue performance of 
£60.7m (2020: £53.2m), representing growth of 14%. 
Institutional income increased 10% against the prior 
year, reflecting both market share gains and an 
increase in the aggregate value of commission 
payments across UK equities this year. There were 
periods of heightened volatility earlier in the year 
which prompted a particularly strong performance in 
the first half. Whilst this was not repeated in the 
second half, the full year performance was 
nevertheless very good. 

Our research income was consistent with the prior 
year but our market share in payments for research 
from institutions increased. Overall we believe the 
market for research payments has generally 

Key statistics

Total income (£m)

£224.3m

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

155.2

109.4

137.8

133.5

Revenue (£m)

£215.6m

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

154.9

111.6

136.0

130.1

Underlying operating profit (£m)*

£68.1m 

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

14.1

37.8

29.7

34.7

Spend on share repurchases (£m)

£24.2m 

224.3

215.6

68.1

24.2

35

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

9.8

12.0

16.3

22.9

*  The non-GAAP alternative performance 

measures shown here are described on the inside 
back cover.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial review continued

stabilised following the introduction of MIFID II and 
this revenue line is expected to be relatively 
consistent going forward, underpinned by the quality 
of our analysts and high levels of engagement with 
institutions. 

Trading delivered strong gains for the year, up 23% on 
the prior year. Reflecting a similar trend to commissions 
across the year, the gains achieved in the second half 
were below an exceptionally strong first half as market 
volumes normalised. Trading book limits were 
increased during the year in view of the favourable 
market backdrop and strong demand for liquidity 
in small and mid cap equities. The number of loss 
days was consistent with the prior year illustrating 
the consistency in performance of our market-
making activities. 

Administrative expenses 

Staff costs

Share-based payment 

Non-staff costs 

Total administrative 
costs

Year-end headcount

Average headcount

2021
£m

99.0

9.6

39.2

2020
£m

76.0

10.0

32.4

%
change

30.2%

(3.3%)

21.0%

147.9

 118.4

24.9%

319

292

292

282

9.2%

3.5%

36

Compensation ratio

50.4% 55.5%

(9.2%)

Total costs increased to £147.9m (2020: £118.4m) 
representing an increase of 25%. Average headcount 
increased by 4% which was attributable to 
recruitment of junior and mid-level Investment 
Banking staff in response to high deal volumes. 
At the year end, 129 of the 319 staff were in the 
Investment Banking department. We expect the 
market for investment banking talent to remain very 
competitive in view of the current market backdrop, 
however, further near-term hiring will be limited to 
those areas of strategic focus where there are clear 
growth opportunities. For example, during FY22 we 
will be hiring staff in Dublin in support of our business 
plan and regulatory application process with the 
Central Bank of Ireland. 

Given the very strong operating performance of the 
business, variable compensation is materially higher 
than the prior year. As a result, staff costs are 30% 
above the prior year. Consistent with prior years, 
Investment portfolio performance does not impact 
the variable compensation pool. Our share-based 
payment charge, which relates to equity awarded to 
staff as part of their annual compensation, was in line 
with the prior year at £9.6m (2020: £10.0m). We 
expect the share-based payment charge to decline 
next year given the vesting of a number of long term 
awards during FY21. Our compensation model will be 
impacted by the introduction of a new regulation, 

Investment Firm Prudential Regime 9 (“IFPR”), which 
will influence the pay structure for certain senior 
individuals across the business requiring a greater 
proportion of their total compensation to be deferred, 
and delivered in equity. This regulation will impact 
Numis in FY23. 

Compensation costs as a percentage of revenue 
decreased to 50.4% (2020: 55.5%) as a result of the 
improved revenue performance operational gearing 
and our consistent approach to staff compensation. 
This ratio reflects the lower end of our target range of 
50% to 60%. 

Non-staff costs increased 21% compared to the prior 
year, predominantly due to higher occupancy costs 
associated with the move to a larger office which was 
completed in the year. We incurred £0.4m of one-off 
costs this year in relation to the move, which was 
lower than the £1.3m incurred in FY20. Execution and 
clearing costs were higher than prior years, reflecting 
the strong market environment and we incurred 
higher market data and information services costs in 
line with rising headcount. Given our participation on 
non-UK transactions during the year and our 
ongoing EU licence application, we also incurred 
higher professional fees. We currently expect the 
ongoing non-staff costs associated with the Dublin 
office to be approximately £1.5m per year. 

Travel and entertainment spend remained 
significantly below usual levels as a result of the 
pandemic and related restrictions. We expect these 
costs will at least partially recover in FY22. 

Profit

Statutory Profit 
before tax

Adjustments: 

Investment  
(income)/losses 

Relocation expenses 

Net finance income 

Underlying 
operating profit

2021
£m

74.2

2020
£m

%
change

37.1

100.1%

(8.7)

(0.3)

0.4

2.3

68.1

1.3

(0.3)

37.8

80.1%

Operating margin

31.6% 24.4% +7.2ppts

The business benefits from operational gearing 
resulting in a record profit performance for the year. 
The strong growth in revenue was only partially offset 
by the increase in variable compensation and higher 
non-staff costs. Therefore, Underlying operating profit 
was materially higher at £68.1m (2020: £37.8m) and 
Operating margin increased to 31.6 % (2020: 24.4%). 

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportProfit before tax for the year was £74.2m, representing 
an increase of 100% compared to the prior year. This 
included the impact of gains of £8.7m in relation to 
the investment portfolio, which was materially higher 
than the gain of £0.3m reported in the prior year. Our 
effective tax rate for the year was 22.4% (2020: 15.4%) 
resulting in profit after tax of £57.8m (2020: £31.4m), 
an increase of 84.5%. 

The year-end share count increased due to the 
vesting of long term incentive awards in September. 
As a result diluted EPS increased by 84% to 49.1p per 
share (2020: 26.7p).

2021
£m

2020
£m

%
change

Statutory Profit before tax

74.2

37.1

100.1%

Tax 

(16.3)

(5.7)

Profit after tax 

57.8

31.4

84.5%

Weighted average 
issued share count 

Diluted EPS

Basic EPS

106.7

105.0

49.1p

26.7p

83.9%

54.2p

29.9p

81.3%

Balance sheet
The Group’s net asset position as at 30 September 
2021 was £186.7m, representing an increase of 18.5% 
compared to the prior year.

Investment portfolio
At 30 September 2021 our investment portfolio was 
valued at £21.7m (2020: £14.7 m). We recorded fair 
value gains of £6.8m in the second half compared to 
£1.2m in the first half. We completed two disposals 
and a partial exit during the year, realising total 
proceeds of £5.1m. These proceeds were reinvested 
across three new investments into high growth, 
international fintech and technology businesses in 
accordance with our intention to realign the portfolio. 
We continue to seek liquidity events for our legacy 
holdings whilst maximising the strategic value and 
network benefits of more recent portfolio 
investments. Since the year end we have exited our 
position in Oxford Nanopore Technologies plc. 

Capital and liquidity
We continue to operate significantly in excess of our 
regulatory capital requirements which have increased 
over recent years largely as a result of the strong 
growth in revenue. We continue to believe a vital 
aspect of our long term success has been the ability 
to continue investing in the business throughout 
market cycles and maintain strategic agility. 

The applicable regulatory capital regime for 
investment firms is changing with IFPR taking effect 
from 1 January 2022. Whilst we expect the Pillar 1 
capital requirement to be lower under the new 
regulation, we will not have clarity regarding our 
overall regulatory capital requirement which will be 
determined by the FCA following a review of our 
internal assessment under the new regime. 

Whilst the transition to IFPR will not immediately 
impact our capital requirements, the near-term 
strategic initiatives to establish a regulatory entity in 
Ireland and expand the product offering of our US 
office to include US ECM will create additional capital 
and funding commitments for the Group next year. 

Our liquidity position is subject to material daily 
movements due to trading and settlement activities 
as well as seasonality. As at 30 September 2021, our 
cash position was £134.1m (2020: £125.2m), which was 
7.1% higher than the prior year closing position. The 
cash profits generated this year were offset by the 
increase to our trading book limits, the capital 
expenditure in relation to the new office, and a 
materially higher cash spend on funding off-market 
share repurchases to facilitate net settlement of 
equity awards for staff. The average daily cash 
position over the year was £115m (2020: £83m) and 
the variance between our daily high and low cash 
positions over the financial year was £77m. 

Dividends and shareholder returns 
The Board has proposed a final dividend for the year 
of 8.0p per share. The dividend, subject to approval at 
the AGM, will be paid on 11 February 2022 to 
shareholders on the Register on 17 December 2021.

Over a sustained period, and across market cycles, 
the business has demonstrated both resilience and 
good growth in financial performance. This has 
underpinned a consistent dividend of 12p per share 
each year for the past four years. Following the 
excellent performance of FY21 and the strategic 
progress achieved in recent years, the Board has 
reassessed the return capacity of the business and 
rebased the full year dividend to 13.5p, representing 
an increase of 12.5%. 

The Board are confident the rebased dividend 
provides sufficient flexibility to continue investing in 
the growth opportunities outlined above whilst also 
maintaining the balance sheet strength to continue 
supporting consistent shareholder returns in 
the future. 

In addition to the dividend, the Board has also 
approved the reinstatement of the on-market share 
buyback programme and anticipates an increase in 
the volume of shares purchased during FY22 to a 
level consistent with years prior to FY21.

The share count increased at the end of the financial 
year due to the vesting of the 2016 LTIP awards. In 
view of the approved buyback programme we 
expect the issued count to decline over the course of 
FY22, and our intention remains to mitigate the 
dilutive effect of staff equity awards.

Andrew Holloway 
Chief Financial Officer

37

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Our ESG framework

Our environmental, social and governance  
(ESG) vision is to provide innovative solutions  
to our clients based on a shared ambition to  
manage our environmental impacts, drive  
social value in the wider community and create  
a fair working environment for our employees.

38

We are committed to 
becoming a more sustainable 
and resilient business.

Noreen Biddle Shah
Head of Marketing and Communications

The importance of ESG
We plan to build on our strong heritage of innovation 
to become a more sustainable and resilient business, 
particularly in light of societal and environmental 
challenges.

At Numis, sustainability has always been an 
important consideration for our business – it is a 
Board-level priority and part of our overall strategy 
and vision. As we navigate today’s societal challenges, 
we want to make sure we minimise negative impacts 
and maximise positive outcomes by further 
embedding sustainability in our culture, our 
operations and our strategy. 

Numis – and the financial services industry more 
broadly – is well positioned to create a more 
sustainable economy. As an investment bank 
providing services to UK and international corporates 
and investors, we feel we have an obligation to show 
greater leadership on sustainability and support our 
clients in their own sustainability journeys.

A fast-changing marketplace – with the transition to a 
low carbon economy and the growth of sustainable 
finance being key themes – creates opportunities 
that the firm can capitalise on. At the same time, the 
COVID-19 pandemic has placed stresses on the 
corporate sector and emphasised the importance of 
business resilience. We are following these trends 
closely in order to build a more responsible, 
sustainable and resilient business.

This year we made significant progress on our ESG 
journey, undertaking our first materiality assessment 
and developing an ESG framework, which will help 
our leadership move the business in the right 
direction to better serve clients, shareholders, 
employees, society and the environment. 

By raising our sustainability ambitions and identifying 
the ESG areas that are most important to us, we will 
be better placed to lead or respond to ESG issues – 
and also to extract value from opportunities that arise 
from embedding ESG more deeply into our business. 

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportMateriality process

Key topics 
identification

Internal  
prioritisation

External  
prioritisation

Outcome  
validation

•  Preliminary desktop 
review, including  
a peer analysis and  
a media analysis.

•  Based on the insights 
gathered, a long list  
of topics is identified.  

•  The long list of topics is 
assessed against the 
inputs of an internal  
team, each member 
representing one of our 
stakeholder groups.

•  This process drills down 

further to create a 
shortlist to test externally.

•  The shortlist is sent to  
a wider external and 
internal group representing 
all key stakeholders.

•  Importance is 

determined based  
on two dimensions: 
impact on and by  
Numis and importance to 
stakeholders.

•  Inputs from each 

stakeholder group will  
be plotted on a matrix 
that will be validated with 
the core internal group.

•  Material issues are  
then identified and 
embedded into  
decision-making actions 
and communications 
focus.

Materiality assessment
Our first materiality assessment was designed to take 
advantage of our ability to innovate and advance our 
approach to ESG. We conducted it in early 2021 by 
partnering with an external consultancy, ERM. 

Material topics
Material topics are those that have the potential to 
significantly erode or enhance the value of a business 
considering its commercial strategy, operational 
assets and reputation. Monitoring evolving ESG risks 
and opportunities enables us to make more informed 
business decisions, identify opportunities for value 
creation within our corporate strategy, increase 
transparency, and strengthen relationships with 
stakeholders. 

We are focusing on our most 
material issues in order to have 
the biggest positive impact.

Noreen Biddle Shah
Head of Marketing and Communications

The process
We followed a process aligned with good industry 
practice to help identify the most material ESG  
topics for the business and our stakeholders.

The methodology followed the Global Reporting 
Initiative (GRI) principles for materiality and included 
reviews of emerging industry standards, a peer 
benchmark assessment, and direct input across our 
value chain – including clients, prospects, vendors 
and employees.

Our materiality assessment process  
consisted of three key phases. 

(1)  Analyse the external sustainability landscape 
impacting our industry, including sector and 
industry specific trends, and a review of relevant 
sustainability frameworks such as the GRI 
standards and the Sustainability Accounting 
Standards Board (SASB)

(2)  Engage with both internal and external 

stakeholders to gather insights on key ESG topics

(3)  Rank and prioritise ESG topics to assess their 

relative importance, in relation to their impact on 
the business (x axis) and the relevance to our 
external stakeholders (y axis). 

39

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Our ESG framework continued

Materiality issues

5.00

4.00

e
v
i
t
c
e
p
s
r
e
P

l

a
n
r
e
t
x
E

)

l

n
r
e
c
n
o
c
r
e
d
o
h
e
k
a
t
s
f
o
e
e
r
g
e
D

(

ESG integration  
into advisory  
services

Data privacy  
& cybersecurity

Employee  
health &  
wellbeing

Materials  
& waste  
management

ESG governance

3.00

Biodiversity

Stakeholder 
engagement

Anti-bribery & corruption

Water

2.00

Medium 
Priority

1.00

Responsible Procurement

Equality, diversity & inclusion

Very High 
Priority

Culture, conduct & compliance

Energy & emissions

Energy & emissions

Talent acquisition, 
retention & development

Climate-risk governance

High 
Priority

40

1.00

2.00

3.00

4.00

5.00

Internal Perspective (Impact on business)

Our ESG framework
This framework aligns our four ESG focus areas  
to our corporate strategy. We will evolve it over  
the coming years to help ensure we constantly  
and effectively adapt our business in a rapidly 
changing market. This is a major initiative which  
will enable us to turn the Numis ESG vision into 
effective operational and tactical implementation 
plans, measured against key performance indicators.

While we have always had ESG policies and 
programmes in place, we now have a more  
strategic approach, aligned with our core business. 
The ESG framework captures the full scope of what 
we already do as well as builds out new focus areas  
in a clear and comprehensive way. 

Issues identified
The assessment initially identified 19 material topics. 
These are shown in the matrix above. All issues in the 
matrix are important to Numis and we are working 
on appropriate governance and oversight for each. 
This will necessitate channelling focus and resource 
to the highest priority topics to our business and our 
stakeholders. We have identified eight priority topics, 
illustrated below, grouped into four key focus areas 
that will form the basis of our disclosures. We are 
committed to implementing the results, with the 
right governance structures in place, to deliver value 
for our stakeholders.

•  Focus area 1: Employee topics (Equality, diversity 
& inclusion, Employee health and wellbeing, 
Talent acquisition, development and retention)
•  Focus area 2: Responsible governance and ethical 
business practices (Culture, conduct & compliance; 
Climate risk governance including energy and 
emissions; and ESG governance) 

•  Focus area 3: Serving the community 

(Community support and engagement) 
•  Focus area 4: Contributing to a sustainable 

economy (ESG integration into advisory services)

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
Our ESG framework

Providing innovative solutions to our clients based on a shared ambition to manage our environmental 
impacts, drive value in the wider community, and create a fair working environment for our employees.

Through promotion of an inclusive work 
environment centred on supporting 
the wellbeing and development of our 
employees, we will cultivate a diverse 
and high-performing workforce which 
reflects the clients we serve and the 
communities in which we operate.

We will maximise social outcomes  
through impactful programmes  
that invest in the socio-economic 
 fabric of our communities

Equality, diversity  
and inclusion
Employee health  
and wellbeing
Hiring, developing,  
and rewarding  
our people

Supporting  
and Empowering  
our Employees

Building our  
Footprint in, and 
Relationship with,  
our Community

Community  
support and 
engagement

Responsible 
Governance and  
Ethical Business 
Practices

Contributing  
to a Sustainable/ 
Low-Carbon  
Economy

Throughout the organisation our  
people will uphold and communicate  
a culture of responsible business 
practices and sustainability.

Culture, conduct  
and compliance
Climate risk governance 
(part of ESG 
governance) 
Energy and emissions

We will seek to leverage our client 
relationships and services to drive 
positive ESG outcomes. We will build 
capability to deliver ESG advice as an 
integrated part of our advisory offerings.

ESG integration  
into advisory  
services

41

Four key focus areas
1 Supporting and empowering employees
Our highlights
•  A partnership with a diversity and inclusion 

consultancy 

•  Development of the employee-led Inclusive  

Numis Network

•  Positive inclusion training across the firm,  

including at Board level

•  Engagement with recruitment partners to  

ensure diverse shortlists and inclusive  
assessment processes

•  Appointment of an Early Talent Manager to  
ensure we are future-proofing our talent  
pipeline with particular focus on diversity

•  Employee engagement survey with results  

driving key people priorities

•  Innovative work from anywhere and ‘new normal’ 
policies developed in consultation with employees 
and implemented on a trial basis

•  Family-friendly policies as part of our hybrid 

working model

•  Shared parental leave
•  Intern and graduate programmes with recruitment 

focused on D&I

•  Professional development & training 
•  Manager excellence training
•  Internal coaching programme
•  Enhanced benefits offering with best-in-class 

private medical insurance

•  Mental health support for all staff through partnership 

•  Development of gender pay gap reporting 

with a dedicated consultancy

•  Training all managers and employees, including  
the Board, on mental health awareness and 
psychological safety

•  ‘Spotlight’ series for employee wellbeing

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Our ESG framework continued

Our ambition and future commitments  
to equality, diversity and inclusion (ED&I)
We are committed to making this central to our 
brand, business practices and culture. We have 
started to partner with organisations that advocate 
for ED&I and regularly review and update our 
initiatives and programmes to ensure we are 
cultivating an inclusive workforce. 

One early partner is a diversity and inclusion 
consultancy, who are helping us to improve our 
capabilities and metrics – from the Board downwards.

We will enhance our diverse talent pipeline to drive 
diversity from junior to senior roles in order to 
improve the way we include, and help progress, 
individuals from social groups that are not adequately 
represented in banking. 

We currently focus on tactics such as unconscious 
bias training and addressing imbalances in the 
workforce. From a strategic perspective, we aim  
to broaden our data set, from the number or 
percentage of individuals from underrepresented 
groups in our recruitment process to the number  
of innovations or new products resulting from  
diverse teams.

Early results demonstrate this is the right way to go. 
For example, in the first nine months of 2021, close to 
40% of new hires were female.

Our ambition and future commitments to 
employee health and wellbeing
Our hybrid working model, adopted in response to 
the pandemic, includes support for mental health  
(in partnership with the female-founded consultancy 
‘Inside Out’), new policies on childcare and shared 
parental leave, and a raft of initiatives that slot into  
this broader flexible approach.

Our ambition and future commitments to hiring, 
developing and rewarding our people
We want to ensure every permanent new employee 
has access to an appropriate induction programme, 
an individual on-boarding plan and ‘peer buddy’. 
Longer term we are committed to supporting our 
employees, so they benefit from continual learning 
and development. This will be monitored through our 
employee survey in terms of satisfaction and take-up 
of learning initiatives.

With regard to reward, we will continue to track and 
regularly review staff benefit packages – and refresh 
them in line with market trends and the evolving 
needs of our workforce.

42

2 Responsible governance  
and ethical business practices
Whilst we have always prided ourselves on the quality 
of our governance, going forwards, we plan to include 
more focus on the highest standards of responsible 
business practices and sustainability.

Our progress so far
•  Employees assessed on how well they live Numis 

values, reflective in their objectives

•  Management and graduate training on ESG
•  Responsible risk culture through effective senior 
management leadership, tailored training and 
development, and alignment with incentives 

Our ambitions and future commitments
This will be manifested through a responsible risk 
culture, reinforcement of culture and values, training, 
reporting, accountability and structure, and low 
carbon strategies.

For example, we aim to ensure Numis delivers 
transparent and accurate reporting of climate and 
ESG-related risks. We already assess climate risk in 
our risk management framework, but our plan 
is to go further and align reporting with the 
Taskforce for Climate-Related Financial Disclosure 
recommendations, including applicable regulatory 
requirements.

We currently report carbon emissions in line with  
the UK Streamline Energy & Carbon Reporting 
Regulations, in metric tonnes of CO2 equivalent.  
As we place greater prioritisation on low-carbon 
strategies to reduce the operational footprint of  
the business we will also aim to publish our short-,  
mid- and long-term greenhouse gas and energy 
reduction targets in the future.

A material contributor to this will be our new London 
headquarters office in Gresham Street, London EC2. 
This is a new generation building designed, across all 
its tenants, to cut carbon emissions by up to 23% per 
person compared with a traditional refurbishment. 
Such sustainability credentials were crucial factors as 
the Board considered options for a new building to 
accommodate the Group’s recent and projected 
growth.

Over time we will be in a position to report the 
specific impacts of these and other decisions, in 
terms of Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions reduced 
by 2030.

Next steps We will continue to identify and engage  with appropriate partners that can help us progress against our commitments.More information can be found in the  employee section on page 45.Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic Report3 Building our footprint in, and  
relationship with, our community 
We recognise that Numis has a role to play in our 
community – from supporting employees as they 
undertake work for charities and in directly engaging 
with community projects.

Our progress so far
•  Volunteering
•  Donations of PPE equipment, work with charitable 

causes and Christmas fundraising

•  Apprenticeship Levy Gifting Opportunities scheme
•  Charitable matched sponsorship
•  Community programme case studies 

Our ambitions and future commitments
We have a significant opportunity to improve the way 
we focus on strategic community programmes, the 
way we drive and manage community investment 
and measure community programme inputs, 
outputs and impacts.

We will work with academic institutions to build out 
internship programmes to allow for a more diverse 
population to access what is still seen as a 
homogenous industry. We will also look to offer work 
experience where underrepresented groups can 
learn about working in an office environment, have 
access to networking opportunities and practical 
training to ensure long term impact.

We can measure this not just by the number and 
description of current community programmes, but 
also by the issues we collectively address – such as 
social mobility and the level of ethnic minorities 
entering the industry. 

Moreover, we expect to launch an ESG fund which will 
seek to support strategic charitable partners in need 
of funding and are aligned with the Numis ESG vision. 

4 Contributing to a sustainable/ 
low-carbon economy
We will seek to leverage our client relationships and 
services to create positive ESG outcomes. We will also 
build capabilities to deliver ESG advice as an 
integrated part of our advisory offerings.

Our progress so far
•  Building the firm’s ESG responsibilities through 

training and presentations 

•  Facilitating and contributing to conversations on 
the sustainability agenda between investors and 
corporate clients 

Our ambitions and future commitments
We support clients with ESG advisory capabilities in the 
high impact sector of real estate. Our intention is to 
broaden this approach, developing an all-encompassing 
offering, that enables us to embed ESG advisory in each 
of our areas of sector specialism.

This planned value-add will be part of Numis’ brokerage, 
M&A, IPO, debt advisory and other advisory offerings, in 
line with the definitions published by the Global 
Sustainable Investment Alliance.

This will require training. We are proud of the quality of 
our people and what they consistently deliver for clients. 
As the Group evolves – and as we play our part in 
greening the global economy – we will support 
investment banking and equities advisory staff with 
opportunities to upskill, from developing a grounding in 
key ESG issues to building a deeper understanding of 
sector-specific matters.

Numis is in a unique position where we speak to the 
world’s largest investors and senior leaders of companies 
daily. We’re able to facilitate and contribute to 
conversations on the sustainability agenda. We will 
continue to commit to these conversations and further 
leverage our strong relationships to advise clients, 
facilitate conversations and share our insights.

43

Creating long-term value

We are committed to the long-term success of our 
ESG outputs and want to ensure this goes far beyond 
a tick-box exercise to create greater long-term value 
for stakeholders. To this end, we will embed a strong 
accountability framework through taskforce teams 
with executive team sponsorship, clear metrics, score 
cards and alignment to performance reviews; and as 
ever, we will be guided by our core values of 
partnership, excellence, dynamism and creativity.

Next stepsWe will develop and enhance our orientation, training and performance management programmes that outline and/or reinforce the organisation’s core values. We will also create ESG ‘culture champions’.We will continue developing Board oversight of ESG and climate-related risks and opportunities specifically, including across products and servicesNext stepsWe will develop a community investment strategy that aligns with the corporate and ESG strategy, culture and Numis’ core competencies.We also plan to set out criteria and guiding principles against which all community investment proposals are screened.More information can be found in the society section on page 56.Next stepsWe will build on existing relationships to evaluate the ESG needs of individual clients.We will assess key ESG drivers associated with the services Numis provides and the clients we serve. We will identify the capabilities, gaps and data required to successfully deliver each cluster of ESG opportunities.We plan to develop a roadmap on how the bank  is supporting a Paris-aligned real economy.Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Stakeholder engagement

Building constructive relationships with our  
key stakeholders is critical to our business.

Staying close to our stakeholders 
Whether by video or by conference call, 
e-technologies, Town Hall meetings or face-to-face 
meetings, close communication and engagement is 
key in building trust with our key stakeholder groups.

As the pandemic became prolonged, embracing 
engagement technologies with our key stakeholders 
has become particularly important and we continue 
to see elevated levels of communication throughout 
this past year. Our commitment to reinforcing our 
values of partnership, dynamism, creativity and 
excellence with key stakeholders has been a 
significant factor this year in the successful 
implementation of our strategy. 

In creating value, building trust and staying abreast of 
the issues that matter most to stakeholders, we 
continue to strengthen and build on the long-term 
relationships at the core of the success of the firm. To 
this end, we remain committed to providing 
meaningful, transparent, timely and accurate 
financial and non-financial information to all our key 
stakeholders. 

The Board has identified our key stakeholder groups 
as employees, shareholders, clients, regulators and 
suppliers. We sum up our engagement with each of 
these stakeholders below. In addition, environmental 
and community matters are also important. 

1
Employees

44

Talent, skills,  
values and output

Inclusive, fulfilling
and high-performing
workplace

5
Regulators

Public policy 
and regulatory 
frameworks

Considered 
and expert 
sector views

Provision of 
finance, strategic 
direction and 
stewardship

2
Shareholders

Sustainable  
return on  
investment

Quality goods 
and services and 
investment

Client priorities,
expectations and  
ultimate remuneration

Sustainable relationships, 
value creation and 
partnership expertise

Reliable and inclusive 
provision and services

4
Suppliers

3
Clients

Input

Output

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportFocus areas (see Our ESG framework on page 38)

 Supporting and empowering employees
 Responsible governance and ethical business practices

  Building our footprint in, and relationship with,  
our community
 Contributing to a sustainable/low-carbon economy

1

Employees 

Why our employees matter to us
Numis is the sum total of its employees’ expertise 
and passion for their work. They are our firm.

How we engage with employees
•  High degree of informal day-to-day contact 

– open door culture

•  Regular connect sessions with the Co-CEOs and 

other executives
•  Employee surveys
•  A high level of engagement via remote working 

technology throughout the pandemic

•  Town Hall meetings
•  Catherine James, Non-Executive Director, 

champions our formal employee engagement 
initiative particularly covering culture, wellbeing, 
strategy and succession 

•  Robust performance review process 
•  360 feedback process

We engage closely with employees at all levels of 
the organisation to discuss their needs and 
support them. This approach underpins our core 
values – especially our collaborative and 
entrepreneurial way of working – and it helps us 
ensure that business decisions are taken with due 
regard to employee views and concerns on issues 
which are important to them. Nurturing a team of 
talented and dedicated people is central to our 
strategy, enabling us to deliver the exceptional 
products and services that keep us at the forefront 
of our industry.

Key issues 

 Coping with work/life while working from home 
and living with the pressures and uncertainties of 
COVID-19. 
 Support for diversity, inclusion, affirming 
commitment to increasing women’s profile in 
the workplace. 
 Development of talent to lead the next generation 
of Numis employees. 

Our response and impact
•  More Town Hall meetings hosted by the Co-CEOs 

– a key feature in ensuring we maintained 
employee connectivity throughout the lockdown 
and beyond

•  A number of wellbeing and self-help initiatives to 
incentivise and promote good mental and overall 
health for our people

•  Transparent level by level framework and 

promotion criteria

•  More employee say in the working environment 

and flexibility of working

•  Continued commitment to the development of 
junior talent through graduate programme and 
mentoring

•  Support of the formation of the Inclusive 

Numis Network

•  Manager Excellence programme focused on mental 
health, positive inclusion and managing remotely
•  Departmental forums for employees to share views 

with their leadership teams

•  Empowering managers and training on how to 

connect with and support their employees

45

89%

of staff felt supported by 
the leadership during 
lockdown

89%

of staff feel their 
managers create an 
inclusive environment 
in which to work

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Stakeholder engagement continued

2

Shareholders

Why our shareholders matter to us
Our shareholders put their faith and finance in us 
– they are backing our potential and ambition and 
we have a duty to do right by them.

Key issues
 Strategy 
 Shareholder returns

 ESG matters 

Our response and impact
•  The potential future impact on shareholder 

returns was an important consideration in the 
Board’s decision not to access any of the 
Government funding schemes, furlough or 
deferred VAT payments. 

•  The Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
consulted with the top shareholders to gather 
feedback on the proposal to establish a new 
Executive LTIP structure. The views were 
reflected in the updated Remuneration Policy 
and a new LTIP for Executives was established in 
January 2021.

•  The AGM in 2021 was held behind closed doors 
to ensure the safety of our shareholders and 
employees. However, shareholders were given 
the opportunity to ask questions of the Board by 
submitting questions via our website in advance 
of the meeting. 

•  The Board of Directors look forward to 

welcoming shareholders to the 2022 AGM at our 
new offices in Gresham Street and the formal 
notice of that meeting can be viewed on pages 
158 to 165

46

How we engage with shareholders
•  Regular reporting and communications 

schedule

•  Formal investor relations programme
•  Day-to-day calls
•  Road shows/one-to-ones between the 
Chairman, Co-CEOs and CFO, and key 
shareholders

•  AGM, General Meetings giving individual 

shareholders the opportunity to engage directly 
with the Board and senior management

•  Annual report and interim report
•  Ongoing updates and RNS announcements, 
together with company information on the 
corporate website www.numis.com.

Engaging with our shareholders is crucial to our 
success as a business and our aim to create 
sustainable shareholder value over the long term. 

Annual General Meeting, General Meetings 
•  All shareholders are invited to attend the Annual 
General Meeting (‘AGM’) and all Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors attend. The Chairman 
welcomes questions from shareholders, who 
have an opportunity to raise issues before or at 
the AGM. The Board is regularly updated on 
shareholder feedback and the Chairman is also 
available to meet major shareholders without 
the Executive Directors present to permit direct 
feedback. 

•  Staying abreast of shareholder views gives the 
Board insight into the considerations that drive 
shareholder priorities when assessing us as a 
business and helps shape the Board’s strategy 
and future ambitions

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic Report 
 
 
3

Clients

4

Suppliers

Why our clients matter to us
We exist to serve our clients – proposing 
effective ideas and delivering high levels of 
service with consistency.

How we engage with clients
•  Daily informal interactions – face-to-face, 

telephone and digital

•  Regular independent meetings with 

corporate clients

•  Regular one-to-ones with institutional 

investors

Close and continuous engagement with our 
clients – where we work in partnership towards 
shared goals – is a critical component of the 
Numis way of working. Through effective 
communication, we stay informed about clients’ 
concerns, their needs and how satisfied they are 
with our service and firm. Our clients can in turn 
understand our business, the journey we are on 
and the strategy we are following. 

Key issues

 Engagement levels 
 Quality of service 
 Deal execution 

Our response and impact
•  We conduct annual independent reviews to 

corporate clients. Feedback is shared with the 
client team, senior management and the 
Board. This enables service level decisions to 
be taken and any areas for development to be 
addressed to ensure our clients are receiving 
the right type and quality of service.
•  Board is updated regularly on client 

engagement by the Co-CEOs as part of the 
Board presentations.

Why suppliers matter to us
We work with key suppliers who deliver essential 
services that enable us, in turn, to excel for our 
clients.

How we engage with suppliers
•  Regular meetings
•  Regular communication – in many cases daily

Our suppliers provide us with essential support 
through their advice, expertise, products and 
services. These enable us to meet the 
consistently high expectations of our clients.  
Our key suppliers provide business-critical 
infrastructure services across IT, 
telecommunications, market data and clearing 
and settlements – amongst other areas. Regular 
engagement with suppliers sees us focus on 
performance monitoring, risk management and 
value delivery. 

Key issues

 Responsible procurement 
 Technology implementation 

Our response and impact
•  Our purchasing policies aim to minimise the 

risk of modern slavery in our supply chain and 
the Board review and approves the Modern 
Slavery Statement annually. 

•  We have a duty to support suppliers – 

particularly during times of economic difficulty 
– and we make best efforts to pay all suppliers 
promptly. 

47

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Stakeholder engagement continued

5

Regulators

Why regulators matter to us
We work in a highly regulated industry where it 
is vital to remain across the detail and 
implications of regulatory requirements and 
developments. 

How we engage with regulators
•  Regular formal meetings
•  Round-table exercises
•  Ongoing dialogue

Through positive, constructive relationships with 
our key regulators and actively engaging on 
both a local and global basis, we position 
ourselves to understand emerging regulatory 
developments. Numis is regulated by the FCA. 
Through consultation and collaboration with this 
and other regulatory bodies, we gain deeper 
insights and understanding of what they need 
from us. This informs our policy- and decision-
making processes – supporting effective 
strategic planning.

Regulations affect how we are able to market 
and provide services to our clients and it is 
therefore essential that we engage with our 
regulators to ensure they understand our 
products and business model, so we can remain 
active in multiple regions and keep growing into 
new markets. We see this as paramount to good 
governance. 

Key issues

 COVID-19 response 
 Regulatory change post-Brexit 

48

Our response and impact
•  We take the views of our lead regulator into 
consideration during deliberations on the 
Group’s risk and internal control framework, 
culture and conduct initiatives, as well as in the 
future design of compensation structures, 
including share plans. 

•  The Board is kept apprised of discussions with 
the FCA and regulators in other jurisdictions in 
which we operate through regular legal and 
compliance updates presented by the Head of 
Compliance, General Counsel and Head of Risk. 

•  The Board was briefed on the views and 

feedback from regulators including the CBI in 
respect of our European strategy. 

•  We have engaged with our regulators on a 

number of round-table exercises and 
consultation papers including the UK FCA 
Investment Firm Prudential Regime (IFPR) and 
the impact of the IFPR on FCA authorised MiFID 
firms and on the FCA’s consultation on Long 
Term Asset Funds (LTAF). 

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportSection 172 statement

The Board of Directors confirm that during the year under review, it has acted to promote the long-term 
success of the Company for the benefit of shareholders, whilst having due regard to the matters set out in 
section 172(1)(a) to (f) of the Companies Act 2006, being:

(a) 

 the likely consequences of any decision in the long term

(b) 

 the interests of the Company’s employees

(c) 

 the need to foster the Company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others

(d) 

 the impact of the Company’s operations on the community and the environment

(e) 

 the desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct

(f) 

 the need to act fairly between members of the Company

Maintaining a rigorous and disciplined approach to 
our operational effectiveness and management of 
risk, through robust processes, systems and controls 
which are embedded in our culture and working 
practices, is key to achieving success in delivering 
shareholder value. We encourage an entrepreneurial, 
creative and dynamic commercial culture focused on 
generating value and the Board ensures that all 
relevant risk exposures are managed and mitigated.

Commitment to our stakeholders
There has not been a stakeholder who has been 
unaffected by the global pandemic, both directly and 
indirectly. The Board continued to make decisions 
throughout this year to ensure that the business not 
only dealt with the prolonged pandemic but also 
prepared itself to emerge into a changed business 
environment, shaped by new methods of 
communicating and collaborating. 

The Board believes that engaging with our 
shareholders and wider stakeholder groups through 
regular and constructive dialogue, whether virtually 
or physically is central to delivering our strategic 
objectives and building a sustainable business. By 
demonstrating how the Board has engaged with and 
has regard to stakeholders and other factors through 
inclusive and collaborative decision-making, we 
ensure we fulfil our obligations to those impacted by 
the business. Including our stakeholders in key 
business decisions is the right thing to do, and is a key 
driver in delivering value creation over the longer-
term. 

49

The Board recognises its duties to act in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006. These include a 
fundamental duty to promote the success of the 
Company for the benefit of its shareholders, while 
having regard to other matters as set out in S172 (1) of 
the Act.

The Board is committed to actively engaging with its 
stakeholders to ensure their interests are considered 
amongst other factors in Board discussions and 
decisions. Whilst physical engagement continued to 
be challenging during the year, the Board took a 
number of steps to maintain active engagement with 
its stakeholders and ensure their views were taken 
into account in strategic decisions promoting the 
long-term sustainable success of the Company. This 
section of the Governance Report sets out how the 
Directors have had regard to the matters in section 
172 of the Companies Act 2006.

The Board fulfils its duties in collaboration with the 
senior management team, to which day to day 
management has been delegated, and through the 
application of our corporate governance and risk 
management framework. The following overview 
provides further insight into how the Board has 
discharged their duties in engaging with key 
stakeholder and in considering stakeholders as part 
of its decision process during the year.

Staying focused on our journey for the long term
Our strategy is embedded in a focus to concentrate 
on markets where we have a competitive advantage 
and the opportunity to make a tangible difference. By 
placing our clients’ interests first and delivering 
exceptional client service in the provision of high 
quality research combined with powerful 
international distribution, expert advisory and broking 
services delivered by highly talented and skilled 
professionals, we seek to deliver a strategy that 
benefits clients, shareholders, employees and our 
communities for the long term. 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Section 172 statement continued

Issues, factors and engaging with stakeholders 
During 2021 we increased our focus on stakeholder 
engagement. In considering the issues, factors and 
stakeholders relevant in complying with section 172, 
the Board determined our key stakeholder groups 
are our employees, shareholders, clients, regulators 
and suppliers. In addition, environmental and 
community matters are also key areas of importance. 
This year the Board reinforced its commitment to 
ESG issues and developed a framework for ESG 
matters to ensure that the Board continues to 
consider the environmental and societal impact of its 
decisions alongside other key stakeholders. In 
understanding our stakeholders and their priorities 
better, the Board has considered the potential impact 
of decisions on each stakeholder group and taken 
account of their needs and concerns, as part of Board 
discussions and decisions.

Throughout this report, we have integrated our 
reporting on how our stakeholders have been 
considered in terms of our business model and 
governance, particularly in regard to how the Directors 
discharge their duty to promote the success of the 
Company for the benefit of its members as a whole.

The Board has direct engagement principally with 
our employees and shareholders but is also kept fully 
apprised of the material issues of other stakeholders 
through the Executive Directors, reports and 
presentations from senior management and external 
advisers. On pages 44 to 48 we outline the ways in 
which we have engaged with key stakeholders and 
the material issues that they have raised with us. 
Stakeholder engagement not only allows the Board 
to understand the impact of its decisions on key 
stakeholders, but also ensures it is kept aware of any 
significant changes in the market, including the 
identification of emerging trends and risks, which in 
turn can be factored into its strategy discussions. 

We acknowledge that every decision we make will 
not necessarily result in a positive outcome for all of 
our stakeholders and the Board may have to make 
difficult decisions based on competing priorities. By 
considering the Company’s purpose and values 
together with its strategic priorities and having a 
process in place for decision-making, we do, however, 
aim to balance those different perspectives.

The Board tailors its engagement approach for each 
key stakeholder group in order to foster effective and 
mutually beneficial relationships. On pages 44 to 48 
we set out our key stakeholder groups and the main 
methods used to engage with them. The Board 
monitors the effectiveness of these engagement 
mechanisms as part of the Board evaluation process.

To support the Board’s endeavours to better engage 
with and consider the interests of our stakeholders, 
Board paper templates invite appropriate focus on 
section 172 considerations to ensure stakeholder 
feedback is taken into account in the Board’s 
decision-making.

50

S172 relevant disclosures 

Page

The long term

Business model

Strategy

Dividend policy

Employees

Employees

Business relationships

Engaging with our key stakeholders

Operating responsibly

Community and environment

Engaging with our key stakeholders

Environment 

Society

High standards of business conduct

Operating responsibly

Internal controls

Shareholders

Engaging with our key stakeholders

Corporate governance 

Corporate website/corporate 
communications 

10

26

37

52

44

58

44

57

56

58

60

44

74

46

Methods used by the Board
The main methods used by the Directors to perform 
their duties include:

•  an annual strategy review which assesses the 

long-term sustainable success of the Group and 
our impact on key stakeholders (see page 44);
•  the Board’s risk management procedures identify 
the potential consequences of decisions in the 
short, medium and long term so that mitigation 
plans can be put in place to prevent, reduce or 
eliminate risks to our business and wider 
stakeholders (see page 60);

•  the Board sets the Group’s purpose, values and 

strategy and ensures it is aligned with our culture 
(see page 56);

•  external assurance is received through audits the 

results of which are reported to the relevant 
Committees of the Board and impacts/mitigations 
deliberated on and actioned (see page 85);

•  Directors and senior managers receive specific 

training tailored to assist them to discharge their 
duties to ensure they have the tools and expertise 
to assess and act on issues that arise through the 
year (see page 83).

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic Report 
Key strategic decisions
The following are some of the decisions taken by either the Board or its committees during the year and the 
considerations given to stakeholder interests and impacts:

Decision

Process and outcome

Enhancing the firm’s 
operational resilience 
to enable the whole 
firm to continue to 
work remotely from 
‘anywhere’ as 
prolonged lockdown 
periods prevailed

The Board was focused on protecting the wellbeing and health of its 
employees as a priority.

The introduction of a policy to enable staff to work from anywhere for a 
period of time was welcomed by staff and provided flexibility and a 
hybrid working solution addressing the needs of our employees whilst 
still providing exceptional levels of service for our clients and 
maintaining relationships with our shareholders.

The Board reviewed the steps being taken to ensure appropriate 
monitoring and surveillance was in place for working from anywhere 
and that remote working activity continued to comply with regulators’ 
requirements. It also implemented enhanced protocols to ensure 
cyber resilience and combat evolving cyber threats. 

The Board, led by the Executives, considered and introduced 
enhanced health benefits and additional wellbeing initiatives for staff 
throughout the lockdown period. 

Key stakeholders 
impacted

Employees, 
clients, 
shareholders, 
regulators

Geographic expansion

See Engaging with key stakeholders, employees (page 45) and 
operating responsibly, employees (page 59).

In line with the Group’s strategic goal of building on its strong UK and 
European client franchise and in response to the needs of our 
European clients, the Board announced the proposed expansion into 
Europe with our office in Dublin. The Board assessed several factors 
before deciding that proceeding with establishing a new office was in 
the long-term best interests of the Group and its stakeholders.

Clients, 
employees, 
regulators

New LTIP

See Engaging with our key stakeholders, shareholders (page 46).

The Board consulted with all the top shareholders as part of the 
process to structure a new LTIP scheme and following agreement 
implemented shareholding requirements for Executives. The views of 
shareholders expressed as part of this consultation process were 
reflected in the updated Remuneration Policy and award grants were 
approved under the new LTIP in January 2021.

Employees, 
shareholders

51

See Remuneration Committee report (page 100)

ESG approach and 
framework

The Board considered the growing interest in community and 
environment by stakeholders and is cognisant of society’s continuing 
focus on ESG, especially the environment and climate change, and is 
committed to striving to operate in a sustainable and more responsible 
way, whilst delivering value for stakeholders. 

Employees, 
clients, 
shareholders, 
regulators, 
suppliers

Following consultation with our main stakeholder groups (employees, 
clients and suppliers) on this topic, the materiality of the ‘S’ aspects of 
ESG to Numis and the close alignment with our overall business 
strategy has become more apparent. The feedback has highlighted 
the rising awareness and a desire to deliver positive change. The Board 
acknowledged that in order to meet stakeholder expectations an ESG 
framework was required. 

The Board has increased its focus on the Group’s environmental 
management approach and is developing an ESG Reporting 
Framework comprising data disclosure areas, so that progress against 
actions or targets set can be reported leading to improved and 
sustainable business decisions which have a positive impact on our 
stakeholders, clients and shareholders. This framework will help us 
monitor our footprint and guide the business in its ongoing execution 
and wider ESG initiatives and compliance regulations.

See Material issues and Engaging with key stakeholders (page 39), 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
Our people

Behind our exceptional results are exceptional 
people working collaboratively to deliver for our 
clients. Building and supporting a diverse and 
inclusive workforce is key to our continued success. 

Culture and values (working together) 
We believe that we are coming out of the pandemic 
stronger than ever, and our people agree. In our 2021 
People Survey, 96% of participants stated that they 
were proud to work for Numis and 97% believe the 
business has a successful future ahead.

Our values are well embedded within our firm and 
we place great emphasis on these throughout the 
employee journey – they are a key focus during hiring 
and induction processes, as well as during annual 
performance reviews. 

Our values

Partnership
Long-term relationships built on shared 
ambition are at the heart of everything we do

Creativity
We dare to challenge convention and are 
innovative in our origination and execution

Dynamism 
We operate with passion and intensity to match 
the aspirations of our clients

Excellence
We deliver with distinction and pursue ever 
greater impact

52

In order for our teams to excel 
for our clients, we must create 
an inclusive work environment 
where all staff feel supported 
and empowered to perform, 
and where diversity of thought 
is considered a key criteria for 
success.

Mica Ross
Head of Human Resources

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportCommunication and engagement 
Actively focusing on communicating openly and 
directly across the firm and really listening to our 
employees was a key part of our people strategy 
in 2021. Listening is key to engagement and this 
year we used a number of methods to gain an 
understanding of our employees’ views and 
needs:

Listening is key to engagement

How do we do it?

 •  NED Employee Engagement interviews with 

regular reports to the Board of Directors

•  Executive Directors host 4+ Town Hall 

Meetings per year with live Q&A from staff 

•  Bi-annual people survey, the results of which 

drive our people agenda

•  Additional Mental Health survey during 

pandemic, to check how our people were 
doing

•  360 feedback for all staff, including senior 

managers, as part of our Annual 
Performance Review Process

People survey

84%

of our people 
shared their 
views through 
our 2021 people 
survey

92%

would  
recommend  
Numis as an 
employer

87%

feel positive about 
the ongoing 
transformation of 
the organisation

Wellness and resilience
As with flexibility and hybrid working models, the 
business case for running effective employee 
wellbeing initiatives is straightforward: employees 
who are well perform better, meaning our clients can 
get the very best. 

Constantly challenging ourselves to ensure we offer 
best-in-class benefits and support to our people is not 
just the right thing to do, it’s the smart thing to do. 

Having listened to our people we made significant 
improvements to our wellbeing initiatives in 2021. 
Among several other schemes, we introduced a new 
mental health support package, added a flexible 
childcare benefit, and improved our private medical 
insurance offering, which led to a 14% increase in 
uptake from staff. The additions have been well 
received; 85% of staff agree Numis cares about the 
wellbeing of its employees, up 6% from the 2019 
people survey.

Mental Health: Numis x InsideOut
Supporting our employees’ mental health makes 
sense. Research shows that mental health issues 
create significant cost and risk to organisations 
and that preventative intervention is less 
expensive than reactive intervention. In 2021, we 
initiated a partnership with the organisation 
InsideOut to make looking after our staff’s mental 
wellbeing easy and accessible. The partnership 
includes a mental fitness training app where 
employees can also have real-time completely 
confidential video-based therapy or coaching 
sessions with qualified, vetted therapists, fully 
funded by Numis. As part of the initiative we now 
have mental health champions throughout the 
business, whose role is to enable this issue to be 
discussed openly and sensitively, as well as 
ensuring that those who need it have easy access 
to extra support.

53

A new way of working post-COVID-19, new office
We are developing a hybrid working model and in 2021 
we implemented our approach to this on a trial basis. 
It takes some of the best bits of working from home – 
access to family, less commuting – with the 
acknowledged benefits of being in a new, state-of-the-
art office – solving problems, learning from each other 
and collaborating, as well as seeing clients face to face.

Rather than dictating a specific weekly working 
pattern to our employees, we believe that taking an 
activity-based approach to where someone should 
work on any particular day makes more sense. In 
addition to our everyday approach, we are trialling a 
Work From Anywhere policy (WFA). This will enable 
all Numis employees to, with agreement and 
approval from their manager, spend four weeks per 
year working from any location they wish. 

We have lots to learn but we believe getting hybrid 
working right boils down to a simple formula: 
flexibility leads to happier workers; happier workers 
are more productive; and better productivity 
generates performance for clients.

COVID-19 response and post-COVID-19 measures  
(2021 People Survey)

96%

of staff were 
satisfied with the 
measures taken by 
Numis to deal with 
the global 
pandemic

83%

state they are 
happy with the 
Work from 
Anywhere Policy 
built at Numis

79%

agree that Numis 
is promoting a 
culture of work/life 
flexibility (+8 from 
2019)

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Our people continued

Diversity and inclusion
We value, encourage and support difference – it is 
core to our belief in being a highly agile, creative and 
collaborative firm. A firm where we achieve more and 
better things together by being open to new 
approaches. 

We are taking action to change our workforce to 
become more diverse and inclusive. This is a Board-
level priority. 

Firstly, it’s the right thing to do. We want to be more 
reflective of our client base and the society we serve. 
And we’ve also got a role to play in creating a more 
sustainable economy. 

Secondly, all the data shows that more diverse and 
inclusive companies are more effective. We exist 
primarily to serve our clients and when we find ways 
to serve them more effectively, we need to 
implement them.

Overall, our diversity and inclusion (D&I) work falls 
under our broader ESG strategy, which is an 
evolutionary approach that benefits a fast-moving 
target. We’re doing a vast amount of work across our 
Group and aim to create robust and long-lasting 
change through our policies and practices. We have 
already taken significant steps, but progress will take 
time, especially within our broader industry.

Gender and ethnic diversity at Numis
We continue to fulfil our commitment to increase the 
proportion of women in our workforce, which is 28.2% 
female as of September 2021, up from 26.9% a year 
ago. Last year, we introduced a commitment at 
Board level to build our brand through targeted 
marketing and events in order to attract female 
applicants. For example, we hosted an onsite female 
campus event with presentations from across our 
business. We also reviewed our processes to focus on 
increasing female representation across all roles at all 
stages of recruitment. This led to us amending our 
role descriptions for job advertisements to remove 
any unintentional gender biased language. We have 
already seen the benefits of this work. Of all the 
permanent and fixed-term hires we made in the 
October 2020 to September 2021 financial year, 36.5% 
were taken by women, up from 34.5% in the previous 
financial year.

We have worked hard with our recruitment partners 
to create a more diverse shortlist with a particular 
focus on gender and ethnic diversity, without having 
a specific target, which we believe would be unduly 
restrictive. Our efforts are focused on making 
long-lasting, impactful change by focusing on 
attracting diverse talent. 

54

Gender diversity

2018

2019

 Male
 Female

75%
25%

 Male
 Female

73%
27%

2020

2021

 Male
 Female

73%
27%

 Male
 Female

72%
28%

Actively building an inclusive workplace
Together with InsideOut, we trained all managers at 
Numis in Mental Health Awareness in 2021. The aim 
was not only to ensure that we as an organisation 
spot and address mental health issues but also to 
create a more inclusive workplace by destigmatising 
the topic and normalising the conversation around 
mental health. 

A group of employees founded the Inclusive Numis 
Network – designed to create a safe space for 
employees to address diversity and inclusion issues. 
The Network will launch in 2022 and have Board-level 
sponsorship. We are also building a partnership 
reboot, a platform promoting ethnic minorities in the 
workplace, founded by our Head of Marketing and 
Communications. 

This year we launched a partnership with INvolve, the 
D&I specialist consultancy, to improve our capabilities 
and metrics. Together with INvolve, we made a 
commitment that everyone at Numis, from the 
Board downwards, should participate in Positive 
Inclusion Training and we delivered on it.

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportSupporting our working parents 
The pandemic highlighted to us that being family-
friendly is not only about implementing great policies 
it is also about creating a genuinely inclusive work 
environment through offering pragmatic day-to-day 
solutions for parents. In early 2021 we launched a 
partnership with Bubble, a UK company that helps 
provide flexible childcare through connecting parents 
with carers via an app. The partnership means we can 
put our aspirations into practice in this space, giving 
employees the ability to access ad-hoc and flexible 
childcare easily. 

89%

of Numis employees agree that their manager 
creates an inclusive environment in which to work 

75%

believe the Numis leadership team is committed to 
achieving a more diverse and inclusive workforce

90%

of Numis employees stated they work within a team 
that offers a supportive culture

Talent acquisition and retention
There are many changes unfolding in both the 
economy and wider society, not least due to the 
ongoing pandemic and the UK’s exit from Europe, so 
it has never felt more important to recruit and retain 
strong talent to help our clients navigate these 
challenges effectively.

Turnover was exceptionally low at 11.2%, which is lower 
than the sector average, based on industry data. 
Despite the low turnover, this year saw intense hiring 
activity most notably at junior levels in Investment 
Banking. 

Turnover

FY19

FY20

FY21

18.1% 13.1% 11.2%

Early talent
We aim to take on a tranche of around 25 juniors 
each year. This is a strategic initiative, with Board 
sponsorship. We think that growing our own talent is 
the most effective way to achieve a more diverse 
workforce over the long run – because lateral hiring, 
from within the industry, rarely moves diversity 
numbers meaningfully. We aim for each junior intake 
to reflect society and we use many positive inclusion 
techniques, like blind CVs.

We hire bright people, who are ambitious and driven, 
but who can also help make our Company more 
reflective of the society it operates in. Beyond 
compensation, we reward them with interesting 
work, flexibility in working patterns, a wide range of 
benefits, objectives that stretch them reasonably, and 
with more access to clients than the industry average. 

We continue to run a dedicated annual internship 
scheme, which rolls over to our graduate scheme 
with best-in-class training. This year we appointed our 
first ever Early Talent Manager whose remit will be to 
ensure that we identify, hire, train and develop top 
calibre diverse emerging talent into our organisation.

Learning and development
We continued our commitment around learning and 
development, keeping some programmes and 
initiatives online and moving some back to in-person 
training once guidelines permitted. Our 
management excellence pillar continued to develop, 
as did our internal coaching programme. In addition 
to the positive inclusion and mental health awareness 
programmes, we emphasised the topic of working 
and managing in a hybrid world, improved our 
induction programme for new staff and ensured 
sponsorship was available for staff to undertake 
external qualifications. 

Health and safety
The health and safety of our staff is of paramount 
importance and we have a rigorous focus on it. Our 
new office has been built with sustainability, 
productivity and wellbeing in mind. During FY21 we 
worked with experts to ensure our policies and 
procedures around COVID-19 were best-in-class, both 
in our old and new offices. We have our own internal 
Numis first aiders and during the pandemic we 
trained and qualified staff volunteers as mental 
health first aiders. 

Our new office
Space to socially distance: at a generous 155 
square feet per employee, our new office is large 
enough to ensure staff can socially distance 
without imposing attendance restrictions.

Air quality: We have installed a brand new 
ventilation system conforming to BIBSE guidance 
and rated ‘excellent’ by our health and safety 
consultants.

Green space: 230 live displays of air purifying 
plants connecting our office space to nature, and 
aiding with stress relief.

Safety first: 20+ qualified first aiders and mental 
health first aiders in the workforce.

Looking ahead
Capitalising on the momentum we have built around 
people management and employee engagement in 
2021, we are committed to continue our journey to 
make Numis an attractive place for any talented 
individual to work and succeed. As we continue to 
grow our business and our reputation, our 
employees’ wellbeing will remain key to our success.

55

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Society

Numis is part of the society it serves. As a Group 
committed to delivering long-term value to 
stakeholders, while improving its sustainability, 
social awareness is firmly embedded into our 
values and is an integral component of our culture. 

Charity programmes
Numis staff have long striven and sweated to raise 
money for charity. Here are a few highlights from 
the financial year: 

Rowing the Atlantic ocean
A 3,000-mile row, as part of a team of four, 
enduring waves of more than 30 feet in aid of the 
UK military veterans’ charity ‘The Not Forgotten’.

Donating laptops
The Numis Group gave local schools £25,000 of 
laptops and computers to support pupils as they 
home schooled during the pandemic. 

Walking from London to New York 
Numis teamed up with ‘The Children’s Challenge’, 
a charity that enables family adventures and 
bespoke virtual challenges for primary schools 
and corporates, to support employees walk 3,459 
miles in a two-week period – the equivalent of the 
distance between London and New York. Fancy 
dress, team challenges and dogs all played their 
part. £6,000 was raised in total.

100 burpee challenge
We organised an employee challenge over Zoom 
during lockdown. Each employee completed 100 
burpees to raise money for ‘Business 2 Schools’, 
the charity that links the corporate sector with 
schools in need of technology support. 

56

We recognise that community engagement is vital to 
our ability to deliver long-term returns for our 
stakeholders and that our communities value 
sustained support. We achieve this through a 
combination of dialogue, financial support through 
charitable donations and meaningful employee 
participation in causes they feel passionate about. 
The importance of community involvement has been 
driven home this year more than ever, as so many 
people have been deeply affected by COVID-19.

Employee volunteering
We encourage employees to volunteer their time and 
effort through a formal volunteering leave policy and 
our people have raised funds for a number of 
charities. To boost impact, the firm matches 
fundraising up to £1,000 per employee.

Funding community apprenticeships
We are proud to support apprentices and are 
focusing on essential health and mentoring roles by 
supporting charity funded programmes through the 
Apprenticeship Levy Gifting Opportunities scheme. 
The chosen charities train, support and develop 
apprentices with the skills to deliver impactful 
physical and mental health resilience initiatives in 
their local communities.

This aligns with our big focus internally on building 
the resilience and wellbeing of our people. For the 
initiative, we are working with Mitre, the leading 
provider of apprenticeships within the sports and 
stadia sector. Mitre works with community partners 
to develop tailored apprenticeship programmes. In 
the second year of our involvement, Mitre has 
identified 10 apprenticeships for us to support across 
a range of communities, with a maximum total 
funding value of £55,500.

Supporting charities
All our people take part in selecting charities to be 
supported. In 2020/2021 we raised £13,300. 

Looking forward
We want to do more with our community and have 
plans to boost activity in 2022, which feeds into our 
broader ESG policy roll-out. One component will be 
internal mentoring – where employees from sections 
of society that are poorly represented get appropriate 
access to seasoned professionals to support them in 
their career and lives. 

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportThe environment

We recognise our responsibility to help 
protect the environment. This means 
minimising the environmental impact 
of our operations.

Energy and carbon emissions 
As part of our efforts to minimise our carbon footprint, 
this is Numis’ report on carbon emissions under UK 
Streamline Energy & Carbon Reporting Regulations 
(SECR).

Numis’ business is mostly conducted from our office 
in London and New York and as an office-based 
business our activities are generally not regarded as 
having a high environmental impact.

Intensity ratio
The emissions intensity ratio is 0.524 tCO2e per Full 
Time Equivalent (FTE) employee, based on UK FTE 
levels of 291.9 over the reporting year. FTE is a relevant 
business metric providing a useful intensity ratio 
which can be calculated on a consistent basis using 
an accepted average calculation basis.

Looking at the current emissions and energy in 
relation to the previous year:

•  Emissions in 2021 are 1.2% up on the 2020 emissions 

of 151.1 tCO2e

•  Energy use in 2021 is 10.8% up on the 2020 energy 

use of 591,400 kWh; the change of premises 
resulted in the two offices being occupied 
concurrently for a period

•  The intensity ratio in 2021 is 10.2% down on the 2020 

value of 0.583 tCO2e per FTE

New office headquarters
Our new office, which we moved into in September 
2021, has been designed to be as environmentally 
friendly as possible. Its green credentials and reduced 
carbon emission footprint were influential factors in 
our choice of the new office. We have been involved 

in the development of the space, to ensure it meets 
all our requirements and becomes a great new 
sustainable home for the firm.

Energy efficiency actions undertaken
Reducing SECR emissions with energy efficiency 
actions:

•  All LED lighting in our new Gresham Street offices
•  Automatic lighting control with management to 

ensure lighting off when unoccupied

•  Extended roll-out of low energy high efficiency 

processors and screens with hibernation

•  Encouragement of video conferencing to reduce 

business travel

Further emissions reduction initiatives
•  100% renewable-sourced electricity at Paternoster 

Square and Gresham Street. While not affecting the 
headline location-based emissions figure, this reduces 
the market-based emissions figure by 151.4 tCO2e
•  Provision for bicycles to reduce use of cars and taxis

Looking ahead
We are committed to expanding our reporting on 
these important issues and will be adhering as far as 
we can to standards to describe the impact of climate-
related risks and opportunities on the business. 

Numis will continue to review all our activities: travel, 
recycling, resource usage and impact on society, 
when reviewing energy and ESG matters. We have 
implemented processes to manage environmental 
risks to reduce, reuse and recycle, wherever possible, 
waste materials within our place of business. We are 
working to identify and focus on where we can make 
the biggest positive difference on new and existing 
sustainability initiatives.

Energy use and emissions

Numis SECR 
2020-2021

Energy and emissions

Electricity – PSQ & Gresham St

Travel – car mileage claims

Total energy

Total emissions

Intensity ratio: emissions per FTE

Business metric: FTE

Intensity ratio units

Intensity ratio value

Average emission factor

Emissions 
Scope

Energy
kWh

Factor 
kgCO2e/
kWh

Emissions
tCO2e

2021 change 

(%)

from 2020  2020 figure

Scope 2

649,255

Scope 1

6,056

655,311

0.23

0.25

99.0%

1.0%

151.4

1.5

152.9

291.9
kgCO2e/
FTE

0.524

0.233

10.8%

591,400

1.2%

151.1

12.6%

259.2

-10.2%

-8.7%

0.583

0.255

57

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Operating responsibly

We are committed to operating as 
responsibly as we can – as we deliver for 
clients and shareholders while recognising 
our relationship with our people and our 
impact on the planet.

clearly an area of increasing regulatory focus both in 
the UK and internationally, therefore we are focused 
on ensuring we meet the standards expected given 
our market position and business model. 

In addition, we have introduced a deeper quality of 
ESG training for staff – starting with senior 
management and then rolled out across the firm and 
including the graduate programme. The Board also 
now receives regular reports on ESG issues.

More broadly, ESG and sustainability is a critical issue 
for both our corporate and institutional clients and we 
continued to advise on the key aspects and 
implications.

Our aim is to have an ever-greater positive impact, 
not only for our clients, our colleagues and our firm, 
but also for our community and the wider world.

Anti-bribery Act and Modern Slavery Act
Appropriate steps have been taken in relation to the 
Anti-bribery Act and Modern Slavery Act and a 
statement is available on Numis’ website. Our 
zero tolerance approach to modern slavery is 
communicated to all suppliers, contractors and 
business partners at the outset of our business 
relationship with them and reinforced as appropriate 
thereafter. We expect all our employees to have read 
and be aware of this statement. Numis also has a 
Whistleblowing Policy. A copy of Numis’ Anti-bribery 
Act and Modern Slavery Act statements can be found 
on Numis’ website www.numis.com

Compliance training
We are committed to ensuring that our staff are 
appropriately trained to understand how financial 
regulation applies to their respective roles. To that 
end, our compliance training programme is tailored 
according to department and comprises either 
traditional face-to-face training or e-learning 
programmes. Additionally, all new joiners receive 
comprehensive compliance training as part of their 

58

We aim to deliver the highest 
quality in a responsible way.

Ian Wright,
Head of Compliance

Focusing on ESG
We are a responsible business committed to 
delivering the highest quality results to our 
stakeholders. Ultimately we want to deliver 
transparency on our sustainability and our 
responsible business practices for our investors, 
stakeholders and for regulatory requirements. Numis 
has always had ESG-related policies and programmes 
in place; the enhanced framework will articulate the 
full scope of what we already do with some added 
structure as well as build out new focus areas. This is 

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic Reportinduction programme. We were able to move this 
and our other face-to-face training online as part of 
the ongoing COVID-19 response and will continue to 
use technology to enhance our training regime 
wherever possible.

Within our overall approach to ESG, we place a big 
emphasis on our people – the heart of our firm. 
Underpinning it all is our strong governance, and 
more details on this can be found in the Corporate 
Governance Report on pages 74 to 85.

Non-financial reporting 
As we have fewer than 500 employees, the Non-Financial Reporting requirements in the Companies Act 2006 
do not apply to us. However, in line with our commitment to being as transparent as possible in our reporting 
and business practices, we are providing further information for stakeholders here:

Our key policies and standards mostly  
found in our Staff Handbook

Social and employee aspects

Equal Opportunities & Diversity Policy

Professional Development & Training

Shared Parental Leave

Flexible Working Policy 

Grievance and disciplinary procedures

Conduct guidelines 

Remuneration policy

Absence policy

Expenses guidelines 

Parental leave inc. maternity, paternity, adoption

Respect for human rights 

Modern Slavery Statement

Anti-corruption and bribery issues 

Anti-bribery Policy Whistleblowing Policy

Environmental matters

Environmental matters

Additional disclosures
 • Business model – page 10
 • Non-financial key performance indicators – page 28
 • Risk factors – page 60
 • Board diversity – page 90

Additional information

 • Stakeholder engagement – communities (see page 45)
 • Our employees (see pages 52 to 55)

 ‐ Learning and development
 ‐ Wellbeing
 ‐ Diversity & inclusion 
 ‐ Manager excellence training
 ‐ Unconscious bias training
 ‐ Visa sponsorship (where applicable)

 • Communities (see page 56)

 ‐ Volunteering
 ‐ Donations and charitable causes
 ‐ Apprenticeships 

 • Health and safety (see page 55) 
 • Human rights and modern slavery (see page 58) 

59

 • Audit Committee’s report (see page 91)
 • Risk Committee’s report (see page 96) 
 • Our principal risks (see pages 60 to 68) 
 • Compliance training (see page 58)

 • Environment (see page 57)
 • Our new office (see page 55)

Policies and statements on website
 • Member Firm Statement
 • Anti-Money Laundering Policy Statement
 • Anti-bribery and Corruption Policy Statement
 • Consent Statement 
 • Modern Slavery Act Statement
 • Order Execution Policy
 • Conflicts Policy
 • Website Cookie Policy
 • GDPR statement
 • Gender pay gap reporting

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Managing risks

We rigorously manage risks to meet 
our strategic objectives in a disciplined 
and well-controlled manner.

60

Our collective forward-thinking 
approach to risk management 
and determination to deliver 
effective solutions have 
mitigated risk throughout 
another year of uncertainty.

Charles Davidson
Head of Financial Risk

Review of risk challenges and actions  
for the year and future outlook
The impact of the COVID-19 global pandemic 
continued to affect our lives over the course of the 
year. Risks associated with sustained remote and 
hybrid working persisted and we have put in place a 
number of initiatives to ensure we maintain 
communication with staff and our unique culture. In 
addition, we have continued to take important steps 
to develop ever-improving risk management to 
deliver our strategic objectives. These actions include:

•  Preparing an in-depth risk management 

assessment and the necessary information for a 
proposed regulatory licence for an EU-based office 
to enable us to access institutional and corporate 
clients in the EU member states

•  Developing processes and systems to prepare for 
the new prudential regime for investment firms, 
ensuring our capital and liquidity management 
and analysis meets all regulatory requirements,  
and assessing our operational resilience, including 
reviewing our important and critical business 
services and putting in place plans to meet the 
requirements

•  Robust project risk management of our  

London office move to our new premises  
at 45 Gresham Street

•  Gauging the impact of remote working on conduct 

and culture and taking mitigating actions

•  Undertaking a specialist assessment of our market 
abuse framework to ensure consistency with best 
practice and information flows remain appropriate 

•  Maintaining close contact with our regulators to 

ensure good outcomes for our clients and markets

•  Ensuring steps are taken to continue system 

resilience and robust data security 

•  Refining controls relating to our Electronic  

Trading product

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic Report•  Continuing to make improvements to our central 

counter party margin risk monitoring 

•  Efficiently transitioning to the new requirements of 
the Investment Firms Prudential Regime in the UK

•  Continuing enhancements to our settlements and 

•  Progressing our operational resilience 

understanding to improve existing, and embed 
new, standards of resilience

•  Managing the risk linked to third party suppliers/

service providers

•  Establishing a regulated entity in Ireland 

Managing risks 
We identify and manage risks through our risk 
management framework, which supports an 
effective and strong risk culture in our pursuit of  
our strategic objectives. The framework sets out  
our risk appetite together with the key arrangements 
for managing the risks through internal controls. 
Effective risk management is central to our corporate 
governance and to achieving our strategic objectives 
while remaining within our risk appetite.

custody functions

•  Producing enhanced management information  
to enable the Board, Committees and executive 
management to manage risks in the business 
more effectively

•  Further steps to ensure that our offices are 

COVID-19 safe in accordance with Government 
Health & Safety guidelines and that hybrid  
working can work seamlessly between  
office and remote environments 

Looking to the future, key challenges and 
emerging risks include:
•  Delivering our investment banking services to a  

wider geographical audience

•  Rolling out of Electronic Trading and other  

services to EU and US clients 

•  Increasing focus and requirements relating  
to important environmental, social and  
governance (ESG) concerns

Our risk management framework

Top down
Strategic risk management

Bottom up
Enterprise risk management

61

Determine strategic objectives
Identify principal risks
Review external environment 
and assess principal risks 
Set risk appetite and tolerances
Determine strategic action

Board/Risk 
Committee

Assess effectiveness of risk  
management framework
Evaluate and report on principal risks 
and uncertainties

Direct delivery of strategic  
actions in line  
with risk appetite
Monitor key risk indicators

Executive  
Committees

Consider completeness of  
identified risks and adequacy  
of mitigating actions
Consider aggregation  
of risk exposures  
across the business

Execute strategic actions within  
a strong risk culture
Report on key risk indicators

Business  
Areas

Report current and emerging risks
Evaluate risks and mitigating 
controls
Identify and record  
inherent risks in risk register

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Our responsible risk culture
The management of risk is embedded in our culture. 
It is the responsibility of each employee to ensure that 
our risk appetite is built into our working practices. 
Lapses below this standard are not tolerated. We 
promote a responsible risk culture in three main ways:

Tailored training and development
Educating and developing our staff in relation to risk 
management is essential to maintain our distinctive 
strengths and for the long-term success of our 
business. 

We provide ongoing training to all staff to build the 
skills, knowledge and understanding to manage the 
risks in our business.

Effective senior management leadership
Senior management leads by example in the way in 
which they listen to concerns, react to issues, set staff 
objectives and evaluate performance. This includes 
emphasising the importance of balancing risk with 
profitability and growth while ensuring compliance 
with regulatory requirements and internal policies.

Management thereby encourages and coaches 
employees to be risk-aware and to take personal 
responsibility for identifying and helping address risk 
issues and escalate concerns whenever necessary.

Reinforcing a strong risk culture  
and aligned incentivisation
Risk management is integral in the performance 
evaluation of key individuals, including senior 
management and those responsible for risk 
oversight. The Board sets appropriate deferral periods 
on incentivisation rewards to align remuneration with 
the long-term success of the Group.

Managing risks continued

Our risk appetite
Our risk appetite sets the attitudes and values that 
inform risk taking, management decisions and 
performance evaluation within the Group. Our risk 
appetite defines the level of risk we are willing to take 
across the different risk types. Risk appetite and 
supporting tolerances are defined for all risk types 
and sub risk categories. We set our risk appetite in 
either quantitative or qualitative terms, or both, across 
all the principal risk types described in this section. 
Risk appetite is key for our decision-making process, 
including business planning, new product analysis 
and change initiatives. We embed our risk 
management framework into each level of the 
business, with all staff being responsible for 
understanding and managing risks. To achieve this, 
we use a ‘three lines of defence’ model to achieve this.

Three lines of defence
Our risk governance is based on the principle that risk 
management, risk oversight and assurance are 
distinct activities that should each be carried out by 
separate individuals, committees and departments 
for any particular risk. This involves three lines of 
defence as follows:

•  The first line of defence consists of the business 

front line staff who are charged with understanding 
their risk management responsibilities and carrying 
them out correctly and completely.

•  The second line of defence consists of the oversight 
functions made up of Risk and Compliance. These 
functions monitor performance against policies, 
define work practices and oversee the business 
front lines in relation to risk and compliance.

•  The third line of defence consists of Internal Audit, 
who regularly review both the business front lines 
and the oversight functions to ensure that they  
are carrying out their tasks to the required  
level of competency. 

Each line of defence is a means to ensure that risk 
management systems, processes and controls are 
operating effectively in line with our procedures, 
policies and decision-making governance. This 
approach is designed to guard us against unwanted 
risks materialising beyond our risk appetite and to 
ensure we remain in line with our strategic objectives.

Risk committees
In addition to our Risk Committee, our risk 
management framework includes a number of 
executive operational committees that assess and 
manage risk matters. Details of the committees  
and their remit are set out on page 82.

62

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportA reminder of our strategy – read more on pages 26 to 28

 Build the corporate  
franchise focusing 
on high-quality 
companies

 Become the leading  
UK equities platform

Diversify into 
new products 
and markets

Maintain operating 
and capital discipline

Deliver shareholder 
returns

Our risk assessment

Principal risks

S  Strategic risk

F Financial risk

P People risk

 T Technology risk

C Conduct, regulatory and legal risk

O Operational risk

G Governance risk

M Macroeconomic risk

R Reputational risk

Risk Heatmap

Change year on year (following mitigation)

Overall

Likelihood

Impact

S

F

P

T

C

O

G

M

R

Key strategic  
priorities affected

Change in risk 
assessment in year

1

2

1

1

2

2

3

2

1

2

3

3

1

2

3

4

4

2

3

4

4

4

4

5

5

3

4

5

5

4  

5

5

63

Unchanged

Increased

Decreased

T

M

P

O

G

C

F

S

R

Impact

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
L

i

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Change in the year 
and residual risk

We continued to perform well 
in the wake of uncertainty 
caused by the global 
pandemic. As we learnt and 
adapted to disruptions, our 
performance strengthened 
our balance sheet further. 
Considerable effort has been 
devoted to ensuring our 
franchise remains strong and 
existing, and emerging, 
strategic risks are managed 
effectively. No material change 
in residual risk after mitigating 
actions.

Financial risk remained a high 
concern for the firm despite 
lower observed market 
volatility. Issues arising from 
the global pandemic and the 
impact of the UK leaving the 
EU remain a concern. 
Enhancements to the 
management of liquidity risk 
and incremental increases to 
our capital resources this year 
mitigate financial risk. 
Marginal decrease in residual 
risk after mitigating actions. 

Managing risks continued

Risk description

Mitigation

 Strategic risk  

1

2

3

4

5  

The risk that we are not able to 
carry out our strategy and 
achieve our objectives

The Board recognises that continued focus on the way our 
strategy is executed is key to our long-term success and 
financial condition.

The Board and its Committees contribute to the 
formulation of our strategy and provide robust challenge to 
the executive management team on our strategic 
direction.

We recognise that good communication internally and 
externally is vital, especially in the work from home (WFH) 
environment, to ensure that we can deliver our strategy by 
being fully informed, aligned and motivated. Our culture 
plays an important part to ensure that we deliver our 
strategy within our risk appetite. We disseminate our goals 
and culture by meeting in person when appropriate or 
holding hybrid face-to-face/virtual Board and committee 
meetings, as well as firm-wide ‘Town Halls’, key ordinary 
course team meetings and one-on-one conversations.

Financial risk  

2

4

5  

This year we mitigated our exposure to financial risk using a 
combination of existing controls as well as further 
enhancements and initiatives including:
 • Enhanced liquidity management, including a straight 

 •

through payments system providing greater confidence 
in the completeness and accuracy of larger quantities of 
payments
Improvements in our management of settlements 
arising from our increasing Electronic Trading volumes
Improvements to our forecast margin modelling

 •
 • Targeted Internal Audit reviews, including on our capital 

and liquidity regulatory reporting

 • Analysis of the expected capital impact of the 

forthcoming Investment Firm Prudential Regime
 • Additional controls in place for Electronic Trading
 • Tailored risk analysis for the Event Driven book

64

Market risk
The risk of loss arising from 
potential adverse changes in 
the value of our assets and 
liabilities, including impact to 
the value of our trading book 
arising from volatility in equity 
prices.

Liquidity risk
The risk that we are unable to 
meet our contractual, 
regulatory or contingent 
liquidity obligations, including 
as a result of possible 
settlement delays (arising 
particularly in overseas 
jurisdictions), crystallised 
underwriting obligations and 
margin calls.

Credit risk
The risk of loss from the failure 
of clients or counterparties to 
fully honour their obligations to 
us. This risk has decreased 
since the early stages of the 
pandemic when many 
institutional counterparties 
were subjected to stress as a 
result of extreme market 
volatility.

Capital risk
The risk that we have 
insufficient capital to support 
our business activities and to 
meet our regulatory capital 
requirements.

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportChange in the year 
and residual risk

Despite our continuing very 
best efforts and increased 
focus, the ongoing global 
pandemic has inevitably 
resulted in a heightened 
awareness of people risk 
issues. 

Marginal increase in residual 
risk after mitigating actions.

Risk description

Mitigation

People risk 

1

2

3  

Failure to attract, motivate and 
retain our staff is a key risk to 
maintaining our competitive 
advantage and the long-term 
success of our business.

We are acutely aware that our unique culture is vital to our 
success. The performance of our people remains at the top 
of the Board’s agenda. Our staff’s physical and mental 
wellbeing continues to be a key focus and our approach to 
motivating and managing them has been a priority.

Hybrid working, whereby 
employees work in the office 
for some of the week and at 
home for the remainder, raises 
people risk challenges such as 
managing and motivating the 
workforce, employee wellbeing, 
inclusion, team building, and 
maintaining our strong culture 
whilst meeting employee 
expectations for flexible 
working practices.

We carried out several pulse surveys as a means of 
monitoring the wellbeing and engagement levels of our 
staff and, despite the remote working environment, we 
continued the good work of previous years in relation to a 
number of core initiatives, including:
 • Wellbeing and personal resilience including initiation of a 
partnership with the organisation InsideOut to ensure all 
staff have easy access to extra mental wellbeing support

 • Learning and development
 • Diversity and inclusion including all staff training in 
positive inclusion and the promotion of relevant 
networks
 • Sustainability
Engagement and communication is enhanced by 
firm-wide Town Hall meetings, Non-Executive Director 
Employee Engagement interview and our biannual 
People Survey.

We remain determined to continue to be a favoured choice 
of employer for those embarking on their careers and so 
throughout the lockdown period we continued to invest in 
graduate recruitment and our summer intern programme.

Our new system to enhance the performance-based staff 
appraisals against which success is measured and 
objectives/future aims are set has been an important tool 
for managing and incentivising staff. Reviews include 360 
degree and peer feedback review elements.

Internal Audit reviewed our controls, processes and 
procedures to ensure we meet all regulatory and legal 
obligations. 

The Board maintains succession planning for key members 
of management and has also sought to mitigate this risk by 
incentivising our employees through our remuneration 
policy, including considering the appropriate allocation and 
mix of cash and share-based schemes along with 
appropriate deferral periods in order to align remuneration 
with our long-term success. The nature of the share-based 
schemes and their deferral characteristics are described in 
note 26 to the Financial Statements.

65

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Managing risks continued

Risk description

Mitigation

 Technology risk 

2

3

4  

Change in the year 
and residual risk

Operational resilience is central to our ongoing success. We 
aim to sustain operations and client service with minimum 
disruption. We continue to enhance the connectivity and 
security challenges of moving to a WFH environment 
because of the COVID-19 pandemic. This year, we moved 
our London headquarters to 45 Gresham Street in a safe 
and controlled manner.

We continue to invest in cyber security systems to test and 
prevent vulnerabilities and to make use of best-in-breed 
third-party service providers. We also engage other 
third-party advisers on a periodic basis to provide further 
independent assurance where considered appropriate.

We align with the ISACA Control Objectives for Information 
and Related Technologies (COBIT2019) governance 
framework to ensure we employ effective and robust 
standards for the management of technology.

We have continued to invest in 
our technology platform, and 
take all proportionate steps in 
line with best practice to 
address vulnerabilities and 
increase resilience.

Notwithstanding our focus 
and efforts to ensure we 
operate safely, processes are  
well controlled and systems 
are robust and resilient, we 
face a particularly challenging 
environment.

Marginal increase in residual 
risk after mitigating actions.

Technology risk can arise from 
the failure of core business 
processes undertaken within 
the firm or by one of our 
third-party service providers 
which results in:
 • Risk of outages and 
connectivity failings
 • Cyber and data loss risk
Technology enables us to 
facilitate reliable business 
operations and deliver 
innovation and change, such as 
the Numis App, Electronic 
Trading services and our online 
portals. Failure to innovate and 
be at the forefront of digital 
technology can result in a loss 
of competitive advantage.

The office move required 
careful management of the 
transition of IT and systems 
to avoid any impact on 
productivity.

Regulatory obligations within 
the financial services sector 
are significant and the pace of 
change remains unremitting.

Our growth and increase in 
profile have resulted in 
involvement in larger 
transactions, which has 
consequent effects on 
regulatory scrutiny.

Marginal increase in residual 
risk after mitigating actions.

66

Conduct, regulatory and legal risk  

1

2

3

4

5  

Conduct risk
The risk that inappropriate 
behaviour, conduct or practices 
result in harm to our clients’ 
interests or to market integrity. 
This risk is potentially 
heightened in a WFH 
environment.

Regulatory risk
The risk that new regulations or 
changes to the interpretation 
or implementation of existing 
regulations adversely affects 
our operations and financial 
condition. For example, we 
have ensured we are prepared 
for the Investment Firms 
Prudential Regime.

Legal risk
The risk of legal and/or 
regulatory action arising from 
failure to identify or meet 
legislative and/or regulatory 
requirements resulting in fines, 
penalties, censure or other 
sanctions.

The Board’s policy is to encourage an intense focus by 
senior management on the long-term sustainable success 
of our business. This specifically includes robust corporate 
governance designed to reduce the likelihood of conduct 
risk crystallising in the business and minimising both the 
risk of regulatory sanction and litigation.

Our conduct policy sets out the standard of behaviour 
expected from all of our staff and is supported by 
appropriate management information and reporting. 
These policies and expectations were and continue to be 
shared with all staff while we work from home. We have 
emphasised ever stronger communication since the start 
of the pandemic and rigorous supervision and 
engagement of staff. Periodic conduct risk assessments 
are carried out by the first line of defence and reviewed/
challenged by the second line of defence. 

Senior management, the Board and our committees 
oversee compliance with relevant regulatory and legal 
requirements. Internal Audit reviewed our Conflicts of 
Interest and Market Abuse controls. A strong culture of 
regulatory and legal compliance permeates the Group and 
there is a demonstrated track record of transparency and 
strong relations with the key regulatory bodies.

Compliance procedures are maintained across the Group. 
Our Compliance function supports senior management in 
meeting its obligations as well as carrying out risk-based 
monitoring of our adherence with relevant regulation. 
Compliance produces highly relevant conduct risk 
management information for senior management.

Tailored training and updates on specific aspects of 
regulatory compliance are routinely delivered throughout 
the year by a combination of Legal and Compliance 
personnel and external subject matter experts.

Our legal obligations are overseen by a well-qualified 
in-house legal team.

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportRisk description

Mitigation

Operational risk  

1

2

3

4

5  

Change in the year 
and residual risk

We made improvements to our operational resilience and 
risk management including:

 • Refinements to how we manage client asset processes 

and systems

 • Enacting Internal Audit recommendations on Sales 

& Research 

 • Adding operational risk team presence on all ongoing 
projects to ensure processes and risks are captured, 
acknowledged and built into project plans.

Notwithstanding a focus on 
processes and controls 
throughout the firm and 
controlled integration into the 
business of new products, the 
current WFH/hybrid style of 
working presents greater 
scope for operational risk.

Marginal increase in residual 
risk after mitigating actions.

The risk of loss (or gain) 
resulting from inadequate or 
failed internal processes, 
people and systems or from 
external events.

Working from home (WFH) 
potentially increases the 
likelihood of operational events 
occurring.

We have analysed some 
significant operational risks 
within their own principal risk 
categories in other parts of this 
analysis, such as operational 
resilience system 
enhancements in the 
Technology risk section.

Governance risk  

4   

The risk of ineffective, 
inefficient and unethical 
management and oversight of 
the Group by its senior 
management and Board.

The risk of failure of governance 
and oversight of the ESG areas 
that are important to us and 
our clients.

Our corporate governance structure ensures that the 
Board has sufficient, well-articulated, consistent and timely 
information to enable decisions to be made with the 
appropriate level of assurance. The Board Risk Committee, 
which is dedicated to the evaluation of our risk 
management framework, along with the other executive 
risk committees, provides rigorous review and challenge 
around the key risks that are relevant to the business. 

In view of increasing 
engagement with ESG 
matters and the complexities 
of implementing an effective 
ESG framework to meet these 
significant challenges, we note 
an increase on residual risk 
after mitigating actions.

We are fully engaged with the ESG matters that impact us 
and are in the process of establishing an effective 
framework in this area.

67

Macroeconomic risk 

4

5  

The risk that deterioration in 
the business and economic 
environment, or an increase in 
political instability could 
adversely affect the financial 
condition and prospects  
of our business.

COVID-19 and the UK leaving 
the EU are both contributing 
factors to macroeconomic 
uncertainty.

We have built a substantial diversified corporate and 
institutional client base that shields us from immediate 
severe financial stress during periods of economic 
downturn.

We generate significant retainer fees which would not 
generally be significantly impacted by reduced 
transaction levels. 

We are seeking regulatory approval for an entity in Ireland 
to launch services in the EU.

Due to the uncertain outlook 
as a result of the longer lasting 
impact of COVID-19 and the 
UK leaving the EU, a high level 
of residual risk remains after 
mitigating actions. No material 
change in residual risk after 
mitigating actions.

Potential risks include:
 • Sterling could be devalued 

which could further increase 
the severity and duration of a 
UK recession, which could 
negatively impact our 
investment banking 
transaction levels
 Increased market risk could 
impact the value of our 
trading book positions

 •

 • Changes in laws and 
regulations as the UK 
transitions away from the 
EU legal framework could 
restrict our ability to carry 
on doing certain types of 
business with EU issuers 
and institutions

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Managing risks continued

Risk description

Mitigation

 Reputational risk  

1

2

3

4

5  

The risk of damage to our 
reputation due to, for example, 
a reduction of trust in our 
integrity or competence. This 
could be linked to loss of 
revenue, regulatory censure, 
litigation, negative publicity, 
loss of client business (current 
or potential), reduced staff 
morale and difficulty in 
attracting new talent to the 
business.

The Board sets the Group’s cultural tone by demanding a 
strong ethical and professional culture as the only 
acceptable standard.

We have robust policies, procedures and controls in place 
to ensure our activities and behaviour are of a high 
standard.

All new clients and transactions are subject to a rigorous 
appraisal process by the New Business Committee and, in 
respect of transactions, further review takes place by the 
Transactional Risk Committee prior to go-live.

We place great emphasis on employing and adding highly 
experienced senior staff who are closely engaged with 
clients.

Our ability to transition seamlessly to remote working and 
effectively manage the associated risks, were critical in 
maintaining continuity of service to our clients and 
protecting our reputation in the eyes of all stakeholders.

Throughout working from home (WFH), our staff continue 
to engage proactively with clients and deliver the highest 
quality service.

We proactively engage with stakeholders and market 
practitioners as well as monitoring media coverage to 
understand how our reputation is perceived.

Change in the year 
and residual risk

Our robust client base 
provides evidence that our 
reputation remains strong, 
despite an increase in 
economic uncertainty.

We have successfully 
executed the largest number 
of deals over a financial year 
in our history.

Our track record and 
reputation have been 
significant factors in our 
ability to attract highly 
respected individuals to the 
business.

No material change in 
residual risk after mitigating 
actions.

68

Strategic Report | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Strategic ReportStrategic Report

Financial Statements

Other Information

Governance

Board of Directors 

Corporate Governance Report  
& Statement of Compliance 2021 

Nominations Committee Report 

Audit Committee Report 

Risk Committee Report 

Remuneration Committee Report 

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities  
in respect of the financial statements 

Directors’ Report 

70

74

86

91

96

100

108

109

69

Governance  |  Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021

GovernanceBoard of Directors

The Board is responsible for overseeing 
the management of the business  
and for ensuring high standards  
of corporate governance are  
maintained throughout the Group.

70

7.

6.

1.

2.

5.

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Governance1. Alex Ham 
Co-Chief Executive Officer  
– appointed July 2016  
(appointed Co-CEO Sept 2016)

2. Ross Mitchinson 
Co-Chief Executive Officer  
– appointed July 2016  
(appointed Co-CEO Sept 2016)

3. Andrew Holloway 
Chief Financial Officer and Company 
Secretary – appointed January 2018

4. Alan Carruthers 
Independent Non-Executive Chairman  
– appointed March 2017

5. Luke Savage 
Independent Non-Executive Director  
– appointed February 2019

6. Catherine James 
Independent Non-Executive Director  
– appointed May 2014

7. Robert Sutton 
Independent Non-Executive Director  
– appointed May 2014

71

4.

3.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Board of Directors continued

72

Alex Ham
Co-Chief Executive Officer 
appointed July 2016 (appointed Co-CEO Sept 2016)

Andrew Holloway
Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary 
appointed January 2018

Alex Ham is Co-CEO of Numis and Head of Investment Banking.
Alex together with Ross Mitchinson is jointly responsible for Numis’ 
strategic development as well as the executive management of the 
Group. Alex is responsible for overseeing the implementation and delivery 
of the business strategy and oversees management’s delivery against it. 
Through effective leadership, combined with the support of a 
collaborative management team, Alex leads and motivates the Company 
to execute the business strategy. 
Key Strengths: Alex’s ability to think outside the box has encouraged 
Numis and its staff to be more creative and innovative in its approach to 
achieving its business goals, especially in regards to Investment Banking. 
Experience gained over a 15 year period has provided Alex with a strong 
background in strategy, relationship building, communication skills and 
execution, attributes essential to the continued success in the role as 
Co-CEO. This collaborative management style which promotes creativity 
and new opportunities, whilst cognisant of the challenges and risks 
associated with new decisions, often leads to greater unforeseen 
opportunities. Numis is proud that its Co-CEOs have the ability to inspire 
and lead staff to make the most of their potential so that they have the 
tools to succeed and develop personally and professionally. Alex’s 
confidence in embracing new methodologies to provide solutions to 
client business strategies, encourages Numis to continue to think laterally 
as well as logically of its business model and how to execute it. 
Background and career: Alex joined Numis Corporate Broking team in 
August 2005 where he has played a critical role in building and 
developing Numis’ retained corporate client base and equity capital 
markets capability. He was appointed Head of Corporate Broking & 
Advisory in May 2015.

Andrew Holloway is an Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer of 
Numis. Andrew is responsible for the preparation and integrity of the 
Group’s financial information and effectiveness of its internal control 
framework. Andrew supports the CEOs in the development, 
implementation and oversight of the Group’s strategy. 
Key Strengths: Andrew has significant industry experience gained over 
the course of a 16 year investment banking career as well as a deep 
understanding of Numis, the business model and the culture of the 
organisation. Andrew has worked predominantly with financial services 
companies supporting them in achieving their growth ambitions by 
providing strategic and financial intelligence. Andrew has applied 
data-driven analytical focus to Numis’ risk management and financial and 
corporate operations, driving operational performance of the business and 
provides valuable expertise in financial risk management. By leveraging 
Numis’ data and enhanced MIS, more accurate corporate information is 
assessed which helps the Board to make better and more informed 
strategic decisions. This focus enables Andrew to make a strong 
contribution to the Board and when engaging with investors and other 
stakeholders. 
Background and career: Andrew qualified as a chartered accountant 
having spent three years with Deloitte before moving into investment 
banking where he spent four years in the UK Corporate Finance team at 
Dresdner Kleinwort. Andrew joined the Corporate Broking & Advisory 
team at Numis in 2009 progressing to Managing Director and head of the 
FIG team in 2016. 

Ross Mitchinson
Co-Chief Executive Officer 
appointed July 2016 (appointed Co-CEO Sept 2016)

Alan Carruthers
Non-Executive Chairman 
appointed March 2017

Ross Mitchinson is Co-CEO of Numis and Head of Equities. 
Ross together with Alex is jointly responsible for Numis’ strategic 
development as well as the day to day management of the main trading 
entity, Numis Securities Limited. Ross and Alex undertake joint 
responsibility for overseeing the implementation and delivery of the 
business strategy. This is achieved through a combined collaborative and 
open management style for the shared purpose of promoting the 
business for the good of staff, shareholders and stakeholders. 
Key Strengths: As a former top-rated Equity Salesperson, Ross is an 
experienced stock market practitioner, and is very familiar with the needs 
and requirements of Numis’ institutional client base. As Head of Equities, 
Ross has day-to-day oversight responsibility for the Research, Sales, 
Trading, Sales-Trading and Electronic Trading functions, as well as being a 
director of Numis Securities Inc.
Ross’ key skills include being highly numerate and analytical, holding 
senior-level relationships across our institutional client base, marketing our 
services to win and retain corporate business, overseeing trading and risk, 
and ensuring that the business is mindful of relevant regulation and works 
to the highest standards of integrity. Ross’ management style and 
transparent open communication approach has contributed to building 
successful, loyal and enduring relationships with both clients and staff. 
Numis is proud to embrace and promote these qualities which create a 
healthy and collaborative work environment which inspires staff to succeed. 
Background and career: Ross joined Numis in October 2008, was 
appointed Head of Equities in 2015 and appointed to the PLC Board July 
2016. Ross graduated with a Law degree from Edinburgh University, 
before joining UBS as a Graduate in 2000. He was part of the No1 rated 
Pan-European Small and Mid-Cap Sales Team for six years, before 
spending two years helping to build a UK Institutional Broking business 
for Kaupthing Singer & Friedlander.

Committee:  N

Alan Carruthers is the independent Non-Executive Chairman of Numis 
and chairs the Nominations Committee. 
Alan in his role as Chairman of the Board, is responsible for the leadership 
of the Board, setting the agenda and ensuring the Board discharges its 
role effectively through effective constructive relationships with the 
Co-CEOs and Non-Executive Board members. In his role as Chairman, 
Alan is responsible for ensuring that the Board’s decision making is 
balanced, effective and is composed of the right mix of skills and 
experience. This balance promotes a culture of transparency, challenge 
and scrutiny whilst maintaining effective communications with 
shareholders and stakeholders. 
Key Strengths: Alan is an experienced financial services practitioner, 
having had an established career in the Investment Banking sector. Since 
Alan’s appointment in 2017, he has navigated the Board through 
significant change. Alan’s track record of focusing on strategy has guided 
the Board to articulate a strategy that is embedded in the business and 
one which shareholders and stakeholders support and are engaged with. 
Background and career: Alan has over 28 years equity markets experience 
working for leading financial services firms and held senior positions as 
Head of Global Sales Trading at Morgan Stanley (1996 – 2003), Global Head 
of Equities at Cazenove (2003 – 2010) and Head of Europe, Middle East and 
Africa (EMEA) Cash Equities at JP Morgan Cazenove (2010 – 2011). 
Alan is the Non-Executive Chairman of Brooks Macdonald Group Plc. Alan 
also served as a Non-Executive Director to McLean Advisory Limited (2015 
– 2017). 

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021GovernanceGender

Role

Length of tenure

 Male
 Female

6
1

 Chair
1
 Executive Directors
3
 Non-Executive Directors  3

 0–1 yr
 1–2 yrs
 2–5 yrs 
 5–10 yrs
 10+ yrs

0
0
3
4
0

Catherine James
Independent Non-Executive Chairman 
appointed May 2014

Luke Savage
Non-Executive Director 
Independent appointed February 2019

Committees:  N   A   R   Re

Committees:  N   A   R   Re

Catherine James is an independent Non-Executive Director of Numis and 
a member of the Audit Committee, Risk Committee, Remuneration 
Committee and Nominations Committee. 
Catherine is the nominated director to champion and lead Numis’ formal 
employee engagement initiative so that Numis better understands and 
ensure staff views are aligned with the culture and strategy of the 
business. 
Key Strengths: Catherine’s broad range of experience and influence, 
across both external and internal communications coupled with her 
strategic thinking and financial expertise in the public markets combine 
to make her a highly regarded director and valued contributor to the 
Board. Catherine’s excellent communication skills are key as we continue 
to enhance our employee engagement responsibilities. As designated 
workforce employment engagement Non-Executive Director, she 
provides the Board with valuable insight and understanding of our 
employee sentiment and engagement levels. The feedback process 
provides the Board with an unique perspective and insight on the issues 
under discussion and which are important to our employees. 
Background and career: Catherine was the Head of Investor Relations of 
Diageo Plc where she worked for the business for ten years (1997- 2017). 
Prior to that Catherine worked as Finance Director of Grand Metropolitan 
Estates and IR Director for Grand Metropolitan (prior to the merger with 
Diageo in 1997). 
Catherine is Treasurer to HRH The Prince of Wales and the Duchess of 
Cornwall, and is a director of Walhampton Limited.

Robert Sutton
Independent Non-Executive Director 
appointed May 2014

Committees:  N   A   R   Re

Robert Sutton is an independent Non-Executive Director of Numis and 
chairs the Remuneration Committee. Robert is also a member of the 
Audit Committee, Risk Committee and the Nominations Committee. 
Key Strengths: Robert has extensive management experience and 
expertise in company and commercial law, particularly in the area of 
corporate finance, securities law and practice, takeover bids and mergers 
and acquisitions. Robert’s keen sense of challenge and his analytical 
understanding of the regulatory and corporate governance environment 
combined with his comprehensive knowledge of legal process, provides 
valuable guidance to the Board and its Committees. 
Background and Career: Robert was a solicitor with the City Law firm 
Macfarlanes from 1979 to 2013, serving as senior partner from 1999 to 2008. 
Robert is Chairman of Tulchan Communications LLP and a Non-Executive 
Director or Tulchan Communications Group Limited. 

Luke Savage is an independent Non-Executive Director of Numis and 
currently chairs both the Audit Committee and the Risk Committee. 
Luke is also a member or the Remuneration Committee and 
Nominations Committee. Luke will resign as chair of both the Audit 
Committee and Risk Committee on his appointment as Non-Executive 
Chairman in 2022. 
Key Strengths: Luke is an experienced practitioner, having over 30 
years of experience across the financial services industry including 
substantial financial management, risk management and regulatory 
expertise. Luke’s focus on risk awareness, risk accountability, plus 
attention to detail, review and challenge of business risks and of Numis’ 
risk appetite have contributed to Numis building a robust risk 
management framework. Luke’s extensive experience of the financial 
services industry provides Numis with valuable independent challenge 
and oversight skills which complement the range of skills of the 
existing Board members.
Background and career: Luke was CFO of Standard Life Plc 
(2014-2017), CFO of Lloyd’s of London Corporation (2004-2014) and held 
senior financial roles at Deutsche Bank (2000-2004) and Morgan 
Stanley (1990-1999). 
Luke is Non-Executive Chairman of Chesnara Plc and is a Non-
Executive Director of Liverpool Victoria Financial Services Limited and 
DWF Group Plc. Luke recently resigned as a director of the Queen 
Mary, University of London Foundation.

73

Committees key

N  Nominations
A  Audit
R  Risk
Re  Remuneration
 Chairman
 Member

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Corporate Governance Report & Statement of Compliance 2021

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present the Board’s Governance 
Report for the year ended 30 September 2021.

A strong corporate governance framework provides 
the foundations for Numis to achieve its ambitions 
for sustainable growth and shareholder value. 
Promoting confidence and trust with shareholders, 
stakeholders and staff has been key to delivering on 
our responsibility to create sustainable growth and 
shareholder value, whilst also reducing or mitigating 
risk. This has been particularly important during this 
unprecedented time when extraordinary stresses 
and challenges brought about through this 
uncertain period of COVID-19 and market 
uncertainty has prevailed. 

I am very grateful to my Board colleagues and, in 
particular, to the executive leadership team, for their 
continued commitment and dedication shown as we 
quickly reprioritised and adapted to the developing 
situation and maintained excellent communication 
channels between all members of the Board and 
executive management team, allowing critical 
decisions to be made swiftly while having regard for all 
our key stakeholders. The pace and agility has 
continued through this year with the executive teams, 
Board and Committees collaborating to support and 
guide the business. 

The Board’s primary objective remains to drive our 
strategy, ensuring that we can deliver sustainable 
growth and success of the business. To achieve this 
Numis seeks to deliver growth in the medium to long 
term to enhance shareholder value and we believe this 
is achieved through having an effective and dynamic 
management organisation. It is therefore essential for 
the Board to be highly engaged, able to support and 
challenge senior management and be committed to 
making the hard decisions required to achieve results 
that are aligned to the risk profile of the business and 
our values of best practice in governance, financial 
controls, risk and change management.

The Board met on a number of occasions, informally 
by phone, by video conference and, when permitted, 
met in person during the past year, ensuring the 
business was well placed to respond to the continuing 
challenges of COVID-19 and ongoing business 
demands. 

The success of the whole firm being able to work 
remotely early on in 2020, allowed teams to continue 
to switch to working from home (WFH) when further 
related lockdowns were imposed into 2021. This is a 
testament to the continued collaboration with senior 
managers and Directors to review in-depth 
scenario planning.

A strong corporate governance 
framework provides the 
foundations for Numis to achieve 
its ambitions for sustainable 
growth and shareholder value.

74

Alan Carruthers
Chairman

Compliance with the QCA Corporate  
Governance Code for Small and Mid-Size  
Quoted Companies 2018 (the “QCA Code”)
The Board of Directors continues to adhere to  
and measures itself against the principles of the 
QCA Code in terms of the rules and spirit of good 
corporate governance. The standards of good 
governance and standards of good practice in 
relation to Board leadership and effectiveness, 
corporate culture based on ethical values and 
behaviours, remuneration, accountability and its 
relations and communication with shareholders/
stakeholders is at the forefront of Numis’ 
philosophy. The Board supports the QCA Code’s 
corporate governance principles and believes 
they provide a mechanism that is sufficiently 
robust to add real value for Numis as well as 
flexibility to reflect the different governance 
needs and abilities of a quoted business 
like Numis. 

The Board believes that it complied in full with all 
of the principles of the QCA Code. A copy of the 
QCA Code is available from www.theqca.com.

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021GovernanceThe business adapted workflows and risk 
management protocols to enable staff to work from 
home throughout these periods. This could not 
have been achieved without the confidence in our 
people to uphold our core values and stand up to the 
highest levels of scrutiny. The Board was pleased to 
note that there was no evidence of any significant 
increase in risk events or issues as a result of these 
flexible and hybrid working changes.

This action provides a valuable snapshot of governance 
in action. A detailed overview of this governance, the 
teams involved and the individual decisions 
comprising our overall response can be found in the 
Risk Report pages 60 to 68. 

The Governance section that follows outlines the 
methodology of our corporate governance framework, 
providing an insight to the workings of the Board and 
its Committees. 

Governance structure and strategy
The Board of Directors conducts the Group’s business 
with integrity by applying appropriate corporate 
governance policies and practices. By keeping abreast 
of regulatory developments, further enhance our 
governance standards, monitor and ensure 
compliance with relevant laws and regulations, 
Numis cultivates a thriving and sustainable culture. 
A disciplined reporting structure ensures that the 
Board is fully appraised of activities, risks and 
opportunities in order to provide strategic direction. 
The Board continues to adhere to and measures itself 
against the principles of the QCA Corporate 
Governance Code for small and mid-sized companies 
2018 (“QCA” Code), in both terms of the rules and spirit 
of good corporate governance. Delivering growth in 
the long-term and shareholder value, requires an 
efficient and dynamic management framework, led by 
a Board whose leadership is effective, has a sustainable 
corporate culture based on ethical values and 
behaviours, with focus on accountability, to both its 
relations and communication with shareholders/
stakeholders at the forefront of its philosophy. Numis 
has this dynamic framework running through the core 
of its business and is committed to the philosophy.

Numis’ corporate governance framework is deeply 
embedded into the working practices, promoting 
respect, confidence, honestly and integrity throughout 
the governance framework in which Numis’ people 
operate. High standards of reporting and disclosure, 
keeping in mind the best interests of our stakeholders 
and disclosing what is relevant and important to the 
sustainability of the Group. 

QCA 10 Principles of Corporate Governance
Companies need to deliver growth and long-
term shareholder value. This requires an efficient, 
effective and dynamic management framework 
and should be accompanied by good 
communication that helps to promote 
confidence and trusted effective risk 
management, considering both opportunities 
and threats, throughout the organisation

Deliver growth

1.

 Establish a strategy and business model which 
promotes long-term value for shareholders

2. Seek to understand and meet shareholder  

needs and expectations

3. Take into account wider stakeholder and social 
responsibilities and their implications for long-
term success

4. Embed effective risk management, considering both 

opportunities and threats, throughout the organisation

Maintain a dynamic management framework

5. Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, balanced 

team led by the Chairman

6. Ensure that between them the Directors have the 

necessary up-to-date experience, skills and capabilities

75

7. Evaluate Board performance based on clear and 

relevant objectives; seek continuous improvement

8. Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical 

values and behaviours

9. Maintain governance structures and processes that  

are fit for purpose and support good decision-making 
by the Board

Build trust

10. Communicate how the Company is governed  

and is performing by maintaining a dialogue with 
shareholders and other relevant stakeholders

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Corporate Governance Report & Statement of Compliance 2021 continued

Strategy
Our clients and shareholders are at the heart of the 
business to build long-term trusted relationships 
founded on integrity, trust, respect and mutual 
ambitions. We execute our strategy through an 
integrated business model, where we harness the 
combined expertise of the firm to the benefit of our 
clients. Our first-class staff, who embody Numis’ values, 
culture and conduct, are focused on growing and 
developing the business. Through our operating 
model, we are open to diversification into new business 
lines that complement and/or are closely aligned to our 
core business, while remaining cognisant that robust 
risk management is embedded into our culture and 
conduct. Investment in high-quality talented people is 
critical to sustaining success and achieving our 
medium and long-term ambitions. Through selective 
recruitment and internal development initiatives, we 
will continue to seek to advance the quality of service 
we provide to all our clients.

Our strategy is embedded in a focus to concentrate 
on markets where we have a competitive advantage 
and the opportunity to make a tangible difference. By 
placing our clients’ interests first and delivering 
exceptional client service in the provision of high-
quality research combined with powerful international 
distribution, expert advisory and broking services 
delivered by highly talented and skilled professionals, 
we seek to deliver a strategy that benefits clients, 
shareholders and staff. Maintaining a rigorous and 
disciplined approach to our operational effectiveness 
and management of risk, through robust processes, 
systems and controls which are embedded in our 
culture and working practices, is key to achieving 
success in delivering shareholder value. We 
encourage an entrepreneurial, creative and dynamic 
commercial culture focused on generating value and 
the Board ensures that all relevant risk exposures are 
managed and mitigated. 

Leadership 
Strong leadership is key to Numis’ success. Our 
talented Executive Board has the ability to 
collaborate, lead, delegate, inspire and communicate 
effectively combined with a passion for the business 
to be innovative and entrepreneurial. During 
2020/2021 and dealing with the evolution of the 
pandemic, our governance framework continued to 
be agile and responsive to the changing 
circumstances. The Board and its Committees, the 
Executive Committee and senior management were 
able to collaborate proactively, consider issues and 
respond in the face of unprecedented uncertainty. 

Our Values and culture
Numis’ guiding values of partnership, creativity, 
dynamism and excellence in performance are 
fundamental to Numis’ corporate governance policy. 
The corporate governance framework which Numis 
operates is proportional to the size, risks, complexity 
and operations of the business and reflects the 

Group’s core values. To achieve the Group’s goals the 
Board remains committed to continue to develop 
best practices throughout the business and our 
senior Directors and managers lead by example, and 
set standards for behaviours and conduct expected 
of all staff in their actions within the business and in 
dealings with clients and stakeholders. 

We believe our culture is a key strength of our 
business and we see the benefits of this in our 
employees’ engagement, retention and productivity. 
Our corporate values are approved by the Board and 
our values as an organisation are reflected in our 
culture. These values are at the core of our strategy. 

The Board sets the ‘tone at the top’, guiding our 
corporate values and the culture of ethics and 
compliance. The Board endorses these values which 
sets out what we expect from all employees and 
stakeholders. Management is responsible for creating 
a culture aimed at long-term value creation for the 
Group and ensuring ethical business standards are 
integrated into the Group’s strategies and operations.

I continue to be impressed with the hard work and 
commitment of our people in making us a trusted 
and respected partner in providing bespoke 
investment banking services. Given this role, the 
Company’s core values of partnership, creativity, 
dynamism and excellence in performance remain 
integral as we seek to safeguard the business now 
and into the future.

The Board remains committed to promoting a 
culture with these core values at the heart, 
recognising that the Group will only continue to 
create value for its key stakeholders and benefit 
society if it can hold up to the most intense scrutiny. 

To remain relevant, successful and sustainable, the 
Group must demonstrate the highest possible 
standards; the conduct and behaviour of our people 
is as important as the products we provide. 

The Board is dedicated to leading and promoting a 
corporate culture where employees and clients are 
proud. The Board recognises that the Group’s 
employees are its greatest asset and, ultimately, are 
the key factor in determining the long-term success 
of the business. A healthy corporate culture both 
protects and generates value. The Board actively 
promotes a corporate culture that embodies trust, 
honesty and integrity and is cognisant of its 
responsibility to ensure this culture is embedded in 
the fabric of the business through the behaviours of 
staff and relations with stakeholders. 

Employee engagement 
The Board recognises that our people are critical to 
the success of the business. Engaging with 
employees at all levels and understanding their 
needs enables the Board to ensure that we retain and 
develop the best talent across the organisation. 
Employee engagement helps the Board ensure that 

76

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Governancethe Company’s culture, based on its core values, is 
well embedded in the business and continues to be 
aligned to the Company’s purpose and strategy.

During the year Catherine James, Non-Executive 
Director, continued her important and valuable role 
as champion for employee engagement. This 
important role continues to provide the Board with 
valuable insight and understanding of our employee 
sentiment and engagement levels, especially at this 
time. The Board was particularly keen to understand 
the impact of the prolonged periods of lockdown on 
our workforce and ensure staff wellbeing was 
protected first and foremost, whilst maintaining 
continuity of service to clients.

These virtual sessions between Catherine and 
colleagues were conducted mostly via video online 
chats with staff and it is hoped that a fuller direct 
engagement programme will commence in 2022.

Other forms of engagement with employees during 
the year included:

•  The Group-wide diversity and inclusion survey 
providing insight into employee sentiment and 
engagement levels, monitoring progress on 
conduct and culture initiatives and providing 
feedback that would define action plans relevant to 
our business in order to drive positive change. The 
outcomes of these engagements provided a cultural 
barometer and feedback on employees’ views and 
concerns and were reported to the Board.

•  Working From Home Survey – completed by all 
staff regarding their working experiences and 
acting on outcomes on how to better facilitate and 
improve the working environment (providing, 
additional computer equipment and set-up/desks/
chairs). We introduced a number of additional 
measures to try and ensure the physical and 
mental wellbeing of our staff by considering 
working conditions, provided equipment to allow 
staff to work effectively, comfortably and safely 
from their chosen environments and a number of 
wellness and health initiatives were developed for 
them and their families. 

•  Office Survey – a Staff Committee was established 
in 2019/2020 to engage the views of a cross section 
of staff so that they had a say and influence on the 
design and layout of the new working environment. 
The results of the survey significantly influenced 
and shaped how Numis thought about and 
implemented change to adapt the new office 
environment for a modern workforce. We moved 
into the new offices over August this year and staff 
are delighted with the new flexible and 
collaborative working environment. 

Catherine’s feedback to the Board included a 
number of emerging key themes, including; the 
desire for increased communication around the 
return to work planning and flexible working 
scenarios, succession planning and leadership 
development, training opportunities, technology 
developments and the work environment plus 
actions for programmes on personal development, 
office infrastructure and the future strategy of 
the business.

The impact on the Board’s decision-making process 
included the effectiveness of changes to working 
practices for both employees and clients, progress on 
conduct and culture initiatives, progress against 
diversity and inclusion targets. 

The feedback from the COVID-19 engagement survey 
also helped to inform return to work plans following 
the first and second lockdowns and provided the 
Board with invaluable insight into the best ways to 
support staff throughout the pandemic.

These engagement forums have provided the Board 
with insightful employees’ views and feedback. These 
engagement mechanisms are discussed in Board 
meetings and form part of the Board’s decision-
making. The Board will continue to monitor the 
effectiveness of informal and structured programmes 
of employee engagement during the coming year to 
review our progress, improve oversight and ensure 
employees’ views are integrated into the work of the 
Board and the strategy of the business while 
supporting our employees’ wellbeing.

Board and Committee meetings
Board meetings continued to be an important 
mechanism through which the Directors discharge 
their duties, particularly under s.172 of the Companies 
Act 2006. The Board has a schedule of seven meetings 
a year to discuss the Group’s ordinary course of 
business in accordance with a detailed annual forward 
agenda developed by the Chair and the Group 
Company Secretary and agreed by the Board. 

The formal meetings are scheduled in advance at the 
start of the financial year and a formal agenda of 
matters for discussion is circulated in advance of each 
meeting. This agenda includes reviewing financial 
performance, assessing and reviewing the Group’s 
strategy in the context of a broader market outlook, 
future forecasting, an update on investor relations 
and an update on any regulatory or compliance 
matters. All key operational and investment decisions 
are subject to Board approval. The Board provides 
overall strategic direction to the executive 
management by monitoring the operating and 
financial results against budgets and targets; 
reviewing the performance of management; 
assessing the adequacy of risk management 
systems; and monitoring their application.

All Board and Board Committee meetings are 
minuted. These summarise the principal points 
discussed during an item’s deliberation and record 
any unresolved concerns and actions arising from the 
discussion. In addition to the seven scheduled 
meetings there were a number of further ad-hoc 
meetings held at short notice as well as numerous 
Board briefing calls led by the Co-CEOs to provide 
regular updates to the Board on the Company’s 
response to the pandemic.

The 2021 Board meeting attendance schedule is on 
page 78.

77

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Corporate Governance Report & Statement of Compliance 2021 continued

Composition of the Board and Committees of the Board 2021

Position

Board

Committee membership

At 30 September 2021
or retirement if earlier

Maximum
possible
attendance

Meetings
attended

Nominations
Committee

Audit
Committee

Risk
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Considered
Independent

Alan Carruthers  Chairman (Non-Executive)

Alex Ham

Co-Chief Executive Officer

Ross Mitchinson Co-Chief Executive Officer

Andrew Holloway  Chief Financial Officer

Luke Savage 

Non-Executive Director

Robert Sutton

Non-Executive Director

Catherine James Non-Executive Director

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

* ✓

✓

✓

✓

* ✓

✓

✓

* ✓

✓

✓

✓

* ✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

78

* Chairman.
Number of meetings in the year 
PLC Board – 7 
Risk Committee – 5
Audit Committee – 4
Remuneration Committee – 4
Nominations Committee – 3 

Composition of the Board
The Board comprises four independent Non-
Executive Directors: Alan Carruthers (Non-Executive 
Chairman), Catherine James, Robert Sutton and Luke 
Savage and three Executive Directors. The Non-
Executive Directors provide a minimum time 
commitment of 22 days per annum to the business 
and have continued during this period of volatility 
made themselves available at short notice to discuss 
a range of topics and I thank them for their 
commitment. They as independent Non-Executive 
Directors assess, challenge and monitor the Executive 
Directors’ delivery of strategy within the risk and 
governance structure as agreed by the Board, plus 
review the integrity of the Company’s financial 
information, recommend appropriate succession 
plans, monitor Board diversity and set the 
Directors’ remuneration. 

The Executive Directors of the Board (each a full-time 
employee) comprise Alex Ham and Ross Mitchinson, 
the Co-CEOs (sharing the role of Chief Executive 
Officer), and Andrew Holloway, the Chief Financial 
Officer (CFO), who oversee strategy and Group 
financial performance. The Executive and Non-
Executive Directors are collectively responsible for 
promoting the long-term success of the Group and 
setting and executing Numis’ business strategy. The 
respective roles of Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors are strictly delineated. 

The Board delegates some of its responsibilities to the 
Audit, Risk, Nominations and Remuneration 
Committees, through agreed Terms of Reference 
which are subject to annual review. The 
responsibilities of each Committee are described in 
the governance framework on page 82 and in the 
relevant Committee reports.

The Company embraces diversity and is dedicated to 
encouraging inclusion. The Board membership 
comprises of individuals who have a wide range of 
diverse experience and skills and each bring a unique 
perspective to debate at Board level.

The Co-CEOs and Executive Directors have 
responsibility for the business operations of the Group 
and are responsible for implementing the strategy of 
the Board, execution of that strategy and managing 
the day-to-day business activities of the Company. The 
Non-Executive Directors are responsible for bringing 
independent judgement to Board decisions and add 
perspectives beyond the day-to-day operations. This 
includes making recommendations to the Board in 
respect of the execution of the strategy.

The role of the Chairman is to lead and oversee the 
Board, ensuring that the Board’s decision-making is 
balanced, effective and is composed of the right mix 
of skills and experience. The Chairman is also 
responsible for promoting a culture of constructive 
challenge, openness and scrutiny, whilst ensuring 
adherence to good Board governance and 
performance is maintained. 

The Board is authorised to manage the business of 
the Company on behalf of the shareholders and in 
accordance with the Company’s Articles of 
Association. This is achieved through its own 
decision-making and by delegating responsibilities to 
the Board Committees and authority to manage the 
business to the Co-CEOs. The Board has collective 
responsibility for the execution of the strategy and 
day-to-day management of the Company’s business 
is delegated to the Executive Directors, with the 
Board retaining responsibility for overseeing, guiding 
and holding management to account.

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021GovernanceThe Board is satisfied that each of the Directors is 
able to allocate sufficient time to the Company to 
discharge their responsibilities effectively. All Directors 
receive regular updates and training on legal, 
regulatory and governance issues. External advisers 
and legal counsel present to the Board regularly on 
thematic topics, providing training that is relevant to 
the business and to keep them abreast with 
developments of governance and AIM regulations.

All Directors have access to the Company’s NOMAD, 
Company Secretary, lawyers and auditors (internal 
and external) and are able to obtain independent 
advice from other external professionals as and when 
required. Internal and external training and 
development programmes have been designed and 
tailored to the specific requirements of the Directors 
to enhance their existing skills and are periodically 
revised to ensure training remains current and 
relevant. In addition, there are regular ‘deep dives’ 
from across the business at Board and Committee 
level to ensure the Directors’ understanding of the 
operational aspects and challenges faced by the 
business remains current.

Biographical details, skills and experience of each 
Director can be found on pages 72 and 73.

Role of the Board
The Board acknowledges that the risks and 
opportunities, strategy, business model, performance 
and sustainable development are all inseparable 
elements of the value-creation process. The 
responsibility for establishing the Company’s values, 
strategy, promoting its culture, overseeing its 
conduct and for promoting the success of the 
Company for the benefit of its members and 
stakeholders is central to the Board’s wider duties to a 
broad community of stakeholders, whose support is 
essential. Pages 44 to 48 of the Strategic Report 
highlight how the Board has sought to effectively 
consider and engage with our shareholders and 
stakeholders. 

All Directors of the Board are required to attend each 
of the scheduled Board and Committee meetings 
and to devote sufficient time to the Company’s affairs 
to fulfil their responsibilities and duties as statutory 
directors. All Directors are properly briefed to enable 
them to discharge their duties, via regular update 
calls, the provision of detailed management 
accounts, Board papers and Board packs which are 
distributed several days in advance of formal 
scheduled meetings. Each meeting had a planned 
agenda of business for consideration/discussion.

Non-Executive Directors also attend, by invitation and 
on a rotational basis, the Board meetings of the main 
trading entity, Numis Securities Limited. There were 
seven formal director meetings of the trading entity, 
Numis Securities Limited, during the financial year 
and most meetings had a Non-Executive Director in 
attendance. By attending these meetings, Non-
Executives gain valuable insights into the workings of 
the subsidiary Board and an understanding of the 
day-to-day business and operational challenges 
faced by the Executives.

There are certain matters which are reserved for the 
Board as a whole to consider. A copy of the Matters 
Reserved for the Board is available on the Company’s 
website www.numis.com. The Terms of Reference 
are reviewed and updated on a periodic basis.

Board Meetings and process
The Board held seven scheduled meetings during 
the year, and individual attendance is set out on page 
78. Additional scheduled meetings were held as and 
when required and Non-executive Directors held 
occasional virtual meetings without the Executive 
Directors present to facilitate full and frank discussion, 
where they discussed the performance of the 
executive management team, amongst other 
matters as required.

The Board and its Committees are provided with 
appropriate and timely information. For scheduled 
meetings, agendas are drafted based on the 
previously agreed forward agenda schedule and are 
then reviewed to replace or include additional items 
to reflect current business priorities as determined by 
the Co-CEOs and CFO. Additionally, the Chair of the 
Board or the Chairs of each of the Committees 
communicates with the Company Secretary to review 
the agendas for scheduled meetings. The Board 
continually monitors the quality of the information it 
receives to ensure it is clear, comprehensive and helps 
the Board to carry out its duties.

Start of the year
•  A yearly planner is prepared by the Company 
Secretary to map out the flow of key items of 
business to the Board

•  Board venues are agreed and invitations to present 
at formal Board meetings by senior management 
and operational staff are circulated. External 
professionals are also invited to present on topical 
regulatory or thematic points of interest as and 
when required

79

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Corporate Governance Report & Statement of Compliance 2021 continued

Focus areas this year

Strategy
•  Considering opportunities 

beyond the UK

•  ESG
•  Private markets expansion

Governance
•  Chairman succession
•  NED recruitment
•  Staff engagement

Financial
•  Analysis of realised profits
•  Review of dividend and 

buyback strategy

•  Consideration of investment 

portfolio transactions

Board

Remuneration
•  Upcoming regulatory change
•  Allocation of variable 

compensation

•  Market backdrop across 

Investment Banking sector

80

Agenda
•  The Chairman holds meetings to review the draft 
agenda and planner with the Company Secretary 
and CFO, as well as meeting with a wider group of 
senior management to identify emerging issues
•  The draft Board agenda is discussed between the 

Chairman and Co-CEOs

•  Additional items may be added to the agenda in 
response to external events, internal business-
driven operational events, Non-Executive Director 
requests and regulatory initiatives

Board papers and distribution
•  Board papers presented to the Board for discussion 
adhere to an in-house format to ensure consistency 
and high quality information

•  Board packs are uploaded and communicated to 
all Directors via a secure electronic portal typically 
four to five days in advance of each meeting, to 
ensure sufficient time to review the matters which 
are to be discussed and seek clarification or any 
additional information

Before the meeting
•  Executive meetings are held ahead of all Board and 
Committee meetings to ensure that the matters 
under discussion have been through an 
appropriate discussion and escalation process
•  Committee meetings are mostly held prior to 

Board meetings. The Chairman of each Committee 
delivers a formal report on the matters discussed to 
the Board

•  Board meetings have a number of standing 

business items which include a report from each of 
the Co-CEOs, CFO on Group performance, from the 
HR Director and Head of Legal and Head of 

Compliance. Additionally, reports from the 
Chairman of Committees and principal subsidiaries 
are delivered

•  Topics for deep dives or additional items are 

discussed when required and include business, 
governance and regulatory updates

•  The Board makes use of technology with 

teleconferencing, a Board portal and tablets/
devices at its meetings

After the meeting
•  Minutes and matters arising from the meeting are 
produced and circulated to the Chairman and 
Directors for review and feedback. An action list is 
created and those responsible for matters arising 
are asked to provide updates on a timely basis

Key agenda items discussed by the Board 
Some of the key strategic priorities and routine 
matters discussed at PLC Board meetings include:

•  The Group’s strategy and associated risks – 

dedicated strategy session 

•  Regular Co-CEOs reports 
•  COVID-19 impacts/mitigation technology 

redeployment and workflow redesign in response 
to COVID-19

•  Business updates and presentations from the 

business 

•  Acquisitions, disposals and other material 

transactions

•  Financial performance of the business and 

approval of annual budgets, the half year results, 
Annual Report and Accounts, dividends and 
regulatory reporting 

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Governance•  Brexit planning and its impact (financial and 

non-financial)

•  Office move and working environment 
•  Appointments to and removal from the NSL Board 
•  Risk management strategy and risk appetite/

profile

•  Remuneration policy and employee share plans
•  Gender pay gap review 
•  Employee engagement, employee development 

and training 

•  Conduct and culture initiatives 
•  Employee wellbeing initiatives including COVID-19 

measures to safeguard our people

•  Reports of the activities of the Audit, Risk, 

Remuneration and Nominations Committees 

•  ESG Strategy 
•  Evaluation of its performance and that of its 

Committees

•  Investor relations reports and shareholder analysis
•  Communication with shareholders
•  Actual or potential conflicts of interest relating to 

any Director

•  Changes relating to the Group’s capital structure
•  Annual General Meeting

Board independence
The Board reviews the independence of its Non-
Executive Directors as part of its annual Board 
Review. The Chairman was considered to be 
independent on appointment and is committed to 
ensuring that the Board comprises a majority of 
independent Non-Executive Directors who 
objectively challenge management. The Board 
continually assesses the independence of each of the 
Non-Executive Directors and has determined that all 
the Non-Executive Directors are independent in 
character and judgement. Numis considers there to 
be sufficient independence of the Board and that all 
the Non-Executive Directors are of sufficient 
competence and calibre to add strength, objectivity 
and constructive challenge to the Board, bringing 
considerable experience in terms of their respective 
knowledge and expertise.

Where necessary, the Company facilitates Non-
Executive Directors obtaining specialist external 
advice from appropriate advisers as required. 

Management of conflicts of interests
At the start of each Board meeting, the Directors are 
invited to advise of any conflicts or potential conflicts 
in respect of any items on that meeting’s agenda. The 
Board believes that there are no relationships, 
conflicts of interest or other circumstances which are 
likely to affect, or could appear to affect, any Director’s 
judgement. No conflicts of interest were reported 
throughout the year. 

Committees of the Board
The Board has a broad range of skills and capabilities 
required to direct the Group and has delegated some 
of the responsibilities to its Audit Committee, Risk 
Committee, Remuneration Committee and 
Nominations Committee.

Each Committee has appropriate Terms of Reference 
which have been approved by the Board. These can be 
found on the Company’s website www.numis.com.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee (the “Committee”) is an 
independent Committee of the Board of Directors 
responsible for the overall financial reporting of the 
Company and the Group. It receives reports from the 
Group’s management relating to the Group’s risk 
exposures and mitigating controls as well as detailed 
findings arising from internal and external audit 
reviews. The Committee delivers a report on its 
activities to the Board at each formal Group meeting, 
appraising the Board on issues discussed with focus 
on the effectiveness of the internal controls and their 
operation, as well as issues of risk management and 
mitigating actions. Additionally, the Committee 
reports on the Group’s full and half year results, 
having examined the accounting policies on which 
they are based and ensured compliance with relevant 
accounting standards.

In addition, it reviews the scope of internal and 
external audit, their effectiveness, independence and 
objectivity taking into account relevant regulatory 
and professional requirements. The Committee has 
direct and unrestricted access to the Internal Audit 
function and external auditors.

Risk Committee
The Risk Committee (the “Committee”) is an 
independent Committee of the Board of Directors 
that has responsibility for the risk framework, internal 
control environment and for assessing the 
appropriateness of the risks that the Group proposes 
to take in executing its strategy. The Committee 
makes recommendations to the Board as to risk 
appetite and tolerance, taking account of the current 
and prospective macroeconomic and financial 
environment, drawing on financial stability 
assessments.

Additionally, the Committee considers Numis’ risk 
management policies, operations and oversight of 
the business’ risk management framework and will 
assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight 
responsibilities with regard to the risk appetite of the 
business, the risk management and compliance 
framework and the governance structure that 
supports it.

The Audit Committee Report and the Risk 
Committee Report can be found on pages 91 and 96 
of this Annual Report.

A copy of the Terms of Reference of the Audit 
Committee is available on the Company’s website 
www.numis.com.

A copy of the Terms of Reference of the Risk 
Committee is available on the Company’s website 
www.numis.com.

A copy of the Internal Audit Charter of KPMG is 
available on the Company’s website www.numis.com.

81

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Corporate Governance Report & Statement of Compliance 2021 continued

Governance framework

Board

Accountable to shareholders for sustainable financial 
performance and long-term shareholder value

The Board delegates responsibility to four principal Committees

Biographies

Activities

Roles and  
responsibilities

82

Nominations
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Co-Chief
Executive 
Officers

Audit
Committee

Risk  
Committee

Internal Audit
Function

Responsible for 
the management 
of the business 
and strategic 
development

Responsible for 
reviewing and 
recommending 
changes to the 
composition of 
the Board and 
its Committees

Read the 
Committee 
report on 
page 86

Responsible for 
overseeing the 
remuneration 
strategy for 
the Group and 
remuneration 
policy for the 
Directors

Read the 
Committee 
report on 
page 100

Provides 
independent 
and objective 
assurance in 
respect of risk 
management, 
controls and 
governance

Responsible 
for overseeing 
financial 
reporting, risk 
management, 
internal controls 
and external audit

Read the 
Committee 
report on  
page 91

Responsible for 
reviewing and 
assessing the 
key risks of the 
business and 
determining 
the risk appetite  
and mitigants  
to effectively 
manage  
identified risks

Read the 
Committee 
report on 
page 96

Supporting Committees

New Business
Committee

Transactional 
Risk  
Committee

Trading
Subsidiary  
Board

Financial Risk
Committee

CASS 
Committee

Risk  
Oversight
Committee

Oversight of all 
new corporate 
client relationships 
and mandates

Approval of 
all privateside 
transactions 
immediately 
prior to launch 
or document 
publication

Implementation 
of business 
strategy and 
management 
of day-to-day 
operational  
matters

Management of 
market, credit, 
liquidity and 
operational risk 
exposures faced 
by the Group

Oversight of all 
issues in relation  
to safeguarding 
client custody 
assets and  
client money

Identification, 
measurement, 
monitoring and 
reporting of all 
significant risk 
exposures faced 
by the Group

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021GovernanceRemuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee (“the Committee”) 
comprises three Non-Executive Directors: Robert 
Sutton (Chairman of the Committee), Catherine 
James and Luke Savage. The Remuneration 
Committee is scheduled to meet four times a year. 
Other members of the Board, in particular the 
Chairman, the Co-CEOs, CFO and the Head of 
Human Resources may attend by invitation. The 
Committee’s primary responsibility is to review salary 
levels, discretionary variable remuneration and the 
terms and conditions of service of the Executive 
Directors. The Remuneration Committee also reviews 
the compensation decisions made in respect of all 
other senior executives and those members of staff 
who are designated as Code Staff under the FCA’s 
Remuneration Code regulations.

The Board continued to engage external 
remuneration consultants, FIT Remuneration 
Consultants LLP, to assist the Committee and guide 
the Committee as an independent adviser around 
the increasing regulation, disclosures and enhanced 
corporate governance obligations especially 
regarding pay and reward of Executive Directors. The 
additional insight and experience of these external 
advisers has been especially helpful in delivering a 
new LTIP for senior Executives and considered new 
compensation structures as the impact of the 
Investment Firms Directive regulation is introduced. 

The Committee is responsible for determining the 
overarching remuneration policy applied by the 
Group, including the quantum of variable 
remuneration and the method of delivery, taking into 
account relevant regulatory and corporate 
governance developments. The Remuneration 
Committee is authorised to seek any information it 
requires in order to perform its duties and obtain 
external legal or other professional advice that it 
considers necessary from time to time.

A copy of the Remuneration Committee’s Report can 
be found on pages 100 to 107 of this Annual Report.

A copy of the Terms of Reference of the 
Remuneration Committee is available on the 
Company’s website www.numis.com

Nominations Committee
The Nominations Committee (“the Committee”) 
comprises Alan Carruthers (Chairman), Luke Savage, 
Robert Sutton and Catherine James who are all 
independent Non-Executive Directors. Other 
members of the Board and the Head of Human 
Resources may attend by invitation. The Committee 
considers appointments to the Board and to the 
subsidiary Board and meets as necessary to consider 
wider succession initiatives and succession planning 
across the business. The Committee is responsible for 
identifying and nominating candidates, for making 
recommendations on Board composition and for 
considering succession planning requirements to 
ensure that the requisite skills and expertise are 
available to the Board to address future challenges, 
opportunities and strategy objectives of the business.

A copy of the Terms of Reference of the Nominations 
Committee is available on the Company’s website 
www.numis.com.

Development and support
On joining the Board, new members receive a 
comprehensive induction, involving meetings with 
senior employees and the external advisers. 
Individual training needs are identified as part of the 
annual Board evaluation process and training is 
provided as required. The Chair has overall 
responsibility for ensuring Directors continually 
update their skills and knowledge, and familiarity 
with the Company, so as to fulfil their role. Each of the 
Directors is, however, also personally responsible for 
ensuring that any specialist skills and competencies 
they have remain current. The Board and its main 
Committees receive regular updates on legal, 
regulatory and governance issues throughout the 
year and there is a regular flow of information to 
the Board to keep Directors up to date with the 
business. Both the Board and each Committee of 
the Board has access to independent advice at the 
Company’s expense.

Board evaluation
Good governance is an essential factor in running a 
successful company. It builds upon strong foundations 
of legal and regulatory compliance by adding robust 
accountability, transparency and ethical behaviours. 
During the year, an evaluation of the performance of 
the Board, its Committees and its members was 
undertaken in line with the Committee’s Terms of 
Reference. The evaluation process was conducted 
internally, facilitated with the assistance of our 
internal auditor, KPMG, guiding us in refreshing the 
questionnaire-based evaluation process. 

Numis takes governance seriously and supports the 
continuous improvement of its Board to lead the 
Company in delivering its objectives. Numis’ Board is 
committed to learning and improving and 
undertakes a regular Board evaluation process as 
part of its commitment to achieving these goals. 
The process, we hope, will continue to reinforce that 
Numis’ Board and Committees continue to act and 
oversee the business with integrity, honestly and 
creatively, in a collaborative management style which 
is inclusive and supports good culture and is a key 
factor of Numis’ success. 

Board evaluation process 
The Non-Executive Chairman of the Board undertook 
the formal internal annual evaluation process of the 
Board and of its own performance and that of its 
Committees. The evaluation process includes a 
written questionnaire which was designed by the 
Group Company Secretary in conjunction with our 
internal auditors, taking into account regulatory 
guidance, Board effectiveness and included both 
qualitative and quantitative questions. Additionally, 
confidential one-to-one interviews between the 
Chairman and each Director were held. 

83

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Corporate Governance Report & Statement of Compliance 2021 continued

The review assesses the effectiveness of all aspects of 
the Board and of its Committees and includes 
composition, experience, dynamics, the Chairman’s 
leadership, and the Board’s role and responsibilities in 
connection with strategy, oversight of risk and 
succession planning. Directors are encouraged to 
provide feedback on their individual performance as 
well as on the other members of the Board and on 
their individual effectiveness. The formal evaluation 
process takes place annually and is supported by 
regular contact between the Chairman and each 
Director to allow any matters to be addressed on a 
timely basis. 

The questionnaires are circulated to each Board 
member for completion and returned to the Group 
Secretary for collation. A summary report of the 
feedback with scoring is prepared and delivered to 
the Chairman. 

The Chairman is responsible for assessing the 
feedback and reporting his findings to the Board. The 
outcomes and principal findings are discussed with 
the Board at a formal meeting and, where 
appropriate, an action list of objectives, targets and 
aspirations for the coming year is collated in order 
that the Board can measure its effectiveness in 
achieving those targets throughout the year. The 
performance of each Co-CEO is appraised annually 
by the Chairman and the performance of the 
Executive Director (CFO) is appraised annually by the 
Co-CEOs.

The Board is satisfied that the existing composition 
gives an appropriate balance of Executives and 
Non-Executive Directors. Each Director brings 
different skills, experience and knowledge to the 
Company, with Non-Executive Directors bringing 
additional independent thought, judgement and 
challenge. Succession planning to ensure the 
business has the appropriate balance of skill and 
expertise in order to carry out the strategy of the 
business will remain a focus during the evaluation 
process.

Following the Board Evaluation, each Director’s 
performance, including the Co-CEOs, CFO and 
Chairman, has been internally reviewed and 
evaluated. The results of this process were reported to 
the Board which concluded that the Board and all of 
its Committees continue to operate in a constructive 
and dynamic way, which is collaborative and effective, 
demonstrating a passion for the business which is 
innovative and entrepreneurial.

Some of the main themes and recommendations 
resulting from the Board Evaluation include:

•  Continued focus on strategy delivery/plan target 

implementation 

•  Greater focus on succession planning ( senior and 

mid-level employees)

•  More regular updates on Numis’ larger 

shareholders 

•  A request to condense Committee/Board papers to 

be more concise 

The Board has continued throughout the year to 
measure progress against the recommendations 
resulting from the Board Evaluations and will 
continue to assess its effectiveness in implementing 
new processes to achieve the desired targets.

External evaluation of the Board’s performance has 
not been conducted to date, given the size and stage 
of development of the business, but is being 
considered as the business grows. However, the 
Chairman continues to assess the individual 
contribution of each of the members of the Board to 
ensure that their contribution is relevant and 
effective; that each Director remains committed and 
aligned to the business strategy and its corporate 
values and, where relevant, that they maintain their 
independence. 

Relations with shareholders and other 
stakeholders
The Board believes that engaging with our 
shareholders and wider stakeholder groups through 
regular and constructive dialogue is central to 
delivery of our strategic objectives and building a 
sustainable business. By demonstrating how the 
Board has engaged with and have regard to 
stakeholders and other factors through inclusive and 
collaborative decision-making, Numis can ensure 
that we fulfil our obligations to those impacted by the 
business. Including our stakeholders in key business 
decisions is the right thing to do, and is a key driver in 
delivering value creation over the longer-term. 

During 2021 we increased our focus on stakeholder 
engagement and in efforts to better consider the 
issues, factors and stakeholders relevant in complying 
with section 172, the Board determined our key 
stakeholder groups as employees, shareholders, 
clients, regulators and suppliers. In addition, 
environmental and community matters are also key 
areas of importance and in understanding our 
stakeholders and their priorities better, the Board has 
considered the potential impact of decisions on each 
stakeholder group and take account of their needs 
and concerns, as a part of Board discussions and 
decisions.

84

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021GovernanceWe engage actively with each of our stakeholder 
groups in various ways. The common aim is to be 
open and collaborative so as to build strong long-
term relationships where everyone involved can share 
in the Group’s success. More information on our 
stakeholder engagement can be found on pages 44 
to 48 of this Annual Report.

Whistleblowing
Numis has a Whistleblowing Policy which is reviewed 
periodically. Employees may report in confidence, and 
anonymously if preferred, any concerns they may have 
about suspected impropriety or wrongdoing in any 
matters affecting the business, Catherine James 
(Non-Executive Director) is the designated 
whistleblowing champion. No matters were reported 
in the year.

Trading subsidiary Board
The Board of the main trading subsidiary, Numis 
Securities Limited, chaired by Alex Ham and Ross 
Mitchinson, deals with the implementation of 
business strategy and day-to-day operational 
matters. It met seven times during the year and 
receives information with respect to the financial 
performance of the Group together with 
departmental reports, risk information and other 
relevant items. This year has provided extraordinary 
challenges for the business and the executives of the 
trading subsidiary have worked tirelessly through the 
pandemic to keep the Board, staff, clients, 
shareholders and stakeholders updated on COVID-
19-related responses and considered the financial 
and non-financial impacts on those communities. 
Additionally, an Executive Committee (“ExCo”) which 
supports the Co-CEOs and improves the efficiency 
and effectiveness of day-to-day decision-making was 
established. The ExCo comprises of head’s of 
department from across the business and has 
become a key tool in assisting management to 
alleviating the Executive Board’s workload in terms of 
performance monitoring and coaching to 
management on strategic implementation. 

Internal control
The Board is ultimately responsible for maintaining 
the Group’s risk framework and system of internal 
control and for reviewing its effectiveness. The 
system of internal control is designed to manage 
rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve 
business objectives, as such it can provide only 
reasonable but not absolute assurance against 
material misstatement or loss.

The Group’s system of internal control has been 
actively managed throughout the year. The Group 
has a number of committees with formal Terms of 
Reference and a Compliance department responsible 
for the Group’s adherence to the rules of the Financial 
Conduct Authority and other relevant regulators.

In addition, the Group has a fully independent, 
outsourced Internal Audit function (KPMG LLP) 
reporting to the Audit and Risk Committees. This 
independent third-party approach, provides further 
assurances over the adequacy and effectiveness of 
the systems of internal control throughout the 
business and ensures that the Group’s approach to 
continuous improvement in its internal control and 
management framework is maintained.

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) matters
Shareholders, stakeholders and investors are becoming 
increasingly concerned with ESG matters and a 
growing contingent expect to see ESG matters 
embedded within our overarching strategy. 

Numis is committed to reinforcing, intensifying and 
raising awareness of ESG matters as we are aware of 
the impacts of climate change and social inequalities 
and the potential risks they pose to our business and 
stakeholders. 

As a first step to establishing how we improve Numis’ 
ESG reporting framework the Board and senior 
members of the business met to explore how best 
the business could address this important issue. 
Numis believes that by performing well in ESG 
matters represents and leads to improved and 
sustainable business decisions which have a positive 
impact on our stakeholders, clients and shareholders. 

Numis engaged an external experienced ESG 
specialist to support us in our journey to identify, 
measure, manage and report ESG issues that are most 
relevant to our business. A comprehensive materiality 
assessment was undertaken and the process led by 
ERM has guided us to establish an ESG Reporting 
Framework comprising data disclosure areas. 

This framework will help us monitor our footprint and 
guide the business in its ongoing execution and 
wider ESG initiatives and compliance regulations. 

Country-by-country reporting
The Group’s obligation to publish reportable 
information under Article 89 of the Capital 
Requirements Directive 4 is fulfilled by the Company 
through the publication of relevant information on a 
consolidated basis.

The relevant information can be found on the Group’s 
website, www.numis.com, within the Legal and 
Regulatory section.

This report was approved by the Board on 
8 December 2021 and signed on its behalf by:

Alan Carruthers 
Chairman

8 December 2021

85

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Nominations Committee Report

86

Membership of the 
Nominations Committee 

•  Alan Carruthers (Chairman)

•  Catherine James – Independent Non-

Executive Director

•  Luke Savage – Independent Non-Executive 

Director

•  Robert Sutton – Independent Non-

Executive Director

For full biographies see pages 72 and 73.

Key activities during the year

•  Initiate the search for a Non-Executive 
Director to chair the Risk Committee 

•  Recommend Catherine James to Chair the 

Audit Committee 

•  Recommend and appoint Luke Savage to 
succeed me as Chairman to the PLC Board 

•  Review succession/crisis planning for senior 

staff post COVID-19

•  Approve appointment of senior roles as we 
restructure and separate the roles of Chief 
Risk Officer and General Counsel and Chief 
Financial Officer and Company Secretary 

•  Selection, appointment and induction of 
statutory directors to the Board of our 
European entity 

•  Review the Board Evaluation/Effectiveness 

Review process

•  Review employee engagement and 

outcomes

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present the Nominations Committee 
report for the year ended 30 September 2021, 
summarising how the Committee has discharged its 
responsibilities during the year. 

The Nominations Committee has continued to focus 
on the important areas of ensuring orderly succession 
to the Board and other senior management 
positions, as well as Board recruitment, composition 
and succession planning, Board and workforce 
diversity, identifying senior management talent, 
succession planning and, ESG and governance 
matters. 

Numis’ commitment to strengthening diversity and 
aligning leadership skills to enhance the talents of the 
Board, senior management team and the wider 
workforce is underpinned by the commitment to 
oversee the development of a diverse succession 
pipeline. 

The responsibility for ensuring the Board’s 
composition, diversity and the combination of talent, 
experience and knowledge needed to lead the Group 
and to support the development and delivery of our 
strategy remains key to the success of our business. 
Identifying, and recommending, suitable candidates 
for appointment to the Board and its subsidiaries, 
ensures the composition of the Board and its 
Committees meets the Company’s needs and 
ambitions. 

During another exceptional year for Numis, the 
Committee has continued to focus on Directors’ 
capabilities, formal Board appointments to the listed 
entity as well as to the trading entities; Numis 
Securities Limited and Numis Europe Limited. In 
addition, broad succession planning at senior level 
across the business has been reviewed. The 
Committee reviewed the leadership and succession 
needs of the organisation to ensure that appropriate 
procedures are in place for nominating, inducting 
and evaluating Directors. In addition, the Committee 
ensures that the Group’s governance facilitates the 
appointment and development of effective 
management that can deliver shareholder value over 
the longer term.

The balance of skills, experience, independence and 
knowledge on the Board is the responsibility of the 
Nominations Committee and is reviewed annually or 
whenever appointments are considered. Having the 
right balance on the Board and its Committees helps 
to ensure that those bodies discharge their respective 
duties and responsibilities effectively. The Board 
believes diversity, together with the right blend of 
skills and experience, is an essential element of an 
effective Board and facilitates efficient and 
entrepreneurial management that can deliver 
stakeholder and shareholder value. 

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021GovernanceMembership of the Committee 
The Nominations Committee is responsible for 
reviewing Board composition and diversity, 
proposing new Board appointments and monitoring 
the Board’s succession needs. The Committee 
consists of Independent Non-Executive Directors and 
meets as necessary to discuss appointments to the 
Board. The Chairman of the Board is also the 
Chairman of the Committee, and the Assistant 
Company Secretary acts as the Secretary of the 
Committee. On invitation, the Co-CEOs, CFO and 
Head of HR also attend meetings, but they are not 
involved in decisions relating to their own succession. 

The Committee’s full terms of reference, which are 
reviewed periodically by the Committee and 
submitted to the Board for approval, are available on 
the Company’s website www.numis.com

Committee meetings 
During the financial year, the Committee met 
formally three times and on a number of occasions to 
opine on candidates recommended by management 
for key roles. The meetings held were to consider: 
succession-planning; Board composition and the 
refreshing of the Board; succession planning at Board 
and senior management level; Executive Director 
development and the composition of the Committee 
and other Board Committees.

A report on the Nominations Committee meetings 
and activities are fed back to the PLC Board at each 
scheduled meeting of the Board. A table of Board 
and Committee meetings scheduled and 
information on attendance is set out on page 78.

Nominations Committee activity in the year
In addition to the formal Board appointments across 
the Group, management continues to ensure that 
the welfare of Numis’ people and business were both 
safe and supported. The new normal and hybrid 
working practices have continued to impact the 
business and maintaining communication and 
connectivity with staff, clients and the community, 
throughout these unprecedented times, has been 
key to supporting and driving the business through 
this period of disruption. 

The Committee were involved and kept abreast of 
succession planning and mapping of roles 
throughout this period of COVID-19 and a refresh of 
key succession roles and succession planning with 
analysis to support the key roles in the business 
continues to be reviewed periodically. One of the 
outcomes of this succession planning was the 
establishment of the Executive Committee (“ExCo”). 
The ExCo comprises heads of department from 
across the business and has become key to 
alleviating the Executive Board’s workload in terms 
of performance monitoring and coaching to 
management on strategic implementation. 

87

Key responsibilities and role of the Committee 
The purpose of the Committee is to keep the 
Board’s governance, composition, diversity, skills, 
experience, knowledge, independence and 
succession arrangements under review and to 
make appropriate recommendations to the Board 
to ensure the Company’s arrangements are 
consistent with the highest corporate governance 
standards. The Committee reports to the Board on 
how it discharges its responsibilities which include:- 

•  Reviews the leadership and succession needs of 
the organisation and ensures that appropriate 
procedures are in place for nominating, inducting 
and evaluating directors

•  Ensures that the Group’s governance facilitates 
the appointment and development of effective 
management that can deliver shareholder value 
over the longer term 

•  Reviews the balance, skill, composition in terms of 

competency, skills, experience, background, 
independence and diversity of Directors under 
regular review in response to changing business 
needs 

•  Making recommendations to the Board as 

necessary in relating to succession planning at 
Board level and overseeing succession planning 
processes for the Board and senior management 

•  Supporting and challenging senior management 
development and succession plans to ensure the 
Executive team is equipped to oversee 
governance, financial controls and risk 
management which are aligned to the business 
strategy

•  To identify the particular competency and 

experience base required for a specific Board 
appointment and conduct the search and 
selection process adhering to the formal Board 
appointments procedure, ensuring that there is a 
formal, rigorous and transparent procedure for 
the appointments

•  Making recommendations to the Board on all 
proposed new appointments to the Board, 
elections and re-elections of Directors at AGMs, 
assessing and making recommendations to the 
Board in relation to the independence of all 
Directors 

•  Board and Committee Performance – supervising 

the Board performance review process; 
overseeing any remedial action required as a 
result of the Board performance evaluation 
process concerning the composition of the Board 
and its Committees 

•  Considering various governance matters, 

including compliance with the UK QCA Corporate 
Governance Code, the UK Senior Managers and 
Certification Regime and/or other relevant 
regulatory regimes

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Nominations Committee Report continued

The Committee also reviewed the composition of the 
Numis Securities Limited Board of Directors and the 
ambition for the Numis Europe Limited Board, to 
ensure that these trading entities have, and will 
continue to have, the correct balance of skills, 
experience and knowledge relevant to Numis’ 
business strategy and ambitions. Effective succession 
planning for key senior personnel is a vital role of the 
Committee. Ensuring that Numis has the right calibre 
of talented and experienced management to drive 
our high-performance organisation to execute and 
achieve our strategy, plus deliver sustainable long-
term value for our shareholders and stakeholders is 
key to our continued success.

Appointing Luke Savage as Chairman
The selection and recommendation process was 
rigidly adhered to when making the 
recommendation to the Board in respect of my 
successor, Luke Savage, who will take on the role of 
Non-Executive Chairman in 2022 and in respect of 
the search for a Non-Executive Director to Chair the 
Risk Committee. 

Luke Savage was invited to succeed me in the role of 
Non-Executive Chairman as he is seen as a natural 
successor with his extensive financial services 
industry experience and proven track record as an 
independent director. Luke has worked in senior 
finance and operations roles across corporate and 
investment banking, insurance and investment 
within both FTSE and AIM listed companies and his 
experience and skills gained as a NED in a number of 
businesses within the financial services industry 
establish him as the natural director with the requisite 
skills to lead Numis’ Board of Directors. 

The Committee considered the relevant guidance in 
relation to potential ‘overboarding’ in respect of Luke’s 
appointment to the role of Chairman of the Board 
and concluded that his commitments fall within the 
current guidance. Luke has confirmed that he will 
devote the necessary time to attend to the duties of 
Chairman of the PLC Board and will not take on any 
further NED roles which would take him outside of 
guidance or without prior consultation with the 
Board. Luke is currently Chairman of Chesnara Plc, 
and a NED at Liverpool Victoria Financial Services 
Limited and DWF Group Plc. Whilst Luke’s NED role 
at Liverpool Victoria Financial Services Limited does 
not relate to a public company, there is a clear exit 
timetable for him to leave the company following the 
pending change of ownership.

Composition and appointment of  
 Non-Executive Directors
With the change in Board composition, the 
Committee took the opportunity to review the 
existing talent and skill set of its independent NEDs 
and recommended a change to the structure and 
membership of the Audit Committee and Risk 
Committee. A Non-Executive Director appointment 
was recommended to fill the role of Risk Committee 
Chair following Luke’s change in role. The Committee 
also identified that Catherine James had the relevant 
experience, skills and competence to lead and Chair 
the Audit Committee. Catherine agreed to take on 
this role in addition to her role as employee 
engagement director. 

A robust detailed recruitment and selection process 
was commenced by a third party in relation to the 
Non-Executive Director appointment adhering to a 
transparent Board appointments procedure. 

A shortlist of preferred executive search firms was 
established according to specified criteria. This 
resulted in the formal engagement of a firm with an 
excellent NED recruitment track record and particular 
focus on diversity & inclusion. 

Additionally, other senior appointments were 
managed in our search for statutory directors of 
our European office. This was undertaken with the 
assistance of external executive search firms 
and internal searches following an appropriate 
composition of skills and experience analysis. 
Formal and informal interviews led by the 
Chairman and selected NEDs affirmed the internal 
recommendations and appointments of these new 
roles and in respect of the new separate role of 
General Counsel. 

During the recruitment process, candidate 
specifications (including expected time 
commitment, skills and expertise) were agreed and 
used by our search firms to identify potential external 
candidates based on objective criteria with due 
regard to the Board’s diversity goals. The potential 
candidates’ profiles were mapped with the Board 
Skill Matrix, which is regularly reviewed by the 
Committee, to ensure the skills and expertise that are 
considered important to achieving the organisation’s 
strategic priorities are covered. Members of the 
Committee met individually with the shortlisted 
candidates and all the Board members met with the 
preferred candidates. 

88

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021GovernanceDirector succession and induction process 
The process is designed to ensure the search for 
and appointment of our Non-Executive Directors 
and Executive Directors is thorough, robust, 
inclusive and that their inductions provide an 
effective introduction to Numis, its people and 
facilitates a comprehensive understanding of 
Numis’ business 

Search

The Chairman leads the Committee to 
develop a specification, using a talent skills 
and competence, expertise matrix to 
reflective the attributes and skill required to 
undertake the role. The candidate brief is 
then placed with an executive search agency 
who must be a signatory to the Voluntary 
Code of Conduct for Executive Search Firms 
in line with Numis’ Diversity Policy.

Review

The executive search agency reviews the 
criteria, skills and expertise required for the 
position and identifies candidates and 
provides a list for the Committee to opine on. 

Identify

The Chairman identifies a shortlist of 
candidates following feedback from 
Committee members.

Assess

Candidates are interviewed by Committee 
and Board members to assess their 
experience, skills and personal attributes.

Recommend and appoint

A candidate is recommended for appointment.

Induction

Directors are provided with support to meet 
and understand their statutory duties and 
embedding an understanding of Numis’ 
strategic priorities, culture and ambitions.

The Committee continued to review and opine on 
the important findings and regular feedback from 
Catherine James, Independent Non-Executive 
Director and the Board’s employee engagement 
director. The Board and Committee established the 
agreed approach to engagement; the methods of 
gathering and documenting employee views and 
considering how feedback provided will be presented 
to and considered by the Board. 

We thank Catherine for her enthusiasm for this role 
and her encouragement to stimulate discussion and 
debate so that meaningful dialogue between the 
Board and our employees remains relevant. The 
range of different perspectives has provided the 
Board with additional valuable insight on Numis’ 
culture and the challenges faced by the business. 
You can read more on our stakeholder engagement 
initiatives on pages 44 to 48. 

Board evaluation process 
During the year, an evaluation of the performance 
of the Board, its Committees and its members was 
undertaken in line with the Committee’s Terms of 
Reference. The evaluation process was conducted 
internally, facilitated with the assistance of our 
internal auditor to refresh the questionnaire-based 
evaluation process. 

The Committee deliberated on engaging external 
resource facilitation, acknowledging there is some 
benefit in an external review of its Board and 
Committees, but agreed that the overall benefit 
versus the cost is not appropriate at this time, given 
the operation of the Board and its Committees 
continue to function well with skills, balance and 
effectiveness scoring high in the evaluation process. 
The decision was taken to continue to conduct the 
evaluation of Board and Committee Directors’ 
performance, in-house for the time being. The 
process, we hope, will continue to reinforce that 
Numis’ Board and Committees continue to act and 
oversee the business with integrity, honestly and 
creatively, in a collaborative management style which 
is inclusive and supports good culture and is a key 
factor of Numis’ success. 

The Committee will continue to periodically consider 
the benefits of engaging external resource to assist in 
its process of evaluation of the Board and its 
Committees and will feedback its recommendations 
to the Board as the year progresses.

Committee effectiveness 
The Committee has progressed areas identified for 
improvement during the year with the Board 
refreshment. A new Non-Executive Director is to 
be appointed to Chair the Risk Committee. The 
Committee also monitored succession planning and 
diversity of the senior management talent pools. The 
Committee was pleased to see progress with regard 
to diversity with a significant year-on-year increase of 
female senior managers within the organisation.

89

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Nominations Committee Report continued

The Nominations Committee only engages executive 
search firms who have signed up to the Voluntary 
Code of Conduct for Executive Search Firms on 
gender diversity and best practice. The Committee 
has discussed Non-Executive Director appointment 
and succession and worked closely with executive 
search agencies last year to compile long and 
shortlists of candidates from various backgrounds 
and industries. Candidates were identified, 
interviewed and measured against pre-determined 
criteria. The Board seeks to ensure it remains an 
effective driver of diversity in its broadest sense, 
having regard to gender, ethnicity, background, skill 
set and breadth of experience. 

Priorities for 2022
The Committee remains dedicated to the 
development of diverse and high-performance talent 
planning and talent management programmes to 
ensure that the right balance of senior management 
skills, knowledge, capabilities and experience are in 
place to deliver Numis’ strategy and objectives. 
Succession planning for the Board and more broadly 
for key senior roles across the business remains key in 
Numis’ strategic ambitions to drive the benefits of a 
diverse Board, senior management team and a wider 
and more inclusive workforce. 

This is underpinned in Numis’ approach to diversity 
and inclusion and the recognition that both the 
succession planning and talent management need 
to be strengthened to provide a strong internal talent 
pipeline, particularly in view of the new skills and 
capabilities required to deliver the outcomes of 
Numis and the need to broaden the diversity of the 
leadership team. 

This will be a key area of focus for the Committee in 
2022/2023.

Alan Carruthers 
Chairman – Nominations Committee

90

The Nomination Committee’s performance was 
reviewed within the framework of the Board 
Evaluation Review and the findings of the evaluation 
confirmed that the Committees of the Board 
continue to operate effectively, have the right balance 
of requisite skills, experience and knowledge, diversity 
of gender, social and ethnic backgrounds, cognitive 
and personal strengths to provide an appropriate 
level of constructive challenge to facilitate the Board 
and business to achieve its strategy. Additionally, each 
member of each Committee continues to devote the 
appropriate time requirements for unscheduled 
meetings to support key Board and senior 
management appointments during the year.

Selection and re-election of Directors for 
2022 AGM
The Committee considers the results of the 
evaluations of individual Directors to assist in 
determining whether to recommend to the Board 
the election and/or re-election of Directors at every 
AGM, as required in accordance with the Company’s 
Articles of Association. The Committee has 
considered the mix of skills, knowledge, experience, 
competencies of the members of the Board and 
considers that it exhibits the range of skills, expertise, 
knowledge and attributes required to lead and drive 
this entrepreneurial and dynamic business, whilst 
adhering to high standards of corporate governance 
and independence. 

One third of all Directors must submit themselves for 
re-election at the 2022 AGM. The Committee is 
pleased to recommend its support for all Directors 
putting themselves forward for re-election at the 
AGM, in accordance with our Articles of Association 
and on considering the Board Evaluation and 
performance process. Biographies of the Directors 
standing for re-election can be found on pages 72 
and 73 with further detail accompanying the Notice 
of the AGM found on pages 158 to 165 and also on the 
Company’s website: www.numis.com

The Committee also opined on its current Terms of 
Reference (ToR) which were reviewed and agreed as 
fit for purpose and appropriate for the business and 
do not require any additional amendments at this 
time. 

Board diversity policy 
The Committee focused on senior management 
development/succession and held a number of 
unscheduled meetings in support of the search for 
senior appointments and continued to support the 
ongoing quality, development and capabilities of our 
senior talent. As a business, we are committed to 
maintaining a diverse workforce at all levels across 
the Company, and more information on how we do 
this, including a description of the policies relating to 
diversity and how they have been implemented, can 
be found in the ESG Report on pages 38 to 43. 

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021GovernanceAudit Committee Report 

Membership of the Audit Committee 
•  Luke Savage (Chairman)

•  Catherine James – Independent Non-

Executive Director

•  Robert Sutton – Independent Non-

Executive Director

For full biographies see pages 72 and 73.

Key activities during the year
•  Assessing the integrity of the Group’s 

financial reporting, including reviewing the 
Company’s internal financial controls and 
systems of internal control 

•  Review of all dividend income received and 
paid by Numis Corporation Plc, to confirm 
its distributable reserve position

•  Managing the relationship with our internal 

and external auditors 

Dear Shareholder
As Chairman of the Audit Committee I am pleased to 
present the Committee’s report for the year ended 
30 September 2021, outlining how the Committee 
discharged the oversight responsibilities of reviewing 
and monitoring the integrity of the Group’s internal 
financial controls and its financial reporting on behalf 
of the Board. 

The Committee’s core duties continue to be the 
review and monitoring of the Group systems of 
internal control and risk management, the internal 
and external audit process, and the process for 
compliance with relevant laws. Additionally, the 
Committee fulfils a vital role in the Company’s 
governance framework, providing valuable 
independent challenge and oversight across the 
Company’s financial reporting and internal control 
procedures. Ultimately, it ensures that shareholder 
interests are protected and the Company’s long-term 
strategy is supported. 

By assisting the Board in discharging its duties and 
responsibilities for financial reporting, corporate 
governance and internal control, the Committee 
provides expert guidance on assessing the key 
financial risks and directing the Board’s focus on 
financial risk, risk exposures, risk management and 
strategic risk issues so that agreed risk mitigants and 
appropriate strategies are implemented. This clarity 
of purpose and focus on improving internal controls 
and accountability supports agile decision-making in 
a year where uncertainties arising from COVID-19 and 
Brexit continues to impact our business and the 
communities we operate in. 

I am pleased to report that the Audit Committee’s 
enhanced focus, concentration and accountability in 
relation to both financial reporting and around key 
risks to the business which are current, and relevant 
to Numis has received deeper scrutiny. The 
Committee has continued to work closely with other 
Board Committees in respect of relevant issues 
affecting the business through this more granular 
understanding of risk, especially in regard to 
operational risk, control developments, strategic 
developments and the assessment of external 
impacts on our business.

91

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Audit Committee Report continued

The Committee is also responsible for making 
recommendations to the Board in relation to the 
appointment, re-appointment and removal of the 
external auditor and internal auditor. The 
Committee’s duties include keeping under review 
the scope and results of the audit work, its cost 
effectiveness and the independence and objectivity 
of the auditors. 

The Committee consists entirely of Independent 
Non-Executive Directors. The Committee meetings 
are attended by the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Risk 
Officer & General Counsel, the Head of Compliance, 
the Head of Financial Risk plus the lead partner and 
representatives from KPMG LLP (“KPMG”) our internal 
auditors and the lead partner and representatives 
from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) our 
External Auditors. Others invited to attend 
Committee meetings on a regular basis include the 
Co-CEOs and members of senior management. 
Members of senior management are invited to 
attend for those items that are relevant to them and 
where they provide additional specialist technical 
knowledge and insight on matters under discussion. 

Committee meetings 
During the financial year the Committee held four 
scheduled meetings with full attendance by all 
members of the Committee at each meeting. A table 
of Board and Committee meetings scheduled and 
information on the attendance of those meetings is 
set out on page 78.

At each meeting of the Committee a formal agenda 
that focuses on the quality of financial reporting and 
key risks impacting the business is prepared in 
conjunction with the Chair. The business includes 
updates on internal control matters, regular 
monitoring of the internal control framework which 
allows timely identification of issues and formal 
tracking of remediation actions. Instances where the 
effectiveness of internal controls was considered 
insufficient were discussed during the year, either by 
the Committee or the full Board and appropriate 
action taken to enhance processes.

The Committee is integral to Numis’ governance 
framework through its oversight of the Group’s 
financial reporting, risk management and internal 
controls, and internal and external audit. 

92

Independence and experience 
As Chairman of the Committee I held meetings 
during the year with the representatives from both 
our internal and external audit firms without 
management present. This direct access allows a 
discussion forum where any concerns of the 
Committee can be raised outside of the formal 
meetings of the Committee. In addition, I have met 
privately with the CFO, Head of Risk & General 
Counsel, Head of Compliance and Head of IT & 
Operations to gain deeper understanding and insight 
of Numis’ business in order to facilitate meaningful 
dialogue during Committee meetings. This 
comprehensive and inclusive approach enhances the 
Committee’s knowledge so that it can support the 
business in gaining an in-depth understanding of 
specific areas of the business. 

The Committee undertakes an essential role in the 
Company’s framework, providing valuable, 
independent challenge and oversight across the 
Company’s financial reporting and internal control 
procedures. This oversight reassures shareholders 
and stakeholders that their interests are protected 
and the Company’s long-term strategy is supported. 

The Committee’s performance was reviewed as part 
of the Board Evaluation process, which is covered on 
pages 83 and 84. The review found that the 
Committee functions effectively and that issues are 
dealt with in a thoughtful, clear and rigorous manner 
and the Committee has continued to provide 
oversight and challenge in respect of the principal 
financial risks faced by the business during this year. 

The Board is satisfied that the Committee as a whole 
has competence and sufficient recent and relevant 
financial experience and that the Committee 
members possess an appropriate level of 
independence and offer a depth of financial, risk 
systems and controls and commercial experience in 
which the Company operates, to discharge its 
function effectively. 

The Committee was considered to be operating well 
in terms of meeting structure and the levels of 
engagement provided by its members, with 
demands on the members’ time viewed as 
appropriate and proportionate to the size and 
complexity of our business.

The Committee’s full terms of reference, which are 
reviewed periodically by the Committee and 
submitted to the Board for approval, are available on 
the Company’s website www.numis.com

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021GovernanceAudit Committee activity in the year 
The Audit Committee’s primary function this year has 
been to focus on supporting the Board in assessing 
the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting, 
monitoring the integrity of the Group’s financial 
statements, reviewing regulatory financial 
announcements relating to the financial 
performance and governance of the Group, including 
reviewing the Group’s internal financial controls and 
systems of internal control. 

In addition, the Committee instigated and oversaw a 
comprehensive review by management, assisted by 
BDO, of all dividend income received and paid by 
Numis Corporation Plc, to confirm its distributable 
reserve position. As a result of that self-initiated 
review, some matters relating to dividend payments 
have come to the Board’s attention. 

Managing the relationship with our internal and 
external auditors has been key during this time, 
especially as we emerge from the lockdown period 
and beyond. The audit of financial reporting and our 
systems and controls continued to be conducted 
mostly remotely. The integrity of reporting and the 
operational resilience of our systems and controls 
have been sustained throughout this period as we 
responded to more complex hybrid methods of 
working. The Committee were able to provide 
assurances to the Board that the external audit team 
provided constructive, robust challenge over the 
quality of our data and information systems. 

Key responsibilities and role of the Committee
The key responsibilities of the Committee are summarised below:

93

Risk management and internal control
•  considering the effectiveness of the Group’s 

systems of risk management and internal control, 
including all material controls 

Internal Audit
•  approving the Internal Audit’s risk assessment, 
Internal Audit charter and annual audit plan

•  approving oversight of the Internal Auditors and 
considered and approved the scope of each 
engagement and assess progress made in 
respect of Internal Audit recommendations in 
respect of internal controls and remediation 
•  reviewing the results of individual Internal Audit 
reports and considered the effectiveness of 
actions agreed with management and tracking of 
follow-up actions 

•  receiving regular summary reports from the 

Internal Auditors, including their conclusions on 
the changes to controls and processes made by 
management and monitoring and reviewing the 
effectiveness of the Group’s Internal Audit 
function in the overall context of the Group’s 
internal controls and risk management

Routine matters
•  reviewing the Committee’s composition, minutes 

of prior meetings and its Terms of Reference

Financial reporting
•  reviewing the integrity of the annual and interim 
financial statements and formal announcements 
relating to the Group’s financial performance with 
a focus on considering significant financial 
reporting judgements

•  considering the impact of new accounting 

standards and their disclosure, especially with 
regard to the impact of the office move on 
financial reporting 

•  ensuring disclosures are clear and compliant with 

financial reporting standards, and relevant 
financial and governance reporting requirements

•  considering the impact of the COVID-19 

pandemic and Brexit on the financial position of 
the Company 

External audit
•  considering and approving the annual external 

Audit Plan, the terms of reappointment, 
remuneration, and Terms of Engagement;
•  providing oversight of the external auditors, 
including assessing their effectiveness, 
independence and objectivity and quality of the 
external audit during the year

•  reviewing audit findings, including key issues, 

accounting and audit judgements and 
recommendations, guidance and observations 
around the Group’s internal controls environment;

•  reviewing management representation letters
•  assessing external auditor independence and 

reappointment of the external auditor as 
authorised by shareholders at the 2021 AGM. 
The Audit Committee determines the level of 
remuneration for the external auditors on behalf 
of the Board 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Audit Committee Report continued

Key areas of focus during 2020/2021 
•  Reviewing the operating effectiveness of enhanced 
controls designed for remote working and overall 
operational resilience

•  Rectification of the distributable reserves position 

in accordance with the Companies Act 2006
•  Reviewing regulatory developments and their 

impact on the Group

•  Monitor the integrity of the financial information 
contained in the interim and annual financial 
statements with focus on key accounting policies, 
appropriateness and any changes to the 
accounting policies of the Group including any 
judgements and estimates and financial controls 
framework

•  Updates from the Group Finance function on 
significant financial accounting, reporting and 
disclosure matters including new disclosures 

•  Regular standing items of business for review and 
approval including clarity of the disclosures relating 
to accounting judgements and estimates

•  Reviewing the BEIS Report Restoring Trust in Audit 
•  Reviewed the Company’s internal controls and risk 
management processes and their effectiveness to 
ensure timely identification of issues and report 
tracking of remediation actions 

•  Maintained the relationship with the external 

auditor, including monitoring their independence 
and effectiveness

•  Monitored and reviewed the effectiveness and 
independence of the Company’s Internal Audit 

•  Review the scope of the annual audit and 

agreement with the external auditor of the key 
areas of focus

•  Approve the annual Internal Audit Plan and Charter 

and Internal Audit activities

•  Review the effectiveness of the Internal Audit 

function and review all significant Internal Audit 
recommendations and oversee progress in 
addressing these

The Committee continued to see improvements in 
the quality of materials provided and presented to 
the Committee meetings. It has overseen and 
supported the development of improvements in the 
internal systems and controls infrastructure. This 
includes the financial control systems infrastructure, 
processes and systems relating to the management 
of client money and assets, and improvements to 
access management control systems and 
management information.

I will step down as Chair of the Audit Committee in 
2022 and Catherine James has agreed to take over 
the responsibilities of chairing the Committee. 

I am sure that the Committee will continue to focus 
on enhancing the quality of financial reporting and 
ensure that the standards of controls and systems 
remain appropriate and aligned to the business 
strategy. 

Appointment of auditor and tenure
The Committee considers by way of meetings and 
reports, the appointment, remuneration and work of 
the external and internal auditor. PwC have provided 
external audit services to the Group since 2005. The 
Committee has periodically considered the need for 
the rotation of the audit firm and is satisfied with the 
performance of the auditor and does not consider it 
necessary to put the external audit out to tender at 
this time. 

During the year, the Audit Committee monitored the 
Group’s policy on external audit and evaluated and 
reviewed the independence and effectiveness of 
PwC in their role. No material issues were raised. The 
Committee agreed the external audit and assurance 
fees and reviewed the audit engagement letter. The 
Audit Committee is satisfied that PwC has 
conducted an effective audit for the year ended 
30 September 2021. 

The audit partner changes every five years in 
accordance with professional guidance. Mr M 
Wallace, audit partner since 2020, has led an audit 
team for the second year and was supported by an 
experienced team with subject matter experts. There 
are no contractual obligations restricting the choice 
of external auditors.

PwC have continued to evolve and respond to the 
audit challenges COVID-19 and the hybrid working 
environment have presented and tailored its audit 
to make certain changes in approach without 
compromising the integrity or quality of the audit. 
In particular, there has been continued emphasis 
on testing IT general controls and IT dependencies, 
and PwC have provided robust challenge on the 
judgements and estimates made by management.. 

The audit has been designed to constructively 
challenge management, for the benefit of the Audit 
Committee and the shareholders. PwC’s systems, 
staff and technology remain operationally robust 
with trusted processes and systems in place to 
undertake remote audit services. The Audit Plan 
included an analysis of PwC’s assessment of 
significant audit risks and audit strategy to focus on 
areas requiring special audit attention. The level of 
testing undertaken for this year’s audit was 
specifically tailored to each risk, product and process, 
and varied depending on materiality and risk. 

94

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021GovernanceThe Committee having considered the above factors 
recommend to the Board and shareholders that PwC 
be reappointed as auditors at the 2022 Annual 
General Meeting. PwC have agreed to offer 
themselves for reappointment as auditors of the 
Group in accordance with section 487(2) of the 
Companies Act 2006 and a resolution requesting 
approval of their appointment and to authorise the 
Directors to determine their remuneration will be 
proposed at the Annual General Meeting, scheduled 
for 8 February 2022.

KPMG LLP were appointed to the position of internal 
auditor in October 2018 and they continue to provide 
the Committee and Board with assurance that 
Numis’ internal controls and risk management 
framework and operational systems are robust and 
appropriate for our size and complexity of business. 
KPMG’s expertise is applied where it is of most value 
to the business, with a focus on regulatory pressure 
points, regulatory hot topics and areas of key risk for 
the business. Internal Audit provides the Committee 
with independent, objective assessment of ongoing 
risk management, providing the Committee with 
assurances that Numis’ risk management framework, 
internal governance and compliance processes, 
systems and controls to support the business are 
robust, fit for purpose and best practice. 

In March 2021, the Board conducted an evaluation of 
its effectiveness, which was facilitated internally. 
Questionnaires and face-to-face meetings covered 
topics such as composition, meeting effectiveness 
and engagement with the Internal Audit function 
and with the External Auditors PwC, were considered. 
The findings of the evaluation confirmed that the 
Committee continued to operate effectively, is 
comprised of skilled, experienced, knowledgeable 
members and responses indicated that meetings 
were well structured with an appropriate level of 
constructive challenge provided by all members. 

The evaluation process identified that the Committee 
has made good progress in relation to increasing the 
focus on financial risk reporting. 

Luke Savage 
Chairman – Audit Committee 

95

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Risk Committee Report

Membership of the 
Nominations Committee 
•  Luke Savage – (Chairman)

•  Catherine James – Independent Non-

Executive Director

•  Robert Sutton – Independent Non-

Executive Director

For full biographies see pages 72 and 73.

96

Key activities during the year
•  Enhancing COVID-19 and extended periods 

of remote working key risks /mitigating 
actions

•  Updating the Group’s technology and 
cyber security and data protection 

•  Monitoring the risks associated with the 
Group’s contingency plans to maintain 
business relationships with our existing 
clients 

•  Reviewing ahead of implementation of a 
new policy framework around the new 
Operational Resilience requirements for 
FCA regulated firms. 

•  Reviewing the nature and extent of the key 

risks and risk appetite 

•  Reviewing the operation and effectiveness 

of the Group’s whistleblowing policy 

•  Reviewing the Group recovery, resolution 

and wind-down plans 

•  Providing input to the Remuneration 

Committee on the alignment of 
remuneration to risk performance

•  Considering the potential impacts of the 

regulations on Numis’ business in regard to 
capital, liquidity and compensation policy 

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present my report of the Risk 
Committee for the year ended 30 September 2021, 
explaining how the Committee has discharged its 
risk oversight responsibilities. The Risk Committee 
has the responsibility for the effective management 
of risk across the business, providing oversight and 
challenge on key and emerging risks within individual 
business areas, determining risk appetite and 
ensuring that each business area implements 
appropriate internal controls. 

The Group’s risk management framework is designed 
to support the business in actively managing existing 
and emerging risks to achieve our strategic 
objectives. 

The Committee has continued to play a critical role in 
the firm’s forward-thinking approach to risk 
management and has been prudent, flexible and 
thorough in its actions to support and safeguard the 
interests of our clients, shareholders and stakeholders 
through these uncertain times. 

The Committee’s principal focus throughout the year 
was on the Group’s response to the evolving 
challenges posed by COVID-19, the new legal and 
regulatory landscape following Brexit, new business 
initiatives, monitoring operational resilience and 
cyber risk, and actions taken to ensure the Group’s 
financial, operational and regulatory risk exposures 
remained continuously well controlled.

The Committee’s role in assessing the key risks of the 
business and determining the risk appetite and 
mitigants to manage identified risks is essential to 
Numis’ success and reputation. The Committee 
employs and reinforces the three lines of defence in 
the management of risk so that there are clear 
defined roles and responsibilities to identify, monitor, 
escalate and effectively manage these key risks. By 
maintaining this focus, the Committee can be 
assured that the framework to support the 
management of risk is embedded in the business 
and its culture. All our employees ensure that this 
collaborative risk-based culture is built into our 
working practices. 

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021GovernanceThe Committee has made headway on enhancing 
the controls in our risk management framework over 
the past year. We will continue to drive forward a 
programme of risk mitigation and challenge the 
business to ensure that we take every opportunity to 
strengthen risk management. 

The Committee consists entirely of Independent 
Non-Executive Directors. We have recently separated 
the responsibility of risk from legal and compliance to 
facilitate and enhance our focus on these important 
roles and further develop the risk management 
oversight of the business. The Committee meetings 
are now attended by the Chief Financial Officer, Head 
of Risk, General Counsel, the Head of Compliance 
plus the lead partner and representatives from 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) our External 
Auditor, and KPMG LLP (“KPMG”) our internal auditor. 
Invitations to attend the meetings on a regular basis 
are made to the Co-CEOs and members of senior 
management, who attend for those items that are 
relevant to them and where they can provide 
additional specialist technical knowledge and insight 
on matters under discussion. 

The Board is satisfied that the Committee can 
discharge its function effectively because it has the 
necessary current and relevant risk management 
experience and competence, and an appropriate 
level of independence and commercial experience in 
our business sector. 

Committee meetings 
During the financial year the Committee held five 
scheduled meetings in response to the elevated risk 
environment. These meetings provided assurance to 
the Board that appropriate controls and rigorous 
oversight of principal risks were in place and verified 
the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal control 
management systems continued to work effectively 
while staff worked from home. 

A table of Board and Committee meetings scheduled 
and information on the attendance of those meetings 
is set out on page 78 of the Annual Report. 

The Committee considers at each meeting an 
agenda that is prioritised towards the key and 
emerging risks impacting our business. The agenda 
for each meeting is approached in a collaborative, 
forward-thinking risk-based manner, adhering to 
agreed items contained in the annual planner of 
matters for discussion as well as tackling ad-hoc key 
risk events and emerging issues. 

Reports and dashboards are considered and debated 
to highlight and monitor changes in the key risks 
impacting the business including compliance 
matters, the financial risk controls framework and 
operational processes and systems performance. 
These formal Committee reports and dashboards 
provide the Committee with analysis and indicators 
regarding exposures compared to the risk appetite of 
the business. Presentations on key financial 
reporting, operational risks, legal, compliance and 
emerging risk are delivered to the Committee by 
management. The Committee has the opportunity at 
these meetings to challenge management on the 
controls and process and determines their 
effectiveness and whether additional controls and 
mitigants in place are appropriate for the business.

Risk Committee activity in the year
During 2021 the Committee continued to monitor the 
key risks faced by the business to ensure that these 
are being managed effectively and in accordance 
with the agreed risk appetite. The most notable risk 
concern continued to be the unprecedented 
COVID-19 global pandemic and the significant risk 
management efforts in supporting the business from 
a largely work from home (WFH) strategy, in addition 
to monitoring key emerging risks to which the Group 
is exposed such as heightened cyber security and 
data protection threats. 

Areas of key focus and oversight for the Committee 
during this financial year included:

•  Enhancing COVID-19 and extended periods of 
remote working key risks /mitigating actions
•  Monitoring initiatives in respect of controls in 

relation to conduct and culture to assess conduct 
and culture performance whilst WFH, reviewing 
these monitoring arrangements and promoting a 
continuously mindful risk-aware culture

•  Updating the Group’s technology and cyber 

security and data protection, including oversight of 
the contingency arrangements implemented to 
ensure continuity of operations and Numis’ 
ongoing enhancements to cyber resilience against 
evolving cyber threats 

•  Monitoring the risks associated with the Group’s 

contingency plans to maintain business 
relationships with our existing clients 

•  Assessing the risks associated with carrying out 
business in European territories post-Brexit and 
taking appropriate action to align the business to 
the evolving political and regulatory changes

•  Considering the risk appetite and arising risks from 

strategic initiatives and advising the Board 
accordingly 

97

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Risk Committee Report continued

•  Reviewing the Group’s progress ahead of 

implementation of a new policy framework and 
guidance on establishing best practice processes/
systems around the new Operational Resilience 
requirements for FCA regulated firms. The 
establishment of a required Business Service 
Model, which formalises our cross functional 
process management demonstrating our 
operational resilience programme 

•  Reviewing the nature and extent of the key risks of 
the Group and risk appetite ensuring the Group has 
an appropriate and effective risk management 
framework which identifies and considers future 
and emerging risks, regulatory developments and 
relevant mitigants

•  Reviewing the Group’s financial risk, operational 

risk and regulatory risk exposures, including, as part 
of this activity, the Group’s capital and liquidity 
adequacy, its governance framework and 
associated controls. This included reviewing and 
challenging the stress tests undertaken to calculate 
the capital and liquidity requirements in stressed 
scenario conditions

•  Reviewing the operation and effectiveness of the 

Group’s whistleblowing policy and the systems and 
controls in place to support the policy 

•  Reviewing the Group recovery, resolution and 

wind-down plans to assess the appropriateness of 
both the recovery actions defined in the plan and 
the calibration of the recovery indicators adopted, 
to ensure that the Group has sufficient early 
warning of any potential deterioration in the 
Group’s financial position

•  Providing input to the Remuneration Committee 

on the alignment of remuneration to risk 
performance

•  Reviewing Internal Audit reports of processes and 
controls in relation to key risk areas to ensure the 
adequacy of the controls, processes and 
governance framework which supports the 
business and the regulated environment in which 
Numis operates and is appropriate and 
proportionate for the complexity of the business 
•  Reviewing the UK FCA Investment Firm Prudential 
Regime (IFPR) publications and the impact of the 
IFPR on FCA authorised MiFID firms. The 
Committee considered the potential impacts of the 
regulations on Numis’ business in regard to capital, 
liquidity and compensation policy and other 
relevant risks arising from the implementation of 
this new regulation 

Internal Audit
The Internal Audit function continues to play an 
essential role in supporting the Committee through 
assurances that, following in-depth reviews of 
business areas, material controls (including financial, 
operational and compliance controls) are functioning 
appropriately and effectively. Where enhancements 
to improve existing controls are agreed, 
recommendations are communicated to the relevant 
business area for implementation and the necessary 
action is taken and progress monitored. This regular 
monitoring of the internal control framework allows 
timely identification of issues and formal tracking of 
remediation actions. Instances where the 
effectiveness of internal controls was considered 
insufficient were discussed during the year, either by 
the Committee or escalated to the full Board, and 
appropriate action taken to enhance processes. 

Committee effectiveness 
In March 2021, the Board conducted an evaluation of 
the Committee’s effectiveness. The findings of the 
evaluation confirmed that the Committee continued 
to operate effectively, is comprised of skilled, 
experienced, knowledgeable members and 
responses indicated that meetings were well 
structured with an appropriate level of constructive 
challenge provided by all members. 

The evaluation process identified that the Committee 
has made good progress in relation to increasing the 
focus on risk reporting and emphasising 
accountability for risk at business sector level. 

The Risk Committee’s role and responsibilities are set 
out in the terms of reference for the Committee, are 
reviewed on an annual basis and referred to the 
Board for approval. They are available on the 
Company’s website www.numis.com

Priorities for 2022 
I will step down as Chair of the Risk Committee in 
2022 and hand the responsibilities of the Committee 
to a new Independent Non-Executive Director. I am 
confident that the new chair will continue to enhance 
our risk management framework, continue to be 
vigilant to the key risks of the business in which we 
operate, and ensure that the standard of our controls 
and systems remain appropriate and aligned to the 
strategy of the business and in the best interests of 
our shareholders and stakeholders.

98

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021GovernanceThe Committee will continue to monitor as part of its 
responsibilities key risks faced by the Group to ensure 
these are being managed effectively and in 
accordance with the risk appetite. Some of the key 
risks include:

•  Ongoing oversight of the Group’s response to the 
global pandemic and ensuring that the Group 
further enhances the robustness and efficiency of 
its business continuity arrangements, and cyber 
resilience

•   Monitoring the ongoing risks following Brexit to 

ensure that appropriate action is taken to protect 
the Group’s business in the context of the evolving 
political and regulatory expectations 

•  Monitoring the key and emerging risks associated 
with our proposed expansion into Europe with our 
office in Dublin and ensuring close collaboration 
and communication with our European regulators 
•   Monitoring the increase in activities of our US office 

as we expand our product offering, ensuring 
effective risk management strategies are in place

•  Reviewing the Group’s progress around its 

Operational Resilience programme to ensure the 
Business Service Model is formalised and 
demonstrates our operational resilience framework 
and risk management protocols 

•  Analysing the results of deep-dive reviews into 

specific areas of the business 

•  Overseeing the ongoing initiatives in relation to 
conduct and culture so that staff maintain the 
expected standards of personal and professional 
conduct

•  Developing our approach to environmental, social 

and governance recommendations

Effective risk management will remain central to 
Numis’ corporate governance and achieving our 
strategic objectives throughout 2022 and beyond.

Luke Savage 
Chairman – Risk Committee

99

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Remuneration Committee Report

Our approach to remuneration has been 
to ensure that the framework should be 
simple, transparent and fair for both 
participants and shareholders alike.

100

Membership of the 
Remuneration Committee 
•  Robert Sutton – Chairman

•  Catherine James – Independent  

Non-Executive Director

•  Luke Savage – Independent  

Non-Executive Director 

For full biographies see pages 72 and 73.

Key activities during the year
•  Assessed performance against targets 

relating to incentive plans

•  Reviewed the approach to distribution of 
variable compensation to staff for FY21

•  Monitored developments in regulatory 
guidance and the potential impact on 
the Company

Dear shareholder
As Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, I am 
pleased to present the Committee’s report for the 
year ended 30 September 2021. 

This report provides a comprehensive picture of the 
structure and scale of our remuneration framework 
and its alignment with our business strategy. Numis 
remains passionate about its talented staff and uses a 
remuneration policy that encourages and rewards 
the right behaviours, values and culture, whilst also 
seeking to retain, motivate and incentivise our 
high-performance culture. 

As ever, we seek to have the right balance of risk and 
reward with a policy that is designed to clearly align 
the remuneration for Executive Directors with 
Company performance after taking into account an 
assessment of financial, non-financial and personal 
performance. Our approach to remuneration has 
been to ensure that the framework should be simple, 
transparent and fair for both participants and 
shareholders alike. The framework is designed to 
reward the achievement of long-term sustained 
business results which support our strategy, culture 
and values. Conduct and how performance has been 
achieved forms a key part of how remuneration levels 
are determined.

Performance for FY21
As set out in the Chairman’s Statement, this has been 
an excellent year, with strong performance across all 
areas of the business delivering record revenue and 
profit outcomes. It is the more remarkable that this 
has been achieved in the context of continued 
disruption caused by COVID-19 and the overriding 
commitment to ensure our employees are safe whilst 
providing the best service to our clients. Overall, 
revenues for the full year were up by 39% and profits 
were materially higher, up by 100%. As well as the 
delivery of financial performance, the Executive 
Directors led the business in exemplary fashion 
during challenging circumstances including 
delivering market share gains across our core UK 
products and leveraging our UK track record and 

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Governancereputation in new markets. This was achieved whilst 
maintaining our accepted compliance and risk 
profile. 

remaining shares. As part of the new policy 
introduced last year, the Co-CEOs are required to 
retain at least 500% of salary in shares. 

This exceptional performance resulted in individual 
annual bonuses which are substantially higher than 
those earned last year although the overall pool, as a 
percentage of profit, was down. The bonuses 
awarded to the Co-CEOs increased by less than those 
awarded to other high performers (and by a lower 
percentage than the percentage increase in the 
overall pool) as a significant proportion of the pool 
increase was focused on colleagues who had 
developed in role and may otherwise be exposed to 
retention concerns. The Committee believes that the 
final outcomes set out on page 104 are fair and 
appropriate in light of the Company, team and 
personal performance delivered in the year. 

Th Co-CEOs’ previous long-term incentive award, 
granted in 2016, reached the end of its performance 
period in 2021. As announced on 6 September 2021, 
the first three (out of four) tranches of these awards 
vested as the share price performance hurdles had 
been met. This was a one-off long-term plan which 
vested at a single point after five years, as opposed to 
a more regular LTIP (as introduced in 2021) which will 
deliver the opportunity for more frequent vestings of 
smaller amounts. The Co-CEOs sold sufficient shares 
to pay associated tax liabilities but retained the 

Remuneration policy changes for FY22
The Committee spent considerable time last year 
reviewing our remuneration policy and, in particular, 
on the introduction of a new long-term incentive 
plan. This plan was subject to prior consultation with 
our largest shareholders at the time. The Committee 
does not believe that any material changes are 
required to the policy for FY22. 

There will be no salary increases for the Co-CEOs for 
FY22. The base salary for the CFO will be increased to 
£300,000 to reflect the expansion of his role to 
include additional responsibilities for Operations, 
Communications and Marketing. Across the 
Company the average base salary increase is 5%. 

The Committee is committed to an open and 
transparent dialogue with its shareholders and I will 
be available to answer questions at the Annual 
General Meeting in regard to our remuneration 
policy.

Robert Sutton
Chairman – Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Policy
The Remuneration Committee believes strongly that total remuneration should take into account the 
competition for talent in an industry where successful people are rewarded and mobile. The Group compensates 
employees through both fixed and variable compensation.

101

Fixed

Variable

+

=

Total 
Remuneration

Base salary

+

Pension 
contribution

+

Benefits

Annual cash 
bonus

+

Long-term 
incentive award 
via shares

In assessing overall remuneration, the Committee 
looks at appropriate benchmark data which, in the 
main, comprises unlisted companies as the closest 
comparators are typically either privately owned or 
divisions of larger banks. While seeking to reflect 
developments in good practice for listed companies, 
it needs, therefore, to balance this against practice in 
other companies with which it competes for talent. 
Overall, the Committee feels that it has struck an 
appropriate balance and that the arrangements are 
in the interests of shareholders due to:

•  A significant proportion of pay being performance-

related.

•  Operating a flexible bonus policy which is truly 
variable and linked to appropriately stretching 
objectives.

•  A conventional LTIP which only vests for the 

delivery of superior absolute returns to shareholders 
as measured through total shareholder return (i.e. 
share price plus reinvestment of dividend).

Fixed compensation comprises principally:

•  Base salaries – normally reviewed annually by the 

Committee taking into account the performance of 
the individual, comparisons with peer group 
companies within the industry, the experience of 
the individual and their level of responsibility. 
Information on market conditions and competitive 
rates of pay is provided by independent external 
advisers in order to aid the Committee’s 
determination of fixed compensation levels but is 
considered as part of a broader review rather than 
as the driving factor in any changes. 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Remuneration Committee Report continued

•  Pension – an employer contribution to a defined 

contribution pension saving scheme of 7% of base 
salary which is aligned with that provided to the 
wider workforce

•  Benefits – an entitlement to insured death in 

service benefits of four times base salary.

The policy for variable compensation is to recognise 
corporate performance and individual achievement 
of objectives through a discretionary bonus and 
through the use of long-term share incentives:

•  Annual Bonus – the discretionary bonus pool is 

determined by the Committee each financial year 
with specific reference to the Group’s profit before 
variable pay and tax, typically by capping the 
aggregate pool to an agreed percentage of this 
profit measure and also reviewing the resulting 
compensation ratio of the Group to ensure this is 
acceptable with reference to the Board’s parameters, 
historic ratios and market benchmarking. The 
Committee is able to establish clear targets when 
setting the aggregate pool available for variable 
compensation at the Group level, rather than at 
individual level, acknowledging that a certain degree 
of flexibility is required at different stages of the 
business cycle. The Committee has the authority to 
apply deferrals to the annual cash bonus. Such 
deferrals are expected to take the form of a share 
award which requires three further years of service in 
order that the award vests in full and are likely to be 
required in future years to ensure compliance with 
IFR/ IFD regulations. Clawback provisions are applied 
in accordance with regulatory guidelines and best 
practice. The Executive Directors and other senior 
executives have their individual performance 
assessed through clearly defined objectives and a 
structured process of review and feedback. In 
particular, the aggregate fixed and variable 
remuneration by individual is determined with 
regard to the performance of the individual, 
performance of the area, sector or function of the 
business in which the individual works or for which 
the individual is responsible, the profitability of the 
Group and levels of reward for comparable roles 
in the external market. Approval of the annual 
bonus for Executive Directors is made by the 
Remuneration Committee following input from 
relevant control functions on compliance and risk 
management activities. 

•  Long Term Incentive Plan – as reported last year, 
from 2021, the LTIP covers the three Executive 
Directors and involves the annual grant of 
performance shares which will vest after three 
years subject to continued service and the 
achievement of suitably stretching performance 
conditions. The awards are subject to a further one 
year holding period during which vested awards 
cannot be sold. Malus and clawback provisions are 
in place for reasons of material misstatement, error 
in calculation, material failure of risk management, 
material risk or compliance failure or serious 

reputational damage to the business. For FY22 the 
award levels will remain unchanged at 400% of 
salary for the Co-CEOs and 200% of salary for the 
CFO. The awards expected to be granted in January 
2022 will be subject to challenging absolute TSR 
growth measures as set out below:

Performance target

% of award vesting

Below 6% p.a.

6% p.a.

6% – 20% p.a.

0%

25% 

Between 25% and 100% on a 
straight-line basis 

20% p.a.

100%

TSR growth will be calculated as the difference 
between the three-month average return index 
(which captures the share price movement plus the 
value of dividends reinvested on the ex-dividend 
date) immediately before the start of the 
performance period and across the final year of the 
performance period. The above CAGRs are, therefore, 
assessed over the weighted average performance 
period of 2 years 7.5 months. 

Awards will also be subject to an underpin whereby 
the Committee will need to be satisfied that vesting 
is warranted based on financial, compliance, culture 
and risk performance over the performance period.

The Committee retains standard discretions in terms 
of the ability to amend or adjust the performance 
conditions if an event occurs which means the 
original measure is no longer appropriate. The 
Committee may use alternative measures (including 
financial, value creation or non-financial measures) 
for future awards to the extent they are appropriate in 
terms of the strategic objectives of the business at 
that time. 

•  Shareholding requirement – Executive Directors 
are expected to retain at least 50% of all incentive 
awards which vest (net of tax) until the 
shareholding guideline is met. For the Co-CEOs this 
is 500% of salary and for the CFO is 200% of salary. 
Progress against the shareholding requirement will 
be reviewed by the Remuneration Committee 
annually. The shareholding guideline will continue 
to apply for one-year post-cessation of 
employment. 

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration
Remuneration of Non-Executive Directors is set by 
the Board on the recommendation of the Executive 
Directors taking into account comparisons with peer 
group companies within the industry, and reflects the 
time commitment, experience of the individual and 
the level of responsibility of the role. Remuneration 
comprises an annual fee only. Non-Executive 
Directors are not eligible to participate in any form of 
variable compensation, be that discretionary cash 
bonuses or discretionary awards under the Group’s 
share incentive schemes and are not eligible for 
pension benefits.

102

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021GovernanceRemuneration principles used in recruitment
The Company may compensate employees for 
remuneration forfeited as part of the recruitment 
process (where the amounts in discussion are 
reasonable and where written proof is provided in 
support of forfeiture). The Committee will consider 
the preferred delivery vehicle for such awards, which 
may include the Group’s Long-Term Incentive Plan 
(“LTIP”) or Restricted Stock Unit share plan (“RSU”) as 
considered appropriate. In the minority of cases 
where cash amounts may be issued as part of the 
award, the cash component is subject to a two-year 
gross clawback in the event the employee leaves our 
employment. We take reasonable steps to ensure 
remuneration commitments are not more generous 
in either amounts or terms than variable 
remuneration offered by the existing employer. In a 
small number of cases, where remuneration is more 
generous, its structure is performance dependent 
and is awarded on an exceptional basis after due 
consideration of alternative hires and anticipated 
benefit to the business.

Directors’ service contracts
The general policy is that Executive Directors should 
have a rolling contract of employment with mutual 
notice periods of at least six months. Service 
contracts do not contain any provision for 
compensation upon early termination as the parties 
are expected to rely on employment rights conferred 
by law.

Non-Executive Directors’ appointments are subject 
to the re-election requirements of the Company’s 
Articles of Association and are without a fixed term 
but are subject to one month’s notice to terminate 
from either party. There are no contractual provisions 
for Non-Executive Directors to receive compensation 
upon termination.

Letters of appointment and service contracts are 
available for shareholders to view at the Company’s 
registered office and will be available at the Annual 
General Meeting.

The tables below provide details of service contracts 
of the Executive Directors and Non-Executive 
Directors who served during the year ended 30 
September 2021.

Table 1 – Directors’ service contracts – Executive Directors

Alex Ham

1 July 2016

Ross Mitchinson

1 July 2016

Andrew Holloway

8 January 2018

retirement

of contract from Company

from Director

re-election

Rolling

6 months

6 months

Rolling

6 months

6 months

Rolling

6 months

6 months

2022

2024

2023

103

Table 2 – Directors’ service contracts – Non-Executive Directors

Date of appointment

Next re-election/election

Notice period

Alan Carruthers

21 March 2017

Robert Sutton

7 May 2014

Catherine James

20 May 2014

Luke Savage

5 February 2019

N/A

2023

2023

2022

1 month by either party

1 month by either party

1 month by either party

1 month by either party

Settlement agreements
The Committee may agree additional exit payments 
where such payments are made in good faith to 
discharge an existing legal obligation, or as damages 
for breach of such obligation, or in settlement or 
compromise of any claim arising on termination of a 
Directors’ office or employment. This may include the 
provision of outplacement support and/or legal fees 
reimbursement.

Regulatory considerations applying to the Group’s 
remuneration approach
The Group’s approach to remuneration takes account 
of relevant legislation, regulation, corporate 
governance standards and guidance issued by 
regulators and shareholder representative bodies. 
Remuneration policies comply with the relevant 
provisions of the Financial Conduct Authority’s (FCA) 
Remuneration Code.

FCA guidelines state that firms must be compliant 
with all aspects of the European Banking Authority 
(EBA) Guidelines with the exception of the application 
of proportionality in respect of the bonus cap – the 
limit on awarding variable remuneration of one times 
fixed remuneration (or two times with shareholder 
approval). Numis continues to disapply the bonus cap 
provision on the basis of proportionality.

Guidance on the identification of material risk takers 
came into force during 2017 and resulted in an 
increase in the number of staff classified as such and 
therefore the number of staff to which the relevant 
remuneration code applies.

The Committee continues to monitor the regulatory 
environment and consider its impact on the Group’s 
remuneration policies.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Remuneration Committee Report continued

Annual Report on Remuneration
Director remuneration for the year
The total remuneration for each of the Executive Directors who held office during the year ended 30 September 
2021 was as follows:

Table 3 – Executive Directors’ remuneration for the year (audited)

Salaries/ fees 
£’000

Benefits
£’000

Pension 
allowance
£’000

Fixed 
remuneration
£’000

Annual bonus
£’000

Total 
remuneration
£’000

Executive Directors

Alex Ham 2021

2020

Ross Mitchinson 2021

2020

Andrew Holloway 2021

2020

456

400

456

400

265

233

1

1

1

1

1

1

42

28

42

28

22

16

499

429

499

429

288

250

4,000

3,100

2,250

1,600

625

450

4,499

3,529

2,749

2,029

913

700

Notes:
1  Annual cash bonuses and incentive awards are awarded in accordance with Numis’ remuneration policy.
2  The 2016 Co-CEO LTIP award vested in this financial year and is detailed on pages 105 and 106.

104

The Committee undertook an assessment of the 
Executive Directors’ remuneration with a focus 
on ensuring an appropriate alignment between 
performance and being strategically aligned 
with the business. Additionally, the Committee also 
reviews external survey and bespoke benchmarking 
data when determining remuneration for 
Executive Directors.

Salaries and pension
The Committee considered the basic salary paid to 
the Executive Directors and took into account the 
levels of remuneration agreed for other key senior 
executive positions. The Committee recognised the 
need to review benchmarking data in respect of both 
listed financial service companies of a comparable 
size and unlisted competitors who operate in the 
investment banking industry. The Committee agreed 
salary increases for 2021 for the Co-CEOs and CFO as 
set out in last year’s report as part of the new policy. 

There are no proposed salary increases for the 
Co-CEOs for 2022. The salary for the CFO will increase 
to £300,000 to reflect his expanded role which will 
now incorporate responsibility for Operations, 
Communications and Marketing.

In line with best practice, the Executive Directors’ 
pension contribution rate of 7% of salary is the same 
as the percentage contribution provided to all staff.

Variable remuneration awards
The Committee determined the aggregate bonus 
pool as an agreed percentage of profit and with 
further reference to the overall compensation ratio 
of the Group. Thereafter, the Committee allocated a 
proportion of the Group’s discretionary bonus pool 
to the Executive Directors based on a broad view 
of performance. 

For the year ended 30 September 2021, this 
proportion was based on performance against KPIs 
and strategic objectives, and personal objectives 
underpinned by the values of Numis. In addition, 
the Committee considered the continued 
leadership displayed in navigating the business 
through exceptional circumstances.

When making a determination on bonus the 
Committee considered the following KPIs:

•  Revenue per head – performance was materially 

higher than budget and represented a 34% 
increase on FY20

•  Equities revenue – represented a 14% increase 

on FY20

•  Advisory revenue – represented a 177% increase 

on FY20

•  Earnings per share – represented a 84% increase 

on FY20

Non-financial KPIs were also reviewed, including the 
development of the corporate client base, market 
share gains in UK ECM and UK Equities, progress in 
the development of complementary products and 
services, strong operating and capital discipline and 
delivering shareholder returns.

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021GovernanceIn addition to the business KPIs, the Executive 
Directors were assessed on personal KPIs and 
reviewed against each of the corporate values of the 
firm. The Committee assessed and recognised the 
personal contribution of the Co-CEOs to our largest 
fee earning transactions over the course of the year.

When making the final determination of bonus 
outcomes the Committee was mindful of stakeholder 
experience over the past financial year. In particular 
the Committee recognised the Executive Directors 
continued to demonstrate clear leadership through 
the pandemic which continued into FY21. The business 
did not access any of the various government-funded 
COVID-19 support schemes; no staff were furloughed 
and tax payments were not deferred. In addition, the 
dividend was increased by 12.5%. 

The aggregate bonus pool increased by 73%, whereas 
annual bonus increases for the Executive Directors 
were lower and ranged from 29% to 41%. Overall, the 
outcomes are considered appropriate in light of the 
excellent financial performance delivered, the strategic 
progress of the business and the wider backdrop.

Long-term incentive awards vesting in the year
Prior to the new LTIP launched in 2021, the Company 
had not made grants on an annual basis so the 2016 
awards granted to Alex Ham and Ross Mitchinson 
under the LTIP 2016 Plan covered the five-year period 
from their appointment as Co-CEOs and should not 
be regarded as annual remuneration. The full details 
of these awards, including the respective 
performance measures and targets are disclosed in 
the FY19 Remuneration Committee Report. The LTIP 
2016 Plan awards were granted in 2016 as two 
separate awards with differing performance 
conditions attached which are summarised below:

Basic award
•  The basic award was subject to continued service 

throughout as well as the achievement of a 
number of subjective performance conditions. The 
satisfaction of these performance conditions was 
judged solely by the Group’s Remuneration 
Committee and was subject to the requirement 
that vesting would not occur at all unless the 
grantee had displayed no material failings during 
the vesting period. That is to say that, in the opinion 
of the Remuneration Committee, the grantee had 
displayed no material failings in control process or 
transgressions of risk tolerance and no material 
shortcomings in conduct or behaviour.

Performance award
•  The performance award was subject to continued 
service throughout as well as the achievement of 
specific performance targets relating to the 
Company’s share price. The award was split into four 
tranches with each tranche requiring the average 
share price of the Company to reach or exceed a 
separate target level over a consecutive 90 day 

period within the five years following grant date 
in order for that tranche of the award to become 
eligible to vest. If the average share price of the 
Company did not reach or exceed the target level 
for a particular tranche then that tranche of the 
award lapsed. Each tranche was also subject to two 
further tests which included the same subjective 
performance assessment as was applied to the 
Basic award and a further comparative underpin to 
ensure Numis had not obviously underperformed a 
relevant group of comparator companies. 

At the end of the vesting period the Remuneration 
Committee assessed the performance and 
determined that the first three tranches of the 
performance award vested as average share price 
hurdles (ranging from £2.09 to £4.09) had been 
achieved during the performance period. The 
Committee reviewed the underpins and was satisfied 
that the final vesting was appropriate in light of 
overall performance. 

The total number of awards which vested was 
3,424,822 shares each to Alex Ham and Ross 
Mitchinson, which includes the additional awards as a 
result of dividends paid over the vesting period. The 
value of each award based on the share price on the 
date of vesting (6 September 2021 – £3.77) was £12.9m. 

The Co-CEOs sold sufficient shares to pay tax 
liabilities and retained the remainder. Pursuant to the 
shareholding requirements introduced for the 
Executive Directors last year, the Co-CEOs are 
required to hold 500% of their salary in shares. 

Long-term incentive awards granted in the year
Awards were granted to the Executive Directors in 
January 2021 under the Numis Corporation Long Term 
Incentive Plan 2021. Awards vest after three years 
subject to continued service and the achievement 
of suitably stretching performance conditions. The 
awards are subject to a further one year holding 
period during which vested awards cannot be sold. 
As set out in last year’s report, the award levels were 
400% of salary for the Co-CEOs and 200% of salary 
for the CFO. The awards are subject to challenging 
absolute TSR growth measures as set out below:

Performance target

% of award vesting

Below 6% p.a.

6% p.a.

6% – 20% p.a.

0%

25% 

Between 25% and 100% on a 
straight-line basis 

20% p.a.

100%

TSR performance is measured over three years. 
Awards are also subject to an underpin whereby the 
Committee will need to be satisfied that vesting is 
warranted based on financial, compliance, culture 
and risk performance over the performance period. 

105

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Remuneration Committee Report continued

Table 4
Option awards under the LTIP 2016 Plan and LTIP 2021 Plan (audited)

Director

Date of grant

Alex Ham

Outstanding as 
at 1 October 
2020

Granted during 
the year

Lapsed 
during the 
year

Vested during 
the year

Outstanding as 
at 30 September 
2021

No. shares 
under option

No. shares 
under option

No. shares 
under option

No. shares 
under option

No. shares 
under option

5 September 2016 LTIP 2016 – Basic award

592,193

5 September 2016 LTIP 2016 – Performance award

2,960,963

–

–

–

(592,193)

(592,192)

(2,368,771)

18 January 2021

LTIP 2021

–

567,164

–

–

3,553,156

567,164

(592,192)

(2,960,964)

Ross Mitchinson

5 September 2016 LTIP 2016 – Basic award

592,193

5 September 2016 LTIP 2016 – Performance award

2,960,963

–

–

–

(592,193)

(592,192)

(2,368,771)

18 January 2021

LTIP 2021

–

567,164

–

–

3,553,156

567,164

(592,192)

(2,960,964)

Andrew Holloway

15 December 2017 RSU – 1st, 2nd and 3rd anniversary

10,582

21 January 2019

RSU – 1st, 2nd and 3rd anniversary

200,000

18 January 2021

LTIP 2021

–

210,582

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration

–

–

164,179

164,179

–

–

–

–

(10,582)

(100,000)

–

(110,582)

–

–

567,164

567,164

–

–

567,164

567,164

–

100,000

164,179

264,179

Board fees 
£’000

Chairman fees 
£’000

Committee 
Chair fees 
£’000

Total fees
£’000
2021

Total fees
£’000
2020

60

60

60

60

115

–

–

–

–

–

15

10

175

60

75

70

175

60

75

70

Membership and key responsibilities
Robert Sutton is supported in his role as Chairman of 
the Committee by Catherine James and Luke Savage, 
both of whom are independent Non-Executive 
Directors. The Committee is comprised solely of 
Independent Non-Executive Directors. The 
experience and areas of expertise of the Committee 
members can be viewed in the Directors’ biographies 
set out on pages 72 and 73 and the Terms of 
Reference for the Committee, which are reviewed 
annually and referred to the Board for approval, are 
available on the Company’s website www.numis.
com/corporategovernancearrangements.

Non-Executive Director fees were last reviewed in 
2019 taking into account relevant market data and 
the increased time commitment devoted to the 
business in the year. There were no increases for FY21 
and no planned increases for FY22 save for 
Committee Chair fees increasing to £15k per role. 

Non-Executive Directors do not participate in 
decisions concerning their individual fees and are not 
permitted to participate in any of the Company’s 
incentive arrangements. Non-Executive Directors are 
permitted to maintain a shareholding in the business 
if they so wish and subject to Numis’ personal dealing 
policy and PDMR rules. Table 5 on page 112 details the 
shareholding of the Non-Executive Directors who 
served on the Board during the year.

106

Non-Executive Directors

Alan Carruthers

Catherine James

Luke Savage

Robert Sutton

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021GovernanceCommittee effectiveness
In March 2021, the Board conducted an evaluation of 
its effectiveness, which was facilitated internally. 
Questionnaires and face-to-face meetings which 
covered topics such as composition, meeting 
effectiveness and engagement with the Executive 
Board and each of the Committees of the Board were 
considered.

The findings of the evaluation confirmed that the 
Remuneration Committee continued to operate 
effectively, that the Non-Executive Directors remain 
independent and objectively and constructively 
challenge management. The Committee consults 
with FIT on a range of agenda items, in particular 
Executive compensation arrangements.

Robert Sutton
Chairman – Remuneration Committee

107

Remuneration Committee responsibilities 
The Committee is responsible for setting the 
remuneration policy for Executive Directors and other 
senior executives in the business and for determining 
the overall remuneration policy applied to the Group, 
including the quantum of variable remuneration and 
the method of delivery. In carrying out its delegated 
responsibilities the Committee receives advice, when 
it considers it to be appropriate, on remuneration, tax, 
accounting and regulatory issues from external 
advisers. The Chairman, Co-CEOs, CFO, Human 
Resources, Compliance, Risk and Finance 
departments may also be invited to the Committee 
meetings but are not present for any discussions that 
relate directly to their own remuneration. 

In the year, the Committee took independent advice 
from FIT Remuneration Consultants LLP (“FIT”) on 
executive remuneration and the implementation of 
the remuneration policy. FIT is a signatory to the 
Remuneration Consultants’ Group Code of Conduct. 
The Committee has reviewed the nature of the 
services provided by FIT and is satisfied that no 
conflict of interest exists in the provision of these 
services. The Company received no other services 
from FIT during the year.

The Committee’s key responsibilities include, but are 
not limited to:

•  The annual review of the Group’s overarching 

remuneration policy and principles applied to the 
Group and approving revisions/updates to the 
policy and incentive arrangements across the 
Group

•  Setting a strategy that ensures the most talented 
leaders are recruited, retained and motivated to 
deliver results

•  Considering the appropriateness of the senior 

remuneration framework when reviewed against 
arrangements throughout the rest of the 
organisation

•  Reviewing the effectiveness of the Group 

remuneration framework

•  Determining the terms of employment and 

remuneration for the Senior Executive Group 
including recruitment and termination 
arrangements

•  Approving the design, targets and total payments/
awards for performance-related pay schemes 
operated by the Group

•  Assessing the appropriateness and subsequent 

achievement of performance targets relating to the 
incentive plans for senior staff of the Group

•  Reviewing external survey and bespoke 

benchmarking data in respect of salary and total 
compensation

•  Recommending salary levels for 2022 and bonus 

payments for 2021 across the Group

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the 
Annual Report and the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare 
financial statements for each financial year. Under 
that law the Directors have prepared the Group and 
the Company financial statements in accordance 
with international accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

The Group and Company have also prepared financial 
statements in accordance with and international 
financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the 
European Union.

Under Company law, Directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of 
the Group and Company and of the profit or loss of 
the Group for that period. In preparing the financial 
statements, the Directors are required to:

The Directors are responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Group and Company and hence for 
taking reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are also responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are sufficient to 
show and explain the Group’s and Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at 
any time the financial position of the Group and 
Company and enable them to ensure that the 
financial statements comply with the Companies Act 
2006.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance 
and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in 
the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ confirmations
In the case of each Director in office at the date the 
Directors’ report is approved:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

•  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant 

108

them consistently;

•  state whether applicable international accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of 
the Companies Act 2006 and international financial 
reporting standards adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the 
European Union have been followed, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that 

are reasonable and prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going 

concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume 
that the Group and Company will continue in 
business.

audit information of which the Group’s and 
Company’s auditors are unaware; and

•  they have taken all the steps that they ought to 

have taken as a Director in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit information 
and to establish that the Group’s and Company’s 
auditors are aware of that information.

For and on behalf of the Board

Andrew Holloway
Chief Financial Officer & Company Secretary

8 December 2021

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021GovernanceDirectors’ Report 

The Directors serving during the year ended 
30 September 2021 and up to the date of signing 
the Financial Statements present their report on the 
affairs of Numis Corporation Plc (the Company) and 
its subsidiaries (collectively called the Group), 
together with the Company Financial Statements 
and audited consolidated Financial Statements of the 
Group and the associated independent auditors’ 
report, for the year ended 30 September 2021.

Numis is a UK AIM-listed public company 
incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom.

The Board of Directors has agreed to apply the QCA 
Corporate Governance Code and further information 
is available online regarding Numis’ corporate 
governance arrangements at www.numis.com

Parent company
The Company acts as a holding company and details 
of its subsidiary undertakings are shown in note 14 
of the consolidated Financial Statements. The basis of 
preparation of the Group and the Company Financial 
Statements have been prepared in accordance with 
international accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 
and international financial reporting standards 
adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 
as it applies in the European Union. 

Dividends
The Directors are recommending a final dividend 
of 8.0p per share (2020: 6.5p) which, together with the 
interim dividend of 5.5 p per share already declared 
and paid, makes a total for the year ended 
30 September 2021 of 13.5p per share (2020: 12.0p). 
Subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting, 
the final dividend will be paid on 11 February 2022 to 
shareholders on the register of members at the close 
of business on 17 December 2021.

Going concern
The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the 
Group and the Company have adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future and therefore continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the Financial Statements 
presented in this Annual Report and Accounts.

Post balance sheet events
Details of post balance sheet events are set out in 
note 31 to the consolidated Financial Statements.

Relations with shareholders
The Co-Chief Executive Officers communicate the 
Group’s strategy and results to shareholders and 
analysts through meetings following the 
announcement of the Group’s preliminary results and 
the announcement of the Group’s half year results.

Shareholders may also attend the Annual General 
Meeting at which all members of the Board are 
available to answer questions.

The Group’s website contains electronic versions of 
the latest and prior years’ Annual Report and 
Accounts, half year reports along with share price and 
other relevant information.

Annual General Meeting 
The Company’s AGM will be held on 8 February 2022. 
Details of the resolutions to be proposed at the AGM 
are set out on pages 158 to 160 of this Annual Report 
and a copy is also available to view on our website at 
www.numis.com 

Independent auditors
A resolution to reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers 
LLP as the Company’s auditors, and to authorise the 
Directors to determine their remuneration, will be 
placed before the Annual General Meeting of the 
Company on 8 February 2022. 

Employment policy
The Group’s employment policies are based on a 
commitment to equal opportunities from the 
selection and recruitment process through to 
training, development, appraisal and promotion.

The Group provides employees with information on 
matters of concern to them so that their views can be 
taken into account when making decisions that are 
likely to affect their interests. Employee involvement in 
the Group is encouraged as achieving a common 
awareness on the part of all employees of the financial 
and economic factors affecting the Group plays a 
major role in maintaining its competitive and 
entrepreneurial edge.

109

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Directors’ Report continued

The Group gives full and fair consideration to 
applications for employment from disabled persons, 
having regard to their particular skills and experience. 
Appropriate arrangements are made for the continued 
employment and training, career development and 
promotion of disabled persons employed by the Group 
including making reasonable adjustments where 
required. If members of staff become disabled, every 
effort is made by the Group to ensure their continued 
employment and engagement with the business.

The Group encourages the involvement of employees 
in its performance through the use of employee 
share plans.

Further details on how the Directors have engaged 
with and have regard to our employees’ interests 
during the financial year are expanded upon in the 
Corporate Governance Report. 

Change of control
Directors’ and employees’ employment contracts do 
not normally provide for compensation for loss of 
office or employment as a result of a change of 
control. The provisions of the Company’s share plans 
may cause options and awards granted to employees 
under such plans to vest on a change of control.

110

Political donations
During the year the Group made no political 
donations (2020: nil).

Engagement with Suppliers and Customers 
How the Directors have fostered business 
relationships with stakeholders is outlined on 
page 84 of the Corporate Governance Report.

Energy and carbon emissions 
For disclosures, please see environment section on 
page 57.

Indemnities and insurance
Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance is 
maintained by the Group for all Directors and officers 
of the Company and the Group. To the extent 
permitted by law, and in accordance with its Articles 
of Association, the Company indemnifies its Directors 
in respect of any loss, liability or expense they incur in 
relation to the Company or any associated company 
of the Company. The indemnity was in force during 
the year and up to the date of approval of the 
Financial Statements.

Share capital and share premium
The Company has one class of shares in issue, Numis 
ordinary shares of 5p each and the total number of 
shares in issue following the listing of 6,600,000 
ordinary shares on 6 September 2021, is 125,038,536 
with each ordinary share carrying the right to one 
vote. The figure of 114,367,448 (excluding shares held 
in treasury) may be used by shareholders in the 
Company as the denominator for the calculations by 
which they will determine if they are required to 
notify their interest in, or a change in their interest in, 
the share capital of the Company under the FCA’s 
Disclosure and Transparency Rules.

The total number of shares held in treasury is 
10,671,088 (9.33%). It is expected that all shares held in 
Treasury will be cancelled following the next Annual 
General Meeting scheduled for 8 February 2022. The 
total number of voting rights in Numis is 114,367,448 
ordinary shares of 5p each. 

Further details of the Company’s share capital is set out 
in note 24 to the consolidated Financial Statements. 

Financial instruments
Details of the financial risk management objectives 
and policies of the Group and risk exposures of the 
Group are included on pages 146 to 155 of the 
Financial Statements.

Directors’ conflicts of interest
The Company has procedures in place for managing 
conflicts of interest. Should a Director become aware 
that they, or any other of their connected parties, 
have an interest in an existing or proposed 
transaction with Numis, they should notify the Board 
in writing. Internal controls are in place to ensure that 
any related party transaction involving Directors, or 
their connected parties, are conducted on an arm’s 
length basis. Directors have a continuing duty to 
update any changes to these conflicts. 

Directors and their interests
The Directors serving during the year ended 
30 September 2021 together with their interests in 
the ordinary shares of 5p each (ordinary shares) of the 
Company, excluding share incentive plan awards 
granted but not yet vested are detailed in Table 5 
on page 112. There have been no changes in the 
interests of the serving Directors in ordinary shares 
or options over ordinary shares during the period 
30 September 2021 to 8 December 2021.

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021GovernanceSubstantial shareholders
Information provided to the Company by major 
shareholders pursuant to the Financial Conduct 
Authority (FCA) and Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules (DTR) is published via a 
Regulatory Information Service, and is available on 
our website. The information in table 6 has been 
received in accordance with information made 
available to the Company and in accordance with 
DTR5, from holders of notifiable interests in the 
Company’s issued share capital as at 30 September 
2021. The lowest threshold is 3% of the Company’s 
voting rights, and holders are not required to notify us 
of any change until this, or the next applicable 
threshold, is reached or crossed.

Purchase of shares
The Company has an established Employee Benefit 
Trust (the Trust) in respect of the Group’s share plans 
which is funded by the Group and has the power to 
acquire ordinary shares from the Company or in the 
open market to meet the Group’s future obligations 
under these schemes. During the year ended 
30 September 2021 the Trust purchased an aggregate 
of 6,285,869 (2020: 1,563,530) ordinary shares of the 
Company having a nominal value of £314,293 
(2020: £78,177).

The number of shares purchased representing 
5.50% of the Company’s issued share capital as at 
30 September 2021 (2020: 1.49%) was for an aggregate 
consideration of £22,663,000 (2020: £4,483,000).

In addition, 6,600,000 new ordinary shares of 5p each 
of the Company were admitted to listing during the 
year (2020: nil) and 6,600,000 were allotted to the 
Employee Benefit Trust (2020: nil), with an aggregate 
nominal value of £330,000. 

In accordance with shareholder authority, during the 
year 500,000 (2020: 1,935,000) ordinary shares with an 
aggregate nominal value of £25,000 (2020: £96,750) 
were purchased into Treasury. The aggregate 
consideration paid was £1,555,000 (2020: £5,426,000). 
During the year 3,200,000 shares (2020: 2,000,000) 
were transferred out of Treasury to the Trust. The 
number of shares held in Treasury, as at 30 September 
2021, totals 10,671,088 (2020: 13,37,1,088).

This report was approved by the Board on 
8 December 2021 and signed on its behalf by:

Andrew Holloway 
Company Secretary & Chief Financial Officer

8 December 2021

Numis Corporation Plc 
45 Gresham Street, 
London EC2V 7BF 

111

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGovernance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Directors’ Report continued

Table 5
Directors and their interests

Executive Directors

Alex Ham

Ross Mitchinson

Andrew Holloway

Non-Executive Directors

Alan Carruthers

Catherine James

Luke Savage 

Robert Sutton

Table 6
Substantial shareholders as at 30 September 2021

Executive Directors

Anders Holch Povlsen

Unicorn Asset Management 

Aviva Investors

Marcus J Chorley

Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment LLC

IPGL Limited

112

J O Hambro Capital Management

Polar Capital 

Hargreaves Lansdown 

Note 1 Excludes ordinary shares held in Treasury

30 September 2021
ordinary shares

30 September 2020
ordinary shares

2,423,895 

2,113,944 

182,260 

25,000

12,000

10,000

12,500

608,741

298,790

123,652

25,000

12,000

10,000

12,500

Registered holding of 
ordinary shares

% of remaining 
number of ordinary 
shares in issue1

24,175,059

5,699,000 

4,409,122 

3,716,882

6,425,096 

6,515,043

4,905,416

4,528,736 

5,134,869 

21.14%

4.98% 

3.86%

3.25%

5.62%

5.70%

4.29%

3.96% 

4.49%

Governance | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021GovernanceStrategic Report

Governance

Other Information

Financial  
Statements 

113

Independent auditors’ report to the  
members of Numis Corporation Plc 

Consolidated Income Statement 

Consolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Balance Sheet 

Consolidated Statement of Changes  
in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Company Balance Sheet 

Company Statement of Changes  
in Equity 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

114

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

Financial StatementsFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Independent auditors’ report to the members of Numis Corporation Plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion, Numis Corporation Plc’s group 
financial statements and company financial 
statements (the “financial statements”):

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s 
and of the company’s affairs as at 30 September 
2021 and of the group’s profit and the group’s cash 
flows for the year then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with 
international accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006; 
and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included 
within the Annual Report, which comprise: the 
Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets as at 
30 September 2021; the Consolidated Income 
Statement, the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated Statement 
of Cash Flows, and the Consolidated and Company 
Statements of Changes in Equity for the year then 
ended; and the notes to the financial statements, 
which include a description of the significant 
accounting policies.

Separate opinion in relation to international 
financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the 
European Union
As explained in note 1 to the financial statements, the 
group and company, in addition to applying 
international accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, 
have also applied international financial reporting 
standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) 
No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.

In our opinion, the group and company financial 
statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with international financial reporting 
standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) 
No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with 
International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) 
and applicable law. Our responsibilities under ISAs 
(UK) are further described in the Auditors’ 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. We believe that the 
audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the group in 
accordance with the ethical requirements that are 
relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the 
UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as 
applicable to other listed entities of public interest, 
and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities 
in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare 
that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard were not provided.

Other than those disclosed in note 6 “Administrative 
expenses”, we have provided no non-audit services to 
the company in the period under audit.

Our audit approach
Overview
Audit scope
The Group is composed of two operating entities 
Numis Securities Limited (UK) (“NSL”) and Numis 
Securities Inc (US) (“NSI”), which are subsidiaries 
of the Company.

We performed a full scope audit of the Company 
and NSL, both of which we considered financially 
significant to the Group. We also concluded that NSI 
was financially significant, and instructed PwC US 
to perform a full scope audit on our behalf. We 
performed a review of their working papers and 
evaluated the results of their audit procedures. 
We concluded that the procedures performed 
over NSL were sufficient for the purposes of issuing 
our opinion.

Key audit matters
•  Timing of revenue recognition in relation to 
advisory and capital market fees (group).

•  Valuation of strategic unlisted investments (group).

Materiality
•  Overall group materiality: £2,022,000 (2020: 

£1,335,000) based on 5% of average 3-year profit 
before tax.

•  Overall company materiality: £1,344,000 (2020: 

£883,000) based on 1% of total assets.

•  Performance materiality: £1,500,000 (group) and 

£1,000,000 (company).

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined 
materiality and assessed the risks of material 
misstatement in the financial statements.

114

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial StatementsKey audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the 
auditors’ professional judgement, were of most 
significance in the audit of the financial statements of 
the current period and include the most significant 
assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or 
not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including 
those which had the greatest effect on: the overall 
audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. 
These matters, and any comments we make on the 
results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in 
the context of our audit of the financial statements as 

a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we 
do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by 
our audit.

The impact of COVID 19, which was a key audit matter 
last year, is no longer included because of the 
reduced operational and financial impact on the 
financial services market, and on the operations of 
the Group and the Company, in this year compared 
to last. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are 
consistent with last year.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Timing of revenue recognition in relation to advisory 
and capital market fees (group)

Refer to note 4 “Revenue” to the financial 
statements.

In accordance with the accounting policies set out in 
Note 1c, advisory and capital market fees are only 
recognised once all performance obligations have 
been met, which is upon deal completion. Total 
revenue from advisory fees and capital market fees 
is £142 million (2020: £88 million), which represents 
66% of total revenue for the year ended 2021 
(2020: 57%).

There is a potential incentive for management to 
book revenue into a future period, given the strong 
performance in the current year. There is opportunity 
to do this as the performance obligation (deal date) 
is not always publicly available and judgement can 
be required for more complex deals. Revenue could 
therefore be booked into the wrong period either 
fraudulently or in error.

We therefore concluded that it was appropriate to 
focus the audit on the cut-off of revenue recognition 
from advisory and capital markets fees.

•  Performed a walkthrough to understand and 

assess the controls in place over revenue 
recognition of advisory and capital market fees 
and concluded that the most effective audit 
approach for the significant risk related to cut off 
to be substantive.

•  For a sample of fees recorded before and after year 

end, obtained contracts to identify the 
performance obligation.

•  Where the date of the performance obligation 

was publicly available, compared the date 
to external evidence.

•  Where the performance obligations were not clear 
from the contract for advisory deals, and where 
the event was not public, obtained independent 
confirmations from the customers to confirm the 
timing and ensure that it was consistent with the 
timing of revenue recognition.

•  For the selected sample of contracts, verified the 

cash receipts to provide corroborative audit 
evidence that the performance obligation per the 
contract was completed.

Based on the tests performed, we found no material 
misstatements, or evidence of management bias, 
related to the cut-off of revenue recognition in 
relation to advisory fees and capital market fees.

115

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Independent auditors’ report to the members of Numis Corporation Plc 
continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Valuation of strategic unlisted investments (group)

Refer to note 18 “Trading Investments” to the 
financial statements.

In accordance with the accounting policies set out in 
Note 1h, for unlisted trading investments where no 
independent prices are quoted in active markets, fair 
values are determined using valuation techniques 
with reference to observable market data. These 
may include comparison to similar instruments 
where observable prices exist, discounted cash flow 
analysis and other valuation techniques commonly 
used by market participants.

Total unlisted trading investment was £13 million as 
at 30 September 2021 (30 September 2020: 
£15 million). Based on the risk assessment performed, 
we identified three unlisted investments within this 
portfolio which had a higher risk of material 
misstatement owing to the size and judgements 
involved in the valuation. These three investments 
cover 71% of the total unlisted investments. 

As detailed above, management makes significant 
judgments over the valuation of these unlisted 
trading investments when using valuation 
techniques and forming valuation estimates. Thus, 
we concluded that the higher assessed risks of 
material misstatement relates to the valuation of 
these three unlisted trading investments. 

The valuation impacts both the financial position as 
at the reporting date and the resulting unrealised 
gains/losses reported in the income statement. 

116

•  Performed a walkthrough to understand and 
assess the controls in place over the valuation 
of strategic unlisted investments and concluded 
that the most effective audit approach for 
the significant risk related to valuation to 
be substantive.

For the selected investments:

•  With the assistance of our valuation experts, we 

tested the reasonableness of the valuation 
techniques used and independently concluded 
that the techniques were appropriate for the 
nature of the investments.

•  Using our experts’ market knowledge and 

experience, we challenged management on the 
assumptions used within each valuation, including 
assessing if appropriate companies were chosen 
for comparables, and understanding and 
challenging any discounts taken by management. 
We concluded that these assumptions 
were reasonable.

•  Tested a sample of valuation inputs used by 

management by obtaining appropriate audit 
evidence including investee financial information 
and publicly available information, where available. 
This also included independently confirming the 
Group’s ownership in the investee company.
•  Evaluated the valuation approach taken by 
management for consistency, both across 
investments and year on year.

•  Performed our own searches for relevant news 
flows or valuation trigger events (such as new 
rounds of financing) and assessed how 
management has considered these factors.

Based on the tests performed, we found  
no material misstatements relating to the  
valuation of unlisted investments.

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial Statements 
How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we 
performed enough work to be able to give an opinion 
on the financial statements as a whole, taking into 
account the structure of the group and the company, 
the accounting processes and controls, and the 
industry in which they operate.

The scope of the audit and the nature, timing and 
extent of audit procedures were determined by our 
risk assessment, the financial significance of financial 
statement line items and qualitative factors (including 
history of misstatement through fraud or error).

The Group operates in the UK and the US, with the 
UK being the most significant territory. The Group is 
composed of two operating entities, Numis Securities 
Limited (UK) (“NSL”) and Numis Securities Inc (US) 
(“NSI”), which are subsidiaries of the Company. We 
considered the two operating entities and the 
Company to be three separate audit components.

We performed a full scope audit over NCP and NSL, 
both which we considered financially significant to 
the Group.

We also considered that the Group’s US subsidiary, 
NSI, was financially significant to the group. We issued 
instructions to PwC US to perform a full scope audit 
on our behalf. We performed a review of their working 
papers and evaluated the results of their audit 
procedures. This included reviewing key working 
papers and discussing and challenging the results of 
the work in higher risk areas of the audit. We 
concluded that the procedures performed over NSL 
were sufficient for the purposes of issuing our opinion.

This approach gave us coverage of over 95% of total 
assets and profit before tax in the Group financial 
statements.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our 
application of materiality. We set certain quantitative 
thresholds for materiality. These, together with 
qualitative considerations, helped us to determine 
the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and 
extent of our audit procedures on the individual 
financial statement line items and disclosures and 
in valuating the effect of misstatements, both 
individually and in aggregate on the financial 
statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, 
we determined materiality for the financial 
statements as a whole as follows:

Overall 
materiality

How we 
determined it

Rationale for 
benchmark 
applied

Financial statements – group

Financial statements – company

£2,022,000 (2020: £1,335,000).

£1,344,000 (2020: £883,000).

5% of average 3-year profit before tax

1% of total assets

117

We believe profit before tax is a primary 
measure used by the shareholders in 
assessing the performance of the Group 
and is a generally accepted auditing 
benchmark. We have used the average 
3-year profit before tax given the 
fluctuation year on year. The benchmark 
is consistent with the prior year.

Total assets is an appropriate benchmark 
as the primary purpose of the entity is to 
act as a holding company.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, 
we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall 
group materiality. The range of materiality allocated 
across components was £350,000 to £1,921,000. 
Certain components were audited to a local statutory 
audit materiality that was also less than our overall 
group materiality.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an 
appropriately low level the probability that the 
aggregate of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceeds overall materiality. 
Specifically, we use performance materiality in 
determining the scope of our audit and the nature 
and extent of our testing of account balances, classes 
of transactions and disclosures, for example in 
determining sample sizes. Our performance 
materiality was 75% of overall materiality, amounting 

to £1,500,000 for the group financial statements and 
£1,000,000 for the company financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we 
considered a number of factors – the history of 
misstatements, risk assessment and aggregation risk 
and the effectiveness of controls – and concluded 
that an amount at the upper end of our normal range 
was appropriate.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would 
report to them misstatements identified during our 
audit above £101,000 for group audit (2020: £67,000) 
and £67,000 for company audit (2020: £44,150) as well 
as misstatements below those amounts that, in our 
view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Independent auditors’ report to the members of Numis Corporation Plc 
continued

Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the 
group’s and the company’s ability to continue to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
included:

•  A detailed risk assessment to identify factors that 

could impact the going concern basis of 
accounting;

•  Understanding and evaluating the Group’s current 

financial position and financial forecasts;

•  Understanding and evaluating the Group’s current 

and forecast capital and liquidity position. This 
included reviewing the results of stress testing 
performed by management of both liquidity and 
regulatory capital, including considering the 
severity of the stress scenarios that were used; and 

•  Evaluating the adequacy of the disclosures  

made in the Financial Statements in relation  
to going concern. 

Based on the work we have performed, we have not 
identified any material uncertainties relating to 
events or conditions that, individually or collectively, 
may cast significant doubt on the group’s and the 
company’s ability to continue as a going concern for 
a period of at least twelve months from when the 
financial statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have 
concluded that the directors’ use of the going 
concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the 
financial statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions 
can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee 
as to the group’s and the company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the 
directors with respect to going concern are described 
in the relevant sections of this report.

Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the 
information in the Annual Report other than the 
financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. 
The directors are responsible for the other 
information. Our opinion on the financial statements 
does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, 
except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this 
report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial 
statements, our responsibility is to read the other 
information and, in doing so, consider whether the 
other information is materially inconsistent with the 
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in 
the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. If we identify an apparent material 
inconsistency or material misstatement, we are 

required to perform procedures to conclude whether 
there is a material misstatement of the financial 
statements or a material misstatement of the other 
information. If, based on the work we have 
performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact. We have nothing to 
report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ 
Report, we also considered whether the disclosures 
required by the UK Companies Act 2006 have 
been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course  
of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires  
us also to report certain opinions and matters 
as described below.

Strategic report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in 
the course of the audit, the information given in the 
Strategic report and Directors’ Report for the year 
ended 30 September 2021 is consistent with the 
financial statements and has been prepared in 
accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the 
group and company and their environment obtained 
in the course of the audit, we did not identify any 
material misstatements in the Strategic report and 
Directors’ Report.

Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Remuneration 
Committee Report to be audited has been properly 
prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and 
the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial 
statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of directors’ 
responsibilities in respect of the financial statements, 
the directors are responsible for the preparation of 
the financial statements in accordance with the 
applicable framework and for being satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view. The directors are also 
responsible for such internal control as they 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation 
of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors 
are responsible for assessing the group’s and the 
company’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend to 
liquidate the group or the company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

118

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial StatementsAuditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance 
about whether the financial statements as a whole 
are free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that 
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high 
level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always 
detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of 
these financial statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of 
non-compliance with laws and regulations. We 
design procedures in line with our responsibilities, 
outlined above, to detect material misstatements in 
respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to 
which our procedures are capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the group and 
industry, we identified the principal risks of non-
compliance with laws and regulations related to 
breaches of the rules of the Financial Conduct 
Authority, and we considered the extent to which 
non-compliance might have a material effect on the 
financial statements. We also considered those laws 
and regulations that have a direct impact on the 
financial statements such as the Companies Act 
2006. We evaluated management’s incentives and 
opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the 
financial statements (including the risk of override of 
controls), and determined that the principal risks 
were related to inappropriate recording of journals 
and management bias in accounting estimates. The 
group engagement team shared this risk assessment 
with the component auditors so that they could 
include appropriate audit procedures in response to 
such risks in their work. Audit procedures performed 
by the group engagement team and/or component 
auditors included:

•  Enquiries of management, internal audit and those 
charged with governance in relation to known or 
suspected instances of non-compliance with laws 
and regulation and fraud;

•  Review of correspondence with regulators and 

internal audit reports in so far as they are related to 
the Financial Statements;

•  Identifying and testing journal entries and period 

end adjustments, including those posted by senior 
management or with unusual account 
combinations; 

•  Challenging assumptions and judgements made 
by management in their significant accounting 
estimates, especially in relation to the valuation of 
unquoted investments and share based payments; 
and

•  Incorporating unpredictability into the nature, 

timing and/or extent of our testing.

of instances of non-compliance with laws and 
regulations that are not closely related to events and 
transactions reflected in the financial statements. 
Also, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement 
due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting 
one resulting from error, as fraud may involve 
deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or 
intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Our audit testing might include testing complete 
populations of certain transactions and balances, 
possibly using data auditing techniques. However, it 
typically involves selecting a limited number of items 
for testing, rather than testing complete populations. 
We will often seek to target particular items for testing 
based on their size or risk characteristics. In other 
cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw 
a conclusion about the population from which the 
sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit 
of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s 
website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This 
description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been 
prepared for and only for the company’s members as 
a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We 
do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume 
responsibility for any other purpose or to any other 
person to whom this report is shown or into whose 
hands it may come save where expressly agreed by 
our prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to 
report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not obtained all the information and 

explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept 
by the company, or returns adequate for our audit 
have not been received from branches not visited 
by us; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration 

specified by law are not made; or

•  the company financial statements and the part of 

the Remuneration Committee Report to be 
audited are not in agreement with the accounting 
records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this 
responsibility.

Mike Wallace (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
London

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures 
described above. We are less likely to become aware 

8 December 2021

119

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
Consolidated Income Statement
For the year ended 30 September 2021

Revenue

Other operating income

Total income

Administrative expenses

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Taxation 

Profit for the year

Attributable to:

Owners of the parent

Earnings per share

Basic

Diluted

Note

4

5

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

215,582

154,899

8,715

310

224,297

155,209

6

(147,859)

(118,409)

76,438

36,800

8

9

1

(2,289)

986

(723)

74,150

37,063

10

(16,303)

(5,713)

57,847

31,350

57,847

31,350

27

27

54.2p

49.1p

29.9p

26.7p

All income is derived from continuing operations. The notes on pages 127 to 156 form an integral part of these 
financial statements.

120

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial StatementsConsolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 September 2021

Profit for the year

Items that may be reclassified to the Income Statement on fulfilment of specific conditions:

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

57,847

31,350

10

10

227

227

Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax, attributable to owners of the parent

57,857

31,577

All comprehensive income is derived from continuing operations. The notes on pages 127 to 156 form an integral 
part of these financial statements

121

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Consolidated Balance Sheet
As at 30 September 2021

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Right-of-use assets

Deferred tax asset

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Trading investments

Stock borrowing collateral

Current income tax receivable

Derivative financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Trading instruments

Lease liabilities

122

Net current assets

Non-current liabilities

Lease liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity 

Note

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

12

13

14

16

10,044

558

38,033

4,006

52,641

2,596

406

4,020

5,617

12,639

17, 29

467,799

326,156

18

19

20

21

58,972

38,089

18,623

18,222

3,171

629

1,332

18

134,125

125,217

683,319

509,034

22, 29

(481,946)

(340,265)

1(h)

23

(27,217)

(19,170)

(491)

(1,962)

(509,654)

(361,397)

173,665

147,637

23

(39,580)

(2,643)

186,726

157,633

24

24

6,252 

9,037

5,922 

22,421

171,437

129,290

186,726

157,633

The notes on pages 127 to 156 form an integral part of these financial statements.

The Financial Statements on pages 120 to 156 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board  
on 8 December 2021 and signed on its behalf by:

Alex Ham and Ross Mitchinson 
Co-Chief Executive Officers

Numis Corporation Plc 
Registration No.2375296

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial Statements 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 September 2021

Balance at 1 October 2020

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

New shares issued

Dividends paid

Net movement in treasury shares

Movement in respect of employee share plans

Deferred tax related to share-based payments

11

16

Note

Share
Capital
£’000

5,922

Other
Reserves
£’000

Retained
Earnings
£’000

Total
Equity
£’000

22,421

129,290

157,633

–

330

57,847

57,847

10

57,847

57,857

10

10

330

(12,726)

(12,726)

7,176

7,176

(13,394)

(9,082)

(22,476)

(1,068)

(1,068)

Transactions with shareholders

330

(13,394)

(15,700)

(28,764)

Balance at 30 September 2021

6,252

9,037

171,437

186,726

Balance at 1 October 2019

5,922

20,639

111,593

138,154

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

31,350

31,350

227

227

–

227

123

31,350

31,577

Dividends paid

Net movement in treasury shares

Movement in respect of employee share plans

Deferred tax related to share-based payments

11

16

(12,582)

(12,582)

(37)

(1,711)

677

(37)

(156)

677

1,555

Transactions with shareholders

–

1,555

(13,653)

(12,098)

Balance at 30 September 2020

5,922

22,421

129,290

157,633

The notes on pages 127 to 156 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 September 2021

Operating activities

Cash flows generated from operating activities

Interest paid

Taxation paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of intangible assets

Interest received

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities

Purchases of own shares – Treasury

Purchases of own shares – Employee Benefit Trust

Cash paid in respect of lease arrangements – principal

Cash paid in respect of lease arrangements – discount

Dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Note

25

9

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

77,115

76,051

(1,187)

(497)

(17,599)

(9,601)

58,329

65,953

12

13

8

(8,881)

(1,029)

(310)

1

(9,190)

(431)

986

(474)

(1,555)

(5,426)

(22,663)

(4,344)

(1,811)

(1,102)

(1,873)

(226)

11

(12,726)

(12,582)

(39,857)

(24,451)

124

Net movement in cash and cash equivalents

9,282

41,028

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Net movement in cash and cash equivalents

Exchange movements

Closing cash and cash equivalents

125,217

84,202

9,282

41,028

(374)

(13)

21

134,125

125,217

The notes on pages 127 to 156 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial StatementsCompany Balance Sheet
As at 30 September 2021

Non-current assets

Investment in subsidiary undertakings

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Net current assets/(liabilities)

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

Note

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

15

97,883

88,835

97,883

88,835

17

36,469

36,469

7

7

22

–

–

(6,580)

(6,580)

36,469

(6,573)

134,352

82,262

24

24

6,252 

7,662

5,922 

21,056

120,438

55,284

134,352

82,262

The notes on pages 127 to 156 form an integral part of these financial statements.

125

As provided by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the income statement of the parent company is not 
presented as part of these financial statements. The parent company’s profit after tax for the financial year 
amounted to £56,790,000 (2020: £13,000,000).

The Financial Statements on pages 120 to 156 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board  
on 8 December 2021 and signed on its behalf by:

Alex Ham and Ross Mitchinson 
Co-Chief Executive Officers

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
Company Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 September 2021

Balance at 1 October 2020

Share 
Capital
£’000

Other
Reserves
£’000

Retained 
Earnings
£’000

Total 
Equity
£’000

5,922

21,056

55,284

82,262

Profit for the year

56,790

56,790

Total comprehensive income for the year

–

–

56,790

56,790

New shares issued

Dividends paid

Net movement in treasury shares

Movement in respect of employee share plans

Transactions with shareholders

330

(13,394)

330

(13,394)

330

(12,726)

(12,726)

7,176

13,913

8,364

7,176

519

(4,700)

Balance at 30 September 2021

6,252

7,662

120,438

134,352

Balance at 1 October 2019

5,922

19,501

52,268

77,691

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

126

Dividends paid

Net movement in treasury shares

Movement in respect of employee share plans

Transactions with shareholders

13,000

13,000

13,000

13,000

–

(12,582)

(12,582)

(37)

(37)

1,555

1,555

2,635

4,190

(9,984)

(8,429)

–

–

Balance at 30 September 2020

5,922

21,056

55,284

82,262

The notes on pages 127 to 156 form an integral part of these financial statements.

The Company had no cash or cash equivalent balances at 30 September 2019, 30 September 2020 
or 30 September 2021. Similarly, there were no movements in cash or cash equivalents during the year 
ended 30 September 2020 or the year ended 30 September 2021. Therefore, no cash flow statement 
is presented for the Company. 

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements

1. Accounting policies
Numis Corporation Plc is a UK AIM-listed public 
company incorporated and domiciled in the United 
Kingdom. The address of its registered office is 
45 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7BF. The principal 
accounting policies applied in the preparation of the 
Annual Report and Financial Statements of the 
Group and the Company are described below. These 
policies have been consistently applied to the years 
presented, unless otherwise stated.

(a) Basis of preparation
The Group and the Company Financial Statements 
have been prepared in accordance with international 
accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and 
international financial reporting standards adopted 
pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies 
in the European Union. These Financial Statements 
have been prepared under the historical cost 
convention as modified by the revaluation of financial 
assets and financial liabilities (including derivative 
instruments) at fair value through profit and loss. In 
publishing the Company Financial Statements 
together with those of the Group, the Company has 
taken advantage of the exemption in section 408 of 
the Companies Act 2006 not to present its individual 
income statement and related notes.

The Financial Statements of the Group and the 
Company have been prepared on a going concern 
basis as the Directors have satisfied themselves that, 
at the time of approving the Financial Statements 
and having taken into consideration the strength of 
the Group and Company Balance Sheet and the 
Group’s cash balances, the Group and Company have 
adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for at least the next 12 months.

No new standards or amendments to existing 
standards have been early adopted by the Group or 
the Company during the accounting year ended 30 
September 2021. Minor amendments to IFRSs 
effective for the Group from 1 October 2021 have been 
issued by the IASB. These amendments are expected 
to have no or an immaterial impact on the Group.

There are no uncertain tax positions that require 
disclosure under IFRIC 23. There are no other new 
mandatory standards, amendments or 
interpretations for the Group’s and the Company’s 
accounting year ended 30 September 2021.

(b) Basis of consolidation 
The Group’s Financial Statements consolidate the 
Financial Statements of the Company and all its 
subsidiary undertakings. Subsidiaries are all entities 
(including special purpose vehicles) over which the 
Group has control. The Group controls an entity where 
the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable 
returns from its involvement with the entity and has 
the ability to affect those returns through its power to 
direct the activities of the entity. The existence and 

effect of potential voting rights that are currently 
exercisable or convertible are considered when 
assessing whether the Group controls another entity. 
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on 
which control is transferred to the Group. They are 
de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.

All intra-Group transactions and balances are 
eliminated on consolidation and consistent 
accounting policies are used throughout the Group 
for the purposes of consolidation.

(c) Revenue from contracts with customers
In accordance with IFRS 15, revenue is recognised in 
the reporting period in which performance 
obligations are satisfied, or partly satisfied, by the 
Group. No revenue has been recognised for 
performance obligations satisfied in other periods. 
Revenue comprises institutional income from net 
trading gains or losses, institutional commissions and 
research fees, corporate retainers, advisory fees and 
capital markets deal fees. 

•  Net trading gains or losses are the realised and 

unrealised profits and losses from market-making 
long and short positions on a trade date basis, i.e. the 
date the trades are executed, and comprise all gains 
and losses from changes in the fair value of financial 
assets and liabilities through profit and loss, together 
with any related dividend on positions held. Net 
trading gains or losses also include gains and losses 
arising on equity options and warrants received in 
lieu of corporate finance fees.

•  Institutional income comprises institutional 
commissions and research fees. Institutional 
commissions due are recognised on the date the 
trade is executed, i.e. trade date, and are calculated as 
a percentage of the trade value. The commission 
percentage is contractually determined in advance 
with the respective client and only recognised when 
the trade is completed. Research fees are recorded in 
the period that the performance obligations relate to, 
and the contract price can be variable from period to 
period based on the level or standard of research 
provided. Contracts are in place between the Group 
and each of its research clients and amounts 
recorded are either over the period for which the 
performance obligation relates to, or where 
discretionary, based on variable considerations 
derived from the most recent level of research 
provided, updated for recent events or 
communications with the client.

•  Corporate retainers are accrued over the period for 

which the performance obligation relates to and are 
based on a contract between the Group and the 
client, which is typically renewed annually with a 
notice period. 

•  Advisory fees and capital markets deal fees are only 
recognised when the full performance obligations 
have been met, which is upon deal completion.

127

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continued

1. Accounting policies continued
(d) Segment reporting
The Group is managed as an integrated investment 
banking business and is considered one segment. 
Although there are different revenue types, there is no 
separate profitability information produced in relation 
to the different revenue types. Consequently, the 
Group is managed as a single business unit. The chief 
operating decision-makers, who are responsible for 
allocating resources and assessing performance, have 
been identified as the Co-Chief Executive Officers. 

(e) Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and any impairment 
losses. Cost includes the original purchase price of the 
asset and the costs attributable to bring the asset to 
its working condition for its intended use. 
Depreciation is provided for on a straight-line basis at 
the following rates:

Office and computer equipment

Furniture and fittings

3 years

5 years

Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a 
straight-line basis over the remaining term of the lease 
or estimated useful economic life, whichever is shorter.

(f) Intangible assets
Purchased computer software costs are capitalised 
where it is probable that future economic benefits 
that are attributable to the asset will flow to the Group 
or Company and the cost of the assets can be reliably 
measured. Software is stated at cost, including those 
costs incurred to bring to use the specific software, 
less amortisation and provisions for impairment, if 
any. Costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over 
the estimated useful life of the software, which is 
typically three years. Costs associated with 
maintaining the software are recognised as an 
expense when incurred.

(g) Impairment of assets
The carrying value of property, plant and equipment 
and intangibles is reviewed for impairment on an 
annual basis or when events or changes in 
circumstance indicate the carrying value may be 
impaired. If such an indication exists, the recoverable 
amount of the asset is compared to the carrying 
value to determine impairment loss.

(h) Financial assets and liabilities
The Group classifies its financial assets and liabilities 
depending on the purpose for which the assets and 
liabilities were acquired. Management determines 
the classification of its investments at initial 
recognition and re-evaluates this designation at each 
reporting date.

Financial assets
The Group’s financial assets comprise trade and other 
receivables, trading investments, stock borrowing 
collateral, derivative financial instruments, and cash 
and cash equivalents. Financial assets are initially 

recognised at transaction price on trade date. 
Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to 
receive cash flows from the financial assets have 
expired or where the Group has transferred 
substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.

Trade and other receivables, stock borrowing 
collateral and cash and cash equivalents are 
measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method. Trading investments and derivative 
financial instruments are measured at fair value 
through profit or loss.

Financial assets that are classified as held at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method 
are subsequently carried at the amount recognised 
at initial recognition minus principal repayments, plus 
or minus the cumulative amortisation of any 
difference between that initial amount and the 
maturity amount, and any loss allowance.

Financial assets that are classified as fair value 
through profit or loss are subsequently carried at fair 
value and the changes in fair value are recognised in 
profit or loss. For trading investments that are quoted 
in active markets, fair values are determined by 
reference to the last quoted price. For trading 
investments that are not quoted in active markets 
and independent prices are not available, fair values 
are determined using valuation techniques with 
reference to observable market data. These may 
include comparison to similar instruments where 
observable prices exist, discounted cash flow analysis 
and other valuation techniques commonly used by 
market participants. For assets where there are 
unobservable inputs, the best information available 
in the circumstances is used, which may include the 
entity’s own data, taking into account all information 
about market participant assumptions that is 
reasonably available.

Financial liabilities
The Group’s financial liabilities comprise trade and 
other payables, trading instruments and lease 
liabilities. Financial liabilities are initially recognised at 
transaction price on trade date and are derecognised 
when they are extinguished. Trading instruments 
comprise short market-making positions represented 
by securities listed on the LSE Main and AIM markets 
as well as overseas exchanges.

Trade and other payables and lease liabilities are 
measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method. Trading instruments are measured 
at fair value through profit or loss.

Financial liabilities that are classified as held at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method are 
subsequently carried at the amount recognised at 
initial recognition minus principal repayments, plus or 
minus the cumulative amortisation of any difference 
between that initial amount and the maturity amount.

128

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial StatementsFinancial liabilities that are classified as fair value 
through profit or loss are subsequently carried at fair 
value and the changes in fair value are recognised in 
profit or loss. Trading instruments are quoted in 
active markets and their fair values are determined by 
reference to the last quoted price.

(i) Trade and other receivables and expected credit 
losses
Trade and other receivables comprise of receivables 
from clients, brokers and other counterparties, loans 
to employees, other receivables including corporate 
finance receivables, and prepayments. In accordance 
with IFRS 9, trade and other receivables are 
recognised initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method, less provision for expected credit 
losses. For all trade and other receivables, the Group 
applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring 
expected credit losses, which uses a lifetime 
expected loss allowance. To measure expected credit 
losses, receivables have been grouped based on days 
past due, with a higher credit risk associated with 
receivables longer past due. Corporate finance 
receivables by payment profile have been assessed 
based on corresponding historical credit losses. The 
historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and 
forward-looking information on macroeconomic 
factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle 
the corporate finance receivables. The Group 
considers the general economic outlook of the 
countries in which it operates and is owed monies, 
and accordingly determines whether an adjustment 
is required to the historical loss rates. 

Prepayments arise where the Group pays cash in 
advance of services being provided to the Group. As 
the service is provided, the prepayment is reduced, 
and the expense recognised in the income 
statement. Accrued income includes fees or other 
amounts where the Group has achieved its 
performance obligations but have yet to be either 
invoiced or received at the reporting date. 

(j) Stock borrowing collateral
The Group enters stock borrowing arrangements 
with certain institutions which are entered into on a 
collateralised basis with cash advanced as collateral. 
Under such arrangements a security is borrowed 
with a commitment to return it at a future date at an 
agreed price. 

The securities borrowed are not recognised on the 
balance sheet. An asset is recorded on the balance 
sheet as stock borrowing collateral at the amount of 
cash collateral advanced.

No expected credit losses are anticipated for stock 
borrowing collateral, due to the balances being fully 
collateralised and there being no history of any 
material credit losses in respect of these balances.

(k) Derivative financial instruments
The Group occasionally utilises forward foreign 
exchange contracts to manage the exchange risk on 
actual transactions related to amounts receivable, 
denominated in a currency other than the functional 
currency of the business. The Group has not sought 
to apply hedge accounting.

The Group’s forward foreign exchange contracts do 
not subject the Group to risk from exchange rate 
movements because the gains and losses on such 
contracts offset losses and gains, respectively, on the 
underlying foreign currency transactions to which they 
relate. The forward contracts are recorded at fair value 
at each period end. Fair value is calculated using the 
forward foreign exchange rates prevailing at the period 
end.

All gains and losses resulting from the settlement of 
the contracts are recorded within other income/
expense in the income statement.

The Group does not enter into forward foreign 
exchange contracts for the purpose of hedging 
future anticipated transactions.

Equity options and warrants are initially accounted for 
and measured at fair value on the date the Company 
or Group becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the derivative contract and 
subsequently measured at fair value. The gain or loss 
on re-measurement is taken to the income 
statement within revenue, as part of net trading gains 
or losses. Fair values are obtained from quoted prices 
prevailing in active markets, including recent market 
transactions and valuation techniques including 
discounted cash flow models and option pricing 
models as appropriate. All derivatives are recognised 
as assets when their fair value is positive and liabilities 
when their fair value is negative.

(l) Deferred tax
Deferred tax assets and liabilities mainly represent 
amounts of tax that will become recoverable and 
payable in future accounting periods. Generally, they 
arise as a result of temporary differences where the 
time at which profits and losses are recognised for 
tax purposes differs from the time at which the 
relevant transaction is recorded in the Financial 
Statements. A deferred tax asset represents a tax 
reduction that is expected to arise in a future period. 
A deferred tax liability represents taxes which will 
become payable in a future period as a result of a 
current or prior year transaction.

Deferred tax is provided in full, using the liability 
method, on all taxable and deductible temporary 
differences at the balance sheet date between the tax 
bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying 
amounts for financial reporting purposes. Deferred 
tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates 
that are expected to apply to the period when the 
asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax 
rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted 
at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are 
recognised to the extent that it is probable that future 
taxable profit will be available against which the 
deductible temporary differences can be utilised.

129

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continued

1. Accounting policies continued
(m) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash comprises cash and demand deposits. Cash 
equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments 
that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash 
and which are subject to an insignificant risk of 
change in value. 

(q) Pension costs
The Group has a Group Personal Pension Plan and 
death in service benefits that are available to eligible 
employees of the Group. The plan is a defined 
contribution scheme and costs of the scheme are 
charged to the income statement in the period in 
which they arise.

(n) Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair 
value, which is the agreed market price at the time 
goods or services are provided and are subsequently 
recorded at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method. The Group accrues for all goods and services 
consumed but as yet unbilled at amounts representing 
management’s best estimate of fair value. Client, broker 
and other counterparty balances represent unsettled 
purchased securities transactions and are recognised on 
a trade date basis.

Deferred income represents fees received in advance of 
performance obligations being met. This can be in 
relation to corporate retainers, which are usually received 
in advance and accrued over the period for which the 
service is provided, or in relation to other fees received 
prior to the performance obligations being met.

Lease liabilities have been measured at the present 
value of the remaining lease payments, discounted 
using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate at the 
inception of the respective leases.

(o) Provisions
Provisions are recognised for present obligations 
arising as consequences of past events where it is 
probable that a transfer of economic benefit will be 
necessary to settle the obligation and it can be 
reliably estimated. Provisions where the probable 
transfer of economic benefit is expected to occur 
more than 12 months from the balance sheet date are 
discounted to the net present value using an effective 
discount rate that reliably calculates the present value 
of the future obligation.

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations whose 
existence will be confirmed only by uncertain future 
events or present obligations where the transfer of 
economic benefit is uncertain or cannot be reliably 
measured. Contingent liabilities are not recognised in 
the Financial Statements; however, they are disclosed 
unless their likely occurrence is remote.

(p) Clients’ assets and deposits
All assets and money held on behalf of clients has 
been excluded from the balances of cash and cash 
equivalents and amounts due to clients, brokers and 
other counterparties. Client money is not held directly 
but is placed on deposit in segregated bank accounts 
with a financial institution. 

(r) Operating leases
Rentals under operating leases are charged to the 
income statement on a straight-line basis over the 
lease term even if the payments are not made on 
such a basis. Lease incentives received are recognised 
in the income statement as an integral part of the 
total lease expense. 

(s) Foreign currency translation
Items included in the Financial Statements of each of 
the Group’s entities are measured using the currency 
of the primary economic environment in which the 
entity operates (the functional currency). The 
consolidated Financial Statements of the Group are 
presented in Sterling which is the Group’s and 
Company’s functional currency and the Group’s 
presentation currency.

In individual entities, transactions denominated in 
foreign currencies are translated into the functional 
currency at the rates of exchange prevailing on the 
dates of the transactions. At each balance sheet date, 
monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated 
in foreign currencies are retranslated at rates 
prevailing on the balance sheet date. Exchange 
differences are taken to the income statement, 
except for exchange differences arising on non-
monetary assets and liabilities where the changes in 
fair value are taken to other comprehensive income. 
Non-monetary assets and liabilities carried at fair 
value that are denominated in foreign currencies are 
translated at the rates prevailing at the date when the 
fair value was determined.

On consolidation, the results of overseas businesses 
are translated into the presentation currency of the 
Group at the average exchange rates for the period 
where these approximate to the rate at the date of 
transaction. If the average exchange rates for the 
period do not approximate to the rate at the date of 
transaction, income and expenses are translated at 
the rate on the dates of the transactions. Assets and 
liabilities of overseas businesses are translated into 
the presentation currency of the Group at the 
exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. 
Exchange differences arising are taken to other 
comprehensive income and then classified as other 
reserves. Cumulative translation differences arising 
after the transition to IFRS are taken to the income 
statement on disposal of the net investment.

130

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial Statements(t) Taxation
Taxation on the profit for the year comprises both 
current and deferred tax as well as adjustments in 
respect of prior years. Taxation is charged or credited 
to the income statement, except when it relates to 
items charged or credited directly to equity, in which 
case the tax is also included within equity. Current tax 
is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for 
the period, using tax rates enacted, or substantially 
enacted by the balance sheet date.

(u) Employee share ownership plans
The Group has a number of Employee Share 
Ownership Plans (ESOP), as set out in note 26, which 
provide a mechanism for the Board to reward 
employees of the Group share-based payments on a 
discretionary basis. An Employee Benefit Trust 
established by the Company acquires ordinary shares 
in the Company to be held on trust for the benefit of, 
and ultimately distributed to, employees either on the 
exercise of share options or other remuneration 
arrangements.

The ESOP arrangements currently in place are all 
equity-settled plans. In the case of equity-settled 
awards, the cost of share awards made under 
employee share ownership plans, as measured by the 
fair value of awards at the date of granting, are taken to 
the income statement over the vesting period (if any) 
and disclosed under staff costs with a corresponding 
increase in equity. Fair value is based on the market 
value of the shares on the grant date. Where awards 
provide no entitlement to dividends over the vesting 
period, the market value of the shares on grant date is 
discounted by the dividend yield over the expected life 
of the award. Where awards have certain vesting 
assumptions or conditions, the accounting policy is 
described in (w) Critical judgements and estimates.

On consolidation, the cost of shares held by the 
Employee Benefit Trust is deducted as an 
adjustment to equity. Gains and losses arising on 
Employee Benefit Trust related transactions are 
taken directly to equity.

(v) Dividends
Dividend distribution is recognised in equity in the 
Financial Statements in the period in which dividends 
are approved. Final dividends are recognised at the 
date they are approved by shareholders at the Annual 
General Meeting.

(w) Critical judgements and estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity 
with IFRS requires the use of estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of 
assets and liabilities at the date of the Financial 
Statements and the reported amounts of revenues 
and expenses during the reporting period. Although 
these estimates are based on management’s best 
knowledge of the amount, event or actions, actual 
results ultimately may differ from those of estimates. 
The judgements and estimates which might have a 
significant effect on the carrying amounts of assets 
and liabilities over the next 12 months are set out below:

Valuation of financial assets and liabilities held at 
fair value where there is no quoted price
Such assets principally comprise minority holdings in 
unlisted investments and are valued with reference to 
financial information and non-financial information 
available at the time of original investment updated 
to reflect all relevant changes to that information at 
the reporting date. This determination may require 
significant judgement in determining changes in fair 
value since the last valuation date. In making this 
judgement the Group evaluates among other factors 
recent offerings or transaction prices, changes in the 
business outlook affecting a particular investment 
since purchase, performance of the underlying 
business against original projections, valuations of 
similar quoted companies and relevant industry 
valuation techniques, for example, discounted cash 
flow or market approach. A sensitivity analysis has 
been prepared and disclosed in note 29.

Share-based payments
In determining the fair value of equity-settled 
share-based payments and the related charge to the 
income statement, the Group makes assumptions 
about future events and market conditions. In 
particular, an estimate must be formed as to the likely 
number of shares that will vest along with the fair 
value of each award granted. Where relevant, the fair 
value is determined by using the Black-Scholes 
valuation model or, for certain awards, a stochastic 
valuation model, both of which are dependent on 
estimates relating to the Group’s future dividend 
policy, the timing of prospective option exercises and 
the future volatility in the price of the Company’s 
shares. Certain awards contain non-market 
conditions such as personal and share price 
performance measures. A sensitivity analysis has 
been prepared and disclosed in note 26.

(x) Treasury shares
Treasury shares are recorded by the Group when 
ordinary shares are acquired by the Company. The 
main reason for acquiring shares in this way is to 
meet share-based remuneration awards to 
employees in the form of shares in a way that does 
not dilute the percentage holdings of existing 
shareholders. Treasury shares are held at cost and 
reduce the Group’s net assets by the amount spent. 

In addition to the above accounting policies, the 
following relate specifically to the Company:

(y) Investment in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less, 
where appropriate, provision for impairment. Where 
the Company makes equity-settled awards for the 
benefit of its subsidiaries, the value of such awards is 
treated as an additional cost of investment in these 
subsidiaries.

2. Profit of the parent company
As provided by section 408 of the Companies Act 
2006, the income statement of the parent company is 
not presented as part of these Financial Statements. 
The parent company’s profit after tax for the financial 
year amounted to £56,790,000 (2020: £13,000,000).

131

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continued

3. Geographical information
The Group earns its revenue in the following geographical locations:

United Kingdom

United States of America

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

207,200

144,333

8,382

10,566

215,582

154,899

The following is an analysis of the carrying amount of non-current assets (excluding deferred tax assets) by the 
geographical area in which the assets are located:

United Kingdom

United States of America

2021
£’000

46,109

2,526

48,635

2020
£’000

3,994

3,028

7,022

The Group is managed as an integrated investment banking business and although there are different revenue 
types, (which are separately disclosed in note 4), the nature of the Group’s material activities is considered to be 
subject to the same or similar economic characteristics. Consequently, the Group is managed as a single 
business unit.

132

4. Revenue

Net trading gains

Institutional income 

Equities income

Corporate retainers

Advisory fees

Capital markets fees

Investment banking income

Revenue 

5. Other operating income

Investment activity net gains

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

19,754

16,003

40,957

60,711

12,471

30,884

37,192

53,195

13,536

11,146

111,516

77,022

154,871

101,704

215,582

154,899

2021
£’000

8,715

2020
£’000

310

Other operating income represents net gains made on investments which are held outside of the market-
making portfolio, which are disclosed within Trading Investments. 

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial Statements 
 
6. Administrative expenses 
Administrative expenses comprise the following:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets

Staff costs (see note 7)

Other non-staff costs

Auditors’ remuneration

  Audit services

  Audit fee for the Company’s Financial Statements and Annual Report

  Statutory audit services provided to UK subsidiaries of the Company

  Statutory audit services provided to a US subsidiary

  Other services

  Audit-related assurance services

2021
£’000

1,154

3,262

158

2020
£’000

1,223

1,793

105

108,614

34,191

85,977

28,876

38

209

126

108

35

195

80

125

147,859

118,409

Other non-staff costs comprise expenses incurred in the normal course of business, the most significant of 
which relate to technology, information systems, market data, brokerage, clearing and exchange fees. There were 
no fees payable to the auditors for any taxation or non-audit services in 2021 or 2020.

7. Staff costs
Amounts in relation to employees (including Executive Directors) are as shown below.

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Severance payments

Pension costs (see note 28b)

Share-based payments

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

81,968

63,086

14,686

10,771

534

1,792

9,634

440

1,719

9,961

108,614

85,977

133

Compensation costs as a percentage of revenue have decreased to 50% (2020: 56%). 

The share-based payment award costs shown above are in respect of share-based payment transactions which 
are accounted for as equity-settled awards. The share-based payment charge arises from the combined impact 
of all historic unvested awards. 

Number of staff employed:

Monthly average for the year

Front office

Support functions

Total monthly average for the year

At the year end

2021
Number

2020
Number

213

79

292

319

207

75

282

292

Details of Directors’ emoluments are presented in the Remuneration Report on page 104.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

8. Finance income

Interest income

Net foreign exchange gains

Other income

2021
£’000

1

–

–

1

2020
£’000

261

650

75

986

Interest income comprises interest on surplus cash balances. Net foreign exchange gains relate to activities in the 
normal course of business and investments held in foreign currencies, such as USD.

9. Finance costs

Interest expense

Interest expense on lease liabilities

Net foreign exchange losses

Other finance costs

2021
£’000

439

1,102

721

27

2020
£’000

497

226

–

–

2,289

723

Interest expense comprises amounts paid on overdrawn balances with clearing institutions. The unwind of the 
lease liability discount relates to leases treated as finance leases under IFRS 16.

10. Taxation
The tax charge is based on the profit for the year and comprises:

134

Current tax

Corporation tax at 19.0% (2020: 19.0%)

Corporation tax surcharge at 8.0% (2020: 8.0%)

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total current tax

Deferred tax

Origination and reversal of timing differences

Changes in tax rate

Total tax charge

Factors affecting the tax charge for the year:

Profit before tax

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

10,865

2,544

2,351

15,760

508

35

16,303

6,783

291

(202)

6,872

(1,077)

(82)

5,713

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

74,150

37,063

Profit before tax multiplied by the standard rate of UK corporation tax 19% (2020: 19%)

14,088

7,041

Effects of:

Non-deductible expenses and non-taxable income 

Profits taxed at rates other than 19%, principally banking surcharge tax

Losses available for utilisation

Permanent differences in respect of share-based payments

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Changes in tax rate and other temporary differences

Total tax charge

(1,964)

2,544

–

(1,101)

2,330

406

16,303

(649)

291

18

299

(202)

(1,085)

5,713

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial Statements 
 
The standard rate of corporation tax in the UK was 19% (2020: 19%) during the reporting period. In the Spring 
Budget 2021, the UK Government announced that from 1 April 2023 the corporation tax rate will increase to 25%. 
At the balance sheet date, the proposal to increase the rate to 25% had been substantively enacted, substantive 
enactment occurred on 24 May 2021. Its effects are not included in these financial statements as there is no 
material difference between the rates noted. The Group has used 27% (19% corporation tax, plus 8% UK banking 
surcharge) for the calculation of the deferred tax asset, most of which is recoverable before April 2023. The Group 
was subject to the UK banking surcharge tax in the year to 30 September 2021. This is levied at a rate of 8% on 
annual UK profits chargeable to corporation tax in excess of £25m.

11. Dividends

Final dividend for year ended 30 September 2019 (6.50p)

Interim dividend for year ended 30 September 2020 (5.50p)

Final dividend for year ended 30 September 2020 (6.50p)

Interim dividend for year ended 30 September 2021 (5.50p)

2021
£’000

–

–

6,825

5,901

2020
£’000

6,788

5,794

–

–

Distribution to equity holders of Numis Corporation Plc 

12,726

12,582

Dividends declared on shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust that have not been purchased by or vested in 
employees are waived under the terms of the employee share ownership plan arrangements.

As a result of an internal review of historical distributable reserves on a solo entity basis over the period from the 
2005 financial year to date, a number of dividends and buybacks have been identified where the determination 
of distributable reserves was inconsistent with guidance on the application of the Companies Act 2006. The 
dividends concerned relate to numerous periods between the financials years 2006 and 2020, and the buybacks 
relate to periods from financial year 2013 to December 2020. While sufficient distributable reserves existed in the 
consolidated Group at the times of all historic payments, the level of distributable reserves in the Company itself 
has been determined to have been insufficient. At the next AGM on 8 February 2022 resolutions will be proposed 
to address the historic positions. The Group’s current and historic capital positions are unaffected by the outcome 
of this review and the Group’s ability to make distributions in accordance with its dividend policy is unaffected.

12. Property, plant and equipment
Group
The movement during the year and the prior year was as follows:

Furniture 
and 
fittings
£’000

Leasehold
improvements
£’000

Office and
computer
equipment
£’000

Cost

At 1 October 2020

Additions

Disposals

At 30 September 2021

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 October 2020

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 30 September 2021

Net book value

At 30 September 2020

At 30 September 2021

135

Total
£’000

8,508

8,881

588

1,328

(131)

1,785

301

128

(71)

358

5,406

6,465

2,514

1,088

(4,729)

(148)

(5,008)

7,142

3,454

12,381

4,400

600

1,211

426

5,912

1,154

(4,501)

(157)

(4,729)

499

1,480

2,337

287

1,427

1,006

6,643

1,303

1,974

2,596

10,044

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

12. Property, plant and equipment continued

Cost

At 1 October 2019

Additions

Disposals

At 30 September 2020

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 October 2019

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 30 September 2020

Net book value

At 30 September 2019

At 30 September 2020

Furniture 
and 
fittings
£’000

Leasehold
improvements
£’000

Office and
computer
equipment
£’000

853

15

(280)

588

483

98

(280)

301

5,373

33

–

5,406

3,820

580

4,179

981

(2,646)

2,514

3,312

545

–

(2,646)

4,400

1,211

Total
£’000

10,405

1,029

(2,926)

8,508

7,615

1,223

(2,926)

5,912

370

287

1,553

1,006

867

1,303

2,790

2,596

13. Intangible assets
Group
The movement during the year and the prior year was as follows:

136

Cost

At 1 October 

Additions

Disposals

At 30 September 

Accumulated amortisation

At 1 October

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 30 September

Net book value

At 1 October 

At 30 September 

2021
Purchased
software
£’000

2020
Purchased
software
£’000

993

310

–

1,303

587

158

–

745

406

558

1,151

431

(589)

993

1,071

105

(589)

587

80

406

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial Statements 
 
 
 
14. Right-of-use assets
Group
The Group’s right-of-use assets were as follows:

Asset

At 1 October

Opening accrual adjustment

Additions

Depreciation

Foreign exchange

At 30 September

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

4,020

–

37,408

6,625

(676)

–

(3,262)

(1,793)

(133)

(136)

38,033

4,020

Right-of-use assets primarily relate to existing property leases in London, New York and Dublin. Right-of-use 
assets are measured at the amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued 
lease payments relating to that lease recognised in the balance sheet. 

15. Investment in subsidiary undertakings
Company
a) Company investment in subsidiaries

At 1 October

Additions

At 30 September

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

88,835

79,256

9,048

9,579

97,883

88,835

Additions reflect the accounting treatment required by IFRS 2 in relation to awards made under the Group’s 
share plans which are accounted for as equity-settled share transactions and relate to employees in subsidiaries.

b) Subsidiaries
The Company beneficially owns the entire issued ordinary share capital of the companies listed below, there 
being no other class of share. All shares have identical voting rights. All companies listed operate in their country 
of incorporation and have financial year ends that are coterminous with the Company:

137

Subsidiary 

Country of incorporation

Principal activity 

Proportion of shareholding

Numis Securities Limited 

United Kingdom 

Financial services 

Numis Securities Inc.* 

United States of America  Financial services 

Numis Europe Limited

Ireland

Financial services

Numis Asset Management Limited United Kingdom 

Numis Nominees (Client) Limited

United Kingdom 

Numis Nominees (NSI) Limited*

United Kingdom 

Numis Nominees Limited* 

United Kingdom

Dormant

Dormant 

Dormant 

Dormant

* Held through a subsidiary of the Company

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

The Companies incorporated in the United Kingdom have their registered office at 45 Gresham Street, London 
EC2V 7BF, England. Numis Securities Inc. has its registered office at 25th Floor, 575 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 
10017, USA and Numis Europe Limited has its registered office at Riverview House, 21-23 City Quay, Dublin 2, 
Ireland.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continued

16. Deferred tax
The movement in the deferred tax balance is as follows:

Group

At 1 October

Amounts recognised in the income statement

Amounts recognised in equity

At 30 September

Group

At 1 October 2020

Amounts recognised in the income statement

Amounts recognised in equity

At 30 September 2021

2021
£’000

5,617

(543)

(1,068)

4,006

Other
£’000

25

15

40

2020
£’000

3,962

978

677

5,617

Total
£’000

5,617

(543)

(1,068)

4,006

Capital
allowances
£’000

Share plan
arrangements
£’000

74

(340)

(266)

5,518

(218)

(1,068)

4,232

The above deferred tax assets have been recognised reflecting management’s confidence that there will be 
sufficient levels of future taxable gains arising from the Group’s normal course of business against which the 
deferred tax asset can be utilised. Of this balance £1,738,000 (2020: £4,691,000) is expected to be recovered 
within 12 months.

17. Trade and other receivables
The following amounts are included within trade and other receivables:

Group

138

Due from clients, brokers and other counterparties (excluding corporate finance 
receivables)

Loans to employees

VAT receivable

Other receivables, including corporate finance receivables

Prepayments

Accrued income

Company

Other receivables

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

440,420

300,283

31

234

248

–

22,268

22,748

4,403

2,464

443

413

467,799

326,156

2021
£’000

36,469

2020
£’000

7

Trade and other receivables principally comprise amounts due from and due to clients, brokers and other 
counterparties. Such amounts represent unsettled sold securities transactions and are stated gross. The 
magnitude of such balances varies with the level of business being transacted around the reporting date. Loans 
to employees principally arise from arrangements under the Group’s share plans. These are repayable on 
departure from the Group or as requested by the Group.

Trade and other receivables are stated net of expected credit losses. The movement in expected credit losses 
during the year shown below relates solely to corporate finance receivables and is recorded in the income 
statement within administrative expenses.

Expected net credit losses:

Group

At 1 October

Movement to level of expected credit losses

At 30 September

2021
£’000

80

(7)

73

2020
£’000

348

(268)

80

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial StatementsDue to the immaterial nature of the Group’s provision for expected credit losses, trade and other receivables are 
shown net of this provision on the balance sheet.

For amounts due from clients, brokers and other counterparties and loans to employees, expected credit losses 
are nil due to the nature of the counterparties, the short-term nature of the receivables and the recent historical 
loss rates of zero.

18. Trading investments

Group

Listed on the LSE main market

Listed on AIM

Listed overseas

Unlisted UK investments

Unlisted overseas investments

2021
£’000

38,897

5,270

1,368

5,873

7,564

2020
£’000

12,125

2,200

9,063

13,329

1,372

58,972

38,089

Included within trading investments is £21,783,000 (2020: £14,701,000) of investments held outside of the market-
making portfolio. There were new investment purchases of £3,400,000, disposals of £5,125,000 and fair value net 
increases of £8,807,000 in relation to these investments.

19. Stock borrowing collateral

Group

Stock borrowing collateral

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

18,623

18,222

The Group enters stock borrowing arrangements with a small number of counterparties, which are entered into 
on a collateralised basis with cash advanced as collateral. The asset recorded on the balance sheet relates to the 
amount of cash collateral advanced. The expected credit losses in relation to stock borrowing collateral are £nil 
(2020: £nil), due to these balances being fully collateralised.

20. Derivative financial instruments

Group
Options and warrants

At 1 October 

Exercised

Revaluation to fair value in the year recognised in the income statement

At 30 September

Included in current assets – listed securities

139

2021
£’000

18

–

611

629

629

2020
£’000

1,103

(1,085)

–

18

18

The Group holds equity options and warrants over certain securities. Although the options and warrants 
themselves are not listed the underlying securities may be listed or otherwise. In the information presented 
above the listed distinction relates to the underlying security. 

Foreign exchange contracts may also be used from time to time during the year. At 30 September 2021 the fair 
value of outstanding foreign exchange contracts was £nil (2020: £nil).

21. Cash and cash equivalents

Group

Cash and cash equivalents included in current assets

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

134,125

125,217

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and deposits held at call with banks and other institutions.

The balances exclude deposits of clients’ monies placed by the Group with banks on an agency basis. All such 
deposits are designated by the banks as clients’ funds and are not available to the banks to satisfy any liability the 
Group may have with them at that time. 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continued

22. Trade and other payables

Group

Amounts due to clients, brokers and other counterparties

VAT payable

Social security and PAYE

Other payables

Deferred income

Accruals

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

415,460

296,249

–

1,794

3,189

3,135

666

1,364

622

1,305

58,368

40,059

481,946

340,265

As a result of their short-term nature, the fair value of trade and other payables held at amortised cost 
approximates to their carrying value. All deferred income from the previous financial year was recognised as 
income in the current financial year.

Included within accruals is a provision for dilapidations, which was fully settled in October 2021, as follows:

Provisions – dilapidations for the Paternoster Square office
Group

At 1 October

Movement in the year

At 30 September

Company

Amounts due to subsidiaries

140

23. Lease liabilities
The Group’s lease liabilities were as follows:

Group

Liabilities

At 1 October

Additions

Cash paid in respect of lease arrangements

Unwind of discount 

Foreign exchange

At 30 September

Of which:

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total

2021
£’000

1,000

(400)

600

2021
£’000

–

2020
£’000

–

1,000

1,000

2020
£’000

6,580

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

4,605

6,625

37,408

–

(2,913)

(2,099)

1,102

(131)

226

(147)

40,071

4,605

491

39,580

40,071

1,962

2,643

4,605

The Group’s weighted average borrowing rate applied to its lease liabilities is 3.96% (2020: 4.36%), which uses a 
build-up approach that starts with a risk-free interest rate adjusted for the impact of credit risk through reference 
to the Group’s borrowing rates.

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial Statements24. Share capital and other reserves
Share capital 

Group and Company

Authorised

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

140,000,000 (2020: 140,000,000) 5p ordinary shares

7,000

7,000

Allotted, issued and fully paid

125,038,536 (2020: 118,438,536) 5p ordinary shares

6,252

5,922

During the year there were 6,600,000 ordinary shares issued (2020: nil). During the year 500,000 (2020: 1,935,000) 
ordinary shares of 5p with an aggregate nominal value of £25,000 (2020: £96,750) were purchased by the 
Company into Treasury shares. Retained earnings have been reduced by £1,555,000 (2020: £5,426,000) being the 
consideration paid for these shares. Also, during the year, 3,200,000 (2020: 2,000,000) ordinary shares of 5p were 
transferred from Treasury shares to the Group’s Employee Benefit Trust at a weighted average value of £2.73 per 
share (2020: £2.69 per share). The number of shares held in Treasury at 30 September 2021 totals 10,671,088 (2020: 
13,371,088). 

Other reserves

Group

Balance at 1 October 2020

Exchange difference on translation of foreign operations

Employee share plans: value of employee service

Employee share plans: transfer to retained profit on vesting of awards

Balance at 30 September 2021

Balance at 1 October 2019

Exchange difference on translation of foreign operations

Employee share plans: value of employee service

Employee share plans: transfer to retained profit on vesting of awards

Balance at 30 September 2020

Company

Balance at 1 October 2020

Employee share plans: value of employee service

Employee share plans: transfer to retained profit on vesting of awards

Balance at 30 September 2021

Balance at 1 October 2019

Employee share plans: value of employee service

Employee share plans: transfer to retained profit on vesting of awards

Balance at 30 September 2020

Foreign 
exchange 
translation
£’000

Equity- 
settled 
share plans
£’000

Total 
other 
reserves
£’000

1,364

21,057

22,421

10

–

–

–

10

9,250

9,250

(22,644)

(22,644)

1,374

7,663

9,037

Foreign 
exchange 
translation
£’000

Equity- 
settled 
share plans
£’000

Total 
other 
reserves
£’000

1,137

227

–

–

19,502

20,639

–

9,579

227

9,579

(8,024)

(8,024)

1,364

21,057

22,421

141

Equity- 
settled 
share plans
£’000

21,056 

9,250

(22,644)

7,662

Equity- 
settled 
share plans
£’000

19,501

9,579

(8,024)

21,056

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continued

25. Cash flows generated from operating activities
Reconciliation of profit before tax to cash flows generated from operating activities:

Group

Profit before tax

Net finance costs/(income)

Disposal of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation charges on property, plant and equipment

Depreciation charges on right-of-use assets

Amortisation charges on intangible assets

Share plan charges

(Increase)/decrease in trading investments

(Increase) in trade and other receivables

(Increase) in stock borrowing collateral

Increase in trade and other payables

Other balance sheet movements in relation to leases

(Increase)/decrease in derivatives

Cash flows generated from operating activities

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

74,150

37,063

2,288

279

1,154

3,262

158

(263)

–

1,223

1,793

105

9,634

9,806

(20,883)

374

(141,643)

(138,898)

(401)

(3,582)

149,728

166,669

–

(611)

676

1,085

77,115

76,051

Company
The Company does not hold any cash balances, and cash-based transactions are carried out on its behalf by 
Numis Securities Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary. The operating profit of the Company includes dividends 
from subsidiary companies of £57,000,000 (2020: £13,000,000) that passed through intercompany accounts.

142

26. Employee share plans
The Company has established an Employee Benefit Trust in respect of the Group share plans which is funded by 
the Group and has the authority to acquire shares from the Company or in the open market to meet the Group’s 
future obligations under these plans. At 30 September 2021 the Trust owned 3,400,981 ordinary shares at 5p in 
the Company (2020: 616,537) with a market value of £12.2m at 30 September 2021 (2020: £1.8m).

At 1 October

Acquired during the year

New issuance of shares

Transferred from treasury

Shares vested in employees

Shares used to satisfy option exercises

At 30 September 

2021
Number
of shares

2020
Number
of shares

616,537

438,469

6,358,397

1,534,674

6,600,000

–

3,200,000 2,000,000

(11,264,299) (3,336,844)

(2,109,654)

(19,762)

3,400,981

616,537

The figures in the above table are presented on a trade date basis.

At 30 September 2021 the number of shares held by the Trust in respect of awards made to, but not yet vested in, 
employees was nil (2020: nil shares). 

A description of the Group’s active share plans and their operation is set out below:

Restricted Stock Unit (RSU) 2008 Plan
The Board approved this plan on 4 December 2007 and it was approved by shareholders on 29 January 2008.

Eligibility
Any Director or employee of the Company, or a Group company, may be invited to participate in the plan.

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial StatementsNature of plan
This plan is open to both UK and US Directors and employees and operates as a deferred bonus payment in the 
form of shares. Awards vest in the hands of the participant in three equal tranches no earlier than at the end of 
the first, second and third anniversaries following the award date if they continue to be employed by the Group 
on those dates. Awards granted under this plan are equity settled.

Long Term Incentive Plan 2016 
The Board approved this plan on 5 September 2016.

Eligibility
Any Director or employee of the Company, or a Group company, may be invited to participate in the plan.

Nature of plan
The plan is designed to increase the interest of participant(s) in the Company’s long-term business goals and 
performance. The vesting conditions require not only a five-year service condition to be fulfilled but also the 
achievement of performance conditions as specified by the Group’s Remuneration Committee. Vesting can 
occur no earlier than the fifth anniversary of grant but, in certain circumstances, a holding period extending 
beyond the fifth anniversary of grant may also be applied.

Awards under this plan have been made through the granting of options which lapse on the tenth anniversary of 
the grant date. 

Awards granted under this plan are equity settled.

Long Term Incentive Plan (US) 2017 
The Board approved this plan on 6 January 2017.

Eligibility
Any Director or employee of Numis Securities Inc. (NSI), the wholly owned subsidiary of Numis Securities Limited 
(NSL), itself a wholly owned subsidiary of Numis Corporation Plc, may be invited to participate in the plan.

Nature of plan
The plan operates in the same way as the LTIP 2016 Plan other than differences which arise in the treatment of 
awards under differing tax jurisdictions and in that vesting can occur no earlier than the fourth anniversary of 
grant but, in certain circumstances, a holding period extending beyond the fourth anniversary of grant may also 
be applied. 

Awards under this plan have been made through the granting of options which lapse on the tenth anniversary of 
the grant date. Non-market conditions are disclosed in the Remuneration Report on page 103.

143

Awards granted under this plan are equity settled.

Long Term Incentive Plan 2021
The Board approved this plan on 7 December 2020.

Eligibility
Any Director or employee of the Company, or a Group company, may be invited to participate in the plan.

Nature of plan
The plan is designed to increase the interest of participant(s) in the Company’s long-term business goals and 
performance. Vesting can occur no earlier than the third anniversary of grant and are subject to a further one 
year holding period.

The new LTIP awards issued under the 2021 LTIP Plan are subject to target performance conditions measured 
over the three-year vesting period and similar personal performance conditions as set out under the 2016 LTIP 
Plan. The fair value calculations have been undertaken by specialist independent remuneration consultants who 
were engaged in advising on the formulation and valuation of the plan.

Awards under this plan have been made through the granting of options which lapse on the tenth anniversary of 
the grant date.

Awards granted under this plan are equity settled.

Restricted Stock Unit (RSU) 2017 Plan
The Board approved this plan on 7 November 2017.

Eligibility
Any Director or employee of the Company, or a Group company, may be invited to participate in the plan.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continued

26. Employee share plans continued
Nature of plan
The plan was devised broadly to follow the terms of the Restricted Stock Unit (RSU) 2008 Plan and was put in 
place as no awards could be made under the earlier plan after the tenth anniversary of the adoption on 
29 January 2008.

The plan is open to both UK and US Directors and employees as a deferred bonus payment in the form of shares. 
Awards vest in the hands of the participant in three equal tranches no earlier than at the end of the first, second 
and third anniversaries following the award date if they continue to be employed by the Group on those dates.

Awards granted under this plan are equity settled.

The movement in award shares for each share incentive award plan, other than awards made by way of options, 
together with the number of granted but unvested share awards outstanding at 30 September 2021 is detailed 
in the tables below:

Award shares at 1 October 2020

New awards

Vesting of awards

Forfeiture of awards

Award shares at 30 September 2021

Award shares at 1 October 2019

144

New awards

Vesting of awards

Forfeiture of awards

Award shares at 30 September 2020

RSU 2008
Number
of shares

RSU 2017
Number
of shares

Total
Number
of shares

21,150 5,320,256

5,341,406

–

1,661,181

1,661,181

(21,150)

(2,334,817) (2,355,967)

–

(124,896)

(124,896)

– 4,521,724 4,521,724

RSU 2008
Number
of shares

RSU 2017
Number
of shares

Total
Number
of shares

1,603,929 4,207,327

5,811,256

–

3,029,039 3,029,039

(1,571,618)

(1,765,226) (3,336,844)

(11,161)

(150,884)

(162,045)

21,150 5,320,256

5,341,406

Under the share plans shown above, awards of 1,661,181 shares (2020: 3,029,039 shares) were granted during the 
year at a weighted average fair value of 316.2p (2020: 233.4p). The weighted average market price on grant date 
for all awards made during the year was 341.1p (2020: 258.4p).

Option plans
The Group may grant options under four different plans – the Long-Term Incentive Plan 2021, the Long-Term 
Incentive Plan 2016, the Long-Term Incentive Plan (US) 2017 (all described above) and an employee option plan 
which was originally formulated and approved in 2001, which was the main basis of share-based remuneration 
prior to the other plans being set up. It was open to any Director or employee of the Company, or Group 
company, and the plan allowed the Group to grant options to employees at its discretion, which were exercisable 
within a 3- and 10-year period after the grant date.

Movements in the number of outstanding share options during the year and their weighted average exercise 
prices are as follows:

At 1 October

Granted

Forfeited

Exercised

At 30 September

2021

2020

Average 
exercise 
price
(pence per
share)

Outstanding
options

Average 
exercise 
price
(pence 
per share)

Outstanding
options

3.98

11,295,016

4.42

11,314,778

–

–

1,298,507

(1,384,384)

–

–

–

–

2.54

(9,831,582)

253.00

(19,762)

14.52

1,377,557

3.98

11,295,016

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial StatementsThe date range over which the above options may be exercised is set out in the table below. The overall weighted 
average life of the remaining options is 8.90 years (2020: 5.85 years).

The weighted average share price at the exercise date of options exercised during the year, was 334.8p 
(2020: 290.0p). 

At 30 September 2021 the following options granted to Directors and employees to acquire ordinary shares in the 
Company were outstanding:

Grant date 

16 December 2013

16 December 2013

18 January 2021

Number 
of options 

outstanding  Exercise price 

Earliest exercise date 

Latest exercise date

19,762

59,288

253.0p 

16 December 2016

16 December 2023

253.0p 

16 December 2016

16 December 2023

1,298,507

0.0p

18 January 2024

18 January 2031

Options granted after 7 November 2002 are measured at fair value at the date of grant. The fair value determined 
is expensed on a staged basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of options that will 
eventually vest. Fair value is measured by use of a Black-Scholes valuation model or a stochastic valuation model 
dependent on the type of performance conditions applied to the award. The expected life used in the Black-
Scholes model is adjusted, based on management’s best estimate and behavioural considerations. Expected 
volatility is estimated with reference to the share price of the Company over a period commensurate with the 
expected life of the option. 

Certain awards contain non-market conditions such as personal and share price performance measures. In the 
event that the assumption made for the measurable non-market condition (staff turnover) was increased or 
decreased by 5%, the impact on the associated compensation cost for the financial year would have been an 
increase or decrease of £18,000 respectively.

27. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated on a profit after tax of £57,847,000 (2020: £31,350,000) and 106,687,884 
(2020: 104,986,698) ordinary shares, being the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the 
year. Diluted earnings per share takes account of contingently issuable shares arising from share plan award 
arrangements where their impact would be dilutive. In accordance with IAS 33, potential ordinary shares are only 
considered dilutive when their conversion would decrease the profit per share or increase the loss per share from 
continuing operations attributable to the equity holders.

The calculations exclude shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust on behalf of the Group and shares held in 
Treasury.

2021
Number
Thousands

2020
Number
Thousands

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year – basic

106,688

104,987

Dilutive effect of share awards

Diluted number of ordinary shares

11,021

12,313

117,709

117,300

28. Guarantees and other financial commitments
a) Guarantees
The Company currently has in place unlimited guarantees to the Company’s bankers, Barclays Bank plc, for the 
debts of Numis Securities Limited and Numis Securities Inc., an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the 
Company. At 30 September 2021 the Group did not have any indebtedness to Barclays Bank plc (2020: nil).

b) Pension arrangements
A defined contribution Group Personal Pension Plan has been in operation since 6 April 1997 for all eligible 
employees of the Group. The Group Personal Pension Plan is funded through monthly contributions. The Group 
contributes 7% of members’ salaries with members separately contributing at least 2.5% of their salary. 
Employees are also eligible for death-in-service benefits. The pension cost charge for the year is disclosed 
in note 7. 

c) Revolving credit facility (RCF)
A revolving credit facility of £35m is in place with the Group’s banks, should the Group be required to temporarily 
fund any short-term settlement obligations. The facility is committed until May 2023.

d) Employment arrangements
In the ordinary course of business, at the period end, the Group had entered into new employment 
arrangements that are conditional upon the employee starting in the subsequent period.

145

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continued

29. Financial instrument risk management
Group
Accounting treatment
The categorisation of the Group’s assets and liabilities analysed by accounting treatment is summarised below:

At 30 September 2021:

Assets and
liabilities 
held at
amortised cost
£’000

Fair 
value through 
profit or loss
£’000

Non-financial 
instruments
£’000

Total
£’000

Assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Right-of-use assets

Deferred tax

Trade and other receivables

Trading investments

Stock borrowing collateral

Current income tax receivable

Derivative financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

146

Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Trading instruments

Lease liabilities (current)

Lease liabilities (non-current)

Total liabilities

–

–

–

–

463,396

–

–

–

–

–

–

58,972

18,623

–

–

134,125

616,144

–

–

629

–

10,044

10,044

558

38,033

4,006

4,403

–

–

3,171

–

–

558

38,033

4,006

467,799

58,972

18,623

3,171

629

134,125

59,601

60,215

735,960

(473,828)

–

(8,118)

(481,946)

–

(491)

(39,580)

(27,217)

–

–

–

–

–

(27,217)

(491)

(39,580)

(513,899)

(27,217)

(8,118)

(549,234)

Total equity

102,245

32,384

52,097

186,726

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial StatementsAt 30 September 2020:

Assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Right-of-use assets

Deferred tax

Trade and other receivables

Trading investments

Stock borrowing collateral

Current income tax receivable

Derivative financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Trading instruments

Lease liabilities (current)

Lease liabilities (non-current)

Total liabilities

Assets and
liabilities 
held at
amortised cost
£’000

Fair 
value through 
profit or loss
£’000

Non-financial 
instruments
£’000

–

–

–

–

323,692

–

–

–

–

–

–

38,089

18,222

–

–

125,217

467,131

–

–

18

–

2,596

406

4,020

5,617

2,464

–

–

1,332

–

–

38,107

16,435

Total
£’000

2,596

406

4,020

5,617

326,156

38,089

18,222

1,332

18

125,217

521,673

(336,308)

–

(3,957)

(340,265)

–

(19,170)

(1,962)

(2,643)

–

–

–

–

–

(19,170)

(1,962)

(2,643)

(340,913)

(19,170)

(3,957)

(364,040)

147

Total equity

126,218

18,937

12,478

157,633

Risk management
Effective risk management is key to the successful achievement of the Group’s strategic objectives. A risk 
management framework sets out the inherent risks of our strategic objectives, clear articulation of risk appetite, 
effective internal controls, allocation of roles and responsibilities, and ongoing assessment of risk. The framework 
is documented and designed so that risk exposures are understood, limited, monitored, reported and escalated 
appropriately. The effective control of risk depends upon all employees being conscientious, taking responsibility 
and embedding a culture of risk awareness.

Risk governance
Our risk governance is based on the principle that risk management, risk oversight and assurance should be 
carried out by individuals, committees and functions which are designed to manage risk effectively. Risk 
exposures are monitored, controlled and overseen using the three lines of defence model. The first line of 
defence consists of the business front line employees and committees that understand their responsibilities and 
carry them out in accordance with our risk appetite. The second line is the independent oversight of the Risk and 
Compliance functions, who set and monitor policies and risk appetite, define work practices and oversee the 
business front line. The third line of defence is the internal auditors who regularly review both the business front 
line and the oversight functions to ensure that they are carrying out their tasks to the required level of 
competency. All risk management functions ultimately report to the Board.

The Risk Committee consists of Non-Executive Directors and is responsible for the evaluation and maintenance 
of the Group’s control framework and ensuring that policies are in place and operating effectively to identify, 
assess, monitor and control risk throughout the Group. The Risk Committee receives risk updates which detail 
the Group’s exposure to market, credit, liquidity and operational risks. Independent assurance of the suitability 
and effectiveness of the Group’s risk management framework and controls is provided to the Risk Committee by 
the utilisation of an outsourced, independent Internal Audit function.

The Risk Oversight Committee exercises senior level oversight of all risk-related issues. It has specific 
responsibility for the in-depth assessment and reporting of all material enterprise risks faced by the Group, 
including operational and financial risks, and their outlook. For example, the Risk Oversight Committee reviews 
regulatory, legal, financial, technology, and people risk matters, overseas office concerns and change 
management issues.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continued

29. Financial instrument risk management continued
The Financial Risk Committee is responsible for confirming that the day-to-day operating activities related to 
market risk, credit risk, liquidity and capital are managed within the financial risk appetite and controls 
framework. It reviews the detailed components of market, credit and liquidity risk exposures of the business to 
ensure that such risks are monitored and assessed appropriately. As a minimum, the Financial Risk Committee 
reviews market risk of the trading book, credit risk to trading and deposit taking counterparties, liquidity risk of 
the cash and cash equivalents, capital resources and requirements and operational incidents. 

The Risk and Compliance functions have day-to-day responsibility for monitoring and reporting financial risk 
exposures within the Group and escalation of issues to senior management.

Market risk – equity risk
The Group is affected by conditions in the financial markets and the wider economy through its holdings of 
equity investments arising through the normal course of its market-making, trading and investing activities. 
Equity risk arises from the exposures of these holdings to changes in prices and volatilities of equity prices. An 
adverse movement in the fair value of our holdings has consequences for the capital resources of the Group and 
therefore it is important for management to monitor and control the potential impact of such movements.

The Group utilises a VaR model to measure market risk. VaR is a statistical estimate of the potential loss from 
adverse market movements over a specified time horizon within a specified probability. The model uses a 
historical simulation approach which shocks market risk positions by the actual experienced daily market moves 
observed over the most recent rolling 256 business day window, which approximately represents a calendar year. 
The sum of the simulated returns for each of the 256 days is calculated and the VaR is defined as being the third 
worst loss during this year. This approach is an accepted industry standard and gives the Group an 
understanding of the market risks being taken.

VaR limits are set at both individual stock level and portfolio level and are approved by the Board. Such limits are 
incorporated into the Group’s front office trading system so that real-time monitoring of VaR exposures is 
available to both front office staff and the Risk function. On a daily basis, the Risk function, as a minimum, 
computes the VaR risk measure based on the end of day portfolio of holdings. The results are reported to senior 
management at the end of each day against limits with all resulting excesses highlighted. Similarly, the risk 
measures are also compared to the daily revenue performance. Alongside the use of VaR limits, there are 
absolute monetary trading book limits at gross and net position level.

148

The following table shows the highest, lowest and average total long, short, gross and net position in listed 
securities during the year, together with positions at year end. These are reported daily to senior management.

Highest position

Lowest position

Average position

At 30 September 2021

Highest position

Lowest position

Average position

At 30 September 2020

Long
£’000

Short
£’000

Gross
£’000

2021

Net
£’000

44,607

(40,897)

85,504

15,328

12,301

(10,280)

23,481

(13,691)

28,994

(25,394)

54,388

35,824

(25,713)

61,537

Long
£’000

Short
£’000

37,401

(28,339)

6,348

(2,938)

Gross
£’000

59,201

10,624

19,666

(12,654)

30,587

14,360

(17,818)

32,177

3,600

10,111

2020

Net
£’000

24,771

(14,205)

2,826

3,458

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial StatementsThe table below shows the highest, lowest, average and year end equity VaR.

Highest VaR

Lowest VaR

Average VaR

At 30 September

2021
£’000

924

179

370

281

2020
£’000

892

145

327

267

In addition, the Group holds positions totalling £13,437,000 (2020: £14,701,000) in unlisted securities. 

Trading investments
Equity risk on the trading investments held within the market-making book is the day-to-day responsibility of the 
Head of Trading, whose decision-making is independently monitored. Trading investments held outside the 
market-making activities are monitored by the Co-CEOs, CFO and senior management.

Equity risk is managed through a combination of cash investment limits applied to the entire trading book 
coupled with VaR limits set at individual stock level and portfolio level. These limits are approved by the Board, 
the Risk Committee and the Financial Risk Committee, and monitored and reported by the Risk function daily. 
Excess levels over the stock and portfolio limits are initially flagged in real-time on the trading platform and 
monitored by the traders and the Risk function. Excesses are either addressed by the traders or, if they are unable 
to take corrective action, will be discussed with the Risk function and reported to senior management as part of 
the routine end of day reporting mechanism. Excesses are also summarised and presented to the Financial Risk 
Committee along with reasons and corrective action required to bring them within limits.

A sensitivity analysis based on a 10% increase/decrease in underlying equity prices on the listed trading 
investments held in the market-making portfolio at the year end indicates that the impact of such a movement 
would be to increase/decrease respectively profit in the income statement by £4,554,000 (2020: £2,339,000).

Trading instruments
Trading instruments comprise short positions in quoted stocks arising through the normal course of business in 
facilitating client order flow. Equity risk on trading instruments is the day-to-day responsibility of the Head of 
Trading. Exposures of this nature are monitored in exactly the same way as trading investments above as these 
positions form part of the trading book.

A sensitivity analysis based on a 10% increase or decrease in underlying equity prices on the trading instruments 
held at the year end indicates that the impact of such a movement would be to decrease/increase respectively 
profit in the income statement by £2,722,000 (2020: £1,917,000).

149

Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments primarily comprise equity options and warrants over listed equity securities and 
are predominantly received by the Group as non-cash consideration for advisory and other services.

Equity risk arising on derivatives is the day-to-day responsibility of the Head of Trading. A detailed inventory of 
options and warrant holdings is reported to senior management daily and risk is measured and reported using 
the Group’s VaR methodology.

A 10% increase/decrease in the relevant underlying equity price relating to the derivative financial instruments 
held at the year end indicates that the impact of such a movement on the profit in the income statement would 
be an increase of £274,000 (2020: £8,000) and a decrease of £274,000 (2020: £8,000) respectively. 

Market risk – currency risk
Currency risk arises from the exposure to changes in foreign exchange spot and forward prices and volatilities of 
foreign exchange rates. The Group is exposed to the risk that the Sterling value of the assets, liabilities or profit 
and loss could change as a result of foreign exchange rate movements.

There are three sources of currency risk to which the Group may be exposed: foreign currency denominated 
financial assets and liabilities arising as a result of trading in foreign securities; foreign currency financial assets 
and liabilities as a result of either foreign currency denominated corporate finance fees, supplier payments or 
Treasury activities; and foreign currency denominated investments in subsidiaries of the Group. The Risk function 
is responsible for monitoring the Group’s currency exposures which are reported to senior management daily.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Notes to the Financial Statements continued

29. Financial instrument risk management continued
Currency risk is measured using a similar VaR methodology as that used for the Group’s measurement of equity 
risk. The table below shows the highest, lowest and average foreign currency VaR.

Highest VaR

Lowest VaR

Average VaR

At 30 September

2021
£’000

330

105

186

148

2020
£’000

340

75

197

270

150

The Group’s net assets by currency at 30 September were as follows:

Sterling
£’000

US$
£’000

Euro
£’000

Canadian $
£’000

Other
£’000

Total
£’000

2021

Sterling equivalent

160,582

21,571

4,733

331

(491)

186,726

2020

Sterling equivalent

137,145

17,682

812

386

1,607

157,633

The Group hedges any significant transactional currency exposures arising from trading activities using spot or 
forward foreign exchange contracts. At 30 September 2021 there were no material transactional currency 
exposures (2020: immaterial) and the fair value of derivative financial instruments held to manage such currency 
exposure at 30 September 2021 was £nil (2020: £nil). The Group does not hedge future anticipated transactions. 
Currency exposure to foreign currency denominated corporate finance receivables and supplier payables at the 
period end is not considered material.

The table below shows the impact on the Group’s results of a 10 cent movement in the US Dollar and Euro in 
terms of transactional and translational exposures.

10 cent increase (strengthening £):

Profit before tax

Equity

10 cent decrease (weakening £):

Profit before tax

Equity

US$
£’000

(1,636)

(1,636)

Euro
£’000

(468)

(468)

US$
£’000

1,899

1,899

Euro
£’000

556

556

2021

Total
£’000

(2,104)

(2,104)

2021

Total
£’000

2,455

2,455

US$
£’000

(1,013)

(1,984)

US$
£’000

1,184

2,113

Euro
£’000

(87)

(87)

Euro
£’000

105

105

2020

Total
£’000

(1,100)

(2,071)

2020

Total
£’000

1,289

2,218

Market risk – concentration risk
The Group does not have any concentration risk in relation to its trading investments or trading instruments.

Market risk – interest rate risk
Interest rate risk arises as a result of changes to the interest yield curve and the volatilities of interest rates.

The Group’s interest-bearing assets are predominantly held in cash or cash equivalents. Excess cash funds may 
be held on short-term floating rate terms or placed on overnight or short-term deposit. Investment of excess 
funds into cash equivalent instruments may occur from time to time depending on management’s view of yields 
on offer, liquidity requirements and credit risk considerations. In addition to cash and cash equivalents, the 
Group’s cash collateral and stock borrowing collateral balances are also subject to daily floating rate interest. As 
the Group has limited exposure to interest rate risk and has no external debt (2020: £nil) it does not use derivative 
instruments to hedge interest rate risk.

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial StatementsThe table below shows the interest rate profile of the Group’s balances that are subject to daily floating rate 
interest. 

Cash and
 cash 
equivalents
£’000

Cash 
collateral
£’000

Stock 
borrowing 
collateral
£’000

2021

Total
£’000

Cash and 
cash 
equivalents
£’000

Cash
 collateral
£’000

Stock 
borrowing
 collateral
£’000

2020

Total
£’000

120,159

17,035

18,623

155,817

10,281

3,959

331

(605)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

10,281

3,959

331

(605)

116,913

5,860

786

386

1,272

12,687

18,222

147,822

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

5,860

786

386

1,272

134,125

17,035

18,623

169,783

125,217

12,687

18,222

156,126

Currency

Sterling

US Dollar

Euro

Canadian Dollar

Other

At 30 
September

The Group has no material exposures to fair value movements arising from changes in the rates of interest at 
30 September 2021 or 30 September 2020. Changes to rates of interest would only impact the amount of interest 
received on these balances and is immaterial to the Group. Therefore, no material sensitivity to changes in the 
prevailing market rates of interest exists at 30 September 2021 or 30 September 2020. The Group has no interest-
bearing liabilities at 30 September 2021 (2020: nil).

Fair value estimation and hierarchy
Disclosure of financial instruments that are measured on the balance sheet at fair value is based on the following 
fair value measurement hierarchy:

  Level 1: Quoted prices unadjusted in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, 
either directly as prices or indirectly derived from prices; and

  Level 3: Inputs for the asset or liability which are not based on observable market data.

The Group’s financial instruments held at fair value are analysed as follows:

At 30 September 2021:

Trading investments

Derivative financial instruments

Assets

Trading instruments

Liabilities

At 30 September 2020:

Trading investments

Derivative financial instruments

Assets

Trading instruments

Liabilities

151

Level 1
£’000

45,535

–

45,535

(27,217)

(27,217)

Level 1
£’000

23,388

–

23,388

(19,170)

(19,170)

Level 2
£’000

Level 3
£’000

Total
£’000

–

13,437

58,972

629

629

– 

629

13,437

59,601

– 

– 

– 

– 

(27,217)

(27,217)

Level 2
£’000

–

18

18

–

–

Level 3
£’000

14,701

–

Total
£’000

38,089

18

14,701

38,107

–

–

(19,170)

(19,170)

For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the Financial Statements on a recurring basis, the Group 
determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the hierarchy by re-assessing the categorisation 
at the end of each reporting year. There was one transfer from level 3 to level 1 during the year.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

29. Financial instrument risk management continued
Movements in financial assets categorised as level 3 during the year were:

At 1 October 

Additions

Net gains included in other operating income in the income statement

Disposals

Transfer to level 1

At 30 September 

2021
£’000

14,701

3,400

8,807

(5,125)

(8,346)

2020
£’000

14,494

39

168

–

–

13,437

14,701

Level 3 financial instruments comprise minority equity holdings in unquoted companies. The determination of 
fair value requires judgement, particularly in determining whether changes in fair value have occurred since the 
last observable transaction in the investee company’s shares. In making this judgement the Group evaluates 
amongst other factors the materiality of each individual holding, the stage of the investee company’s 
development, financial information pertaining to each investee company and relevant discussions with the 
investee company’s management.

A sensitivity analysis based on a 5% increase/decrease in the underlying level 3 investment companies within the 
Group’s investment portfolio, would increase/decrease respective profit in the income statement by £672,000 
(2020: £735,000). There are a number of unobservable inputs used to value of the Group’s investment portfolio. 
The most significant of these are:

•  discounts to recent observable transactions. The impact of increasing these discounts by 10% for the most 

significant investments, where appropriate, would be to decrease the value of these investments by £243,000.

•  adjustments taken to earnings multiples of comparable peer companies in both private and public markets, 
as well as performance uplifts from forecasts. The impact of changing these adjustments by 10%, where 
appropriate, would be an increase or decrease to the value of the investments of £523,000.

The carrying value of assets and liabilities not held at fair value (cash and cash equivalents, trade and other 
receivables, trade and other payables and stock borrowing collateral) are not materially different from fair value.

152

Credit risk – counterparty risk
Credit risk is the potential loss that the Group would incur if a counterparty fails to settle its contractual 
obligations, or there is a failure of a deposit taking institution. Credit risk exposure therefore arises as a result of 
trading, investing and financing activities. The primary source of credit risk faced by the Group is that arising from 
the settlement of equity trades carried out in the normal course of business. Expected credit losses are 
immaterial to the Group due to the quality of counterparties and negligible historic loss rate.

The credit risk on a particular equity trade receivable is measured by reference to the original amount owed to 
the Group less any partial payments less any collateral to which the Group is entitled. For example, in accordance 
with the delivery versus payment principle, the potential exposure at default sustained by the Group would not 
be the amount of the outstanding receivable balance, but rather the amount representing commission due to 
the Group and any residual exposure from market risk on the underlying equity after a sell-out (or buy-in) has 
been carried out.

An internal stress test is employed in order to measure the credit risk exposure faced by the Group. This is a 
historical 20-day VaR methodology and a conservative judgement of the likelihood of counterparty default. This 
assessment is applied to the end of day equity trade receivable and payable balances and the results are 
reported to senior management on a daily basis.

Credit risk exposures are also managed by the use of individual counterparty limits applied initially on the 
categorisation of the counterparty (for example, hedge fund, long only fund, broker, etc.) and assessed further 
according to the results of an external credit rating and/or relevant financial indicators and/or news flow. From 
time to time certain counterparties may be placed on an internal watch list in reaction to adverse news flow or 
market sentiment. The Risk function prepares a summary daily report for senior management which identifies 
the top 40 individual counterparty exposures measured against their limits, the major stock positions which 
make up the exposure and a list of the largest failing trades. This reporting incorporates the Sterling equivalent 
gross inward, outward and net cash flow exposure. Finally, automated intra-day reporting of all inward, outward 
and net cash flow exposures by individual counterparty against assigned limits is monitored by the Risk function 
to ensure appropriate escalation and mitigation action is taken.

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial StatementsTrade receivables relating to fees due on the Group’s corporate finance and advisory activities are monitored on a 
weekly basis and other receivable balances are monitored at least monthly. As the vast majority of the Group’s 
corporate finance receivables are due from existing customers with ongoing contracts with the Group continuing 
to provide services to them, expected credit losses remain low and immaterial to the Group as a whole. The Group 
continually monitors its corporate finance receivables balances and liaises with client directors within the Group to 
ascertain recoverability of overdue receivables and to assess any risk of default. Loans to employees in respect of 
share scheme arrangements are secured by shares held within the Employee Benefit Trusts. Stock borrowing 
collateral is monitored on a daily basis and has a low counterparty credit risk due to being collateralised.

Cash and cash equivalents are with large banks with a strong UK presence all of whom have had credit ratings at 
or above Fitch investment grade A throughout the year. Credit exposures may be further reduced by 
diversification of deposits across a number of institutions.

The Group’s financial assets are analysed by their ageing in the table below and represent the maximum 
exposure to credit risk at 30 September 2021 of balance sheet financial instruments before taking account of any 
collateral held or other credit enhancements. Except for stock borrowing collateral, there were no collateral 
amounts held by the Group as security against amounts receivable at 30 September 2021 (2020: £nil). 

At 30 September 2021 (£’000)

Not Overdue

0 to 3 
months

3 to 6 
months

6 to 12 
months

Over 
1 year

Total

Trade and other receivables

461,080

1,498

348

420

50

463,396

Trading investments

Stock borrowing collateral

Derivative financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

58,972

18,623

629

134,125

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

58,972

18,623

629

134,125

673,429

1,498

348

420

50

675,745

At 30 September 2020 (£’000)

Trade and other receivables

Trading investments

Stock borrowing collateral

Derivative financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

Not Overdue

321,538

38,089

18,222

18

125,217

0 to 3 
months

1,220

–

–

–

–

503,084

1,220

3 to 6 
months

–

–

–

–

–

–

6 to 12 
months

932

–

–

–

–

932

Over 
1 year

2

–

–

–

–

2

Total

323,692

38,089

18,222

18

125,217

505,238

153

Credit risk – concentration risk
Concentration risk is the risk arising from exposures to groups of connected parties, counterparties in the same 
sector, or counterparties undertaking the same activity. Concentration risk arises, in particular, with respect to the 
Group’s exposures to unsettled securities trades. These exposures are monitored intra-day using the credit risk 
exposure reports and process outlined above. In addition, as orders are taken, system-generated warnings are 
given of any counterparties whose order is likely to grow above £5m in size.

Concentration of credit risk to a particular counterparty or issuer may also arise from deposits placed with UK 
licensed banks, and cash collateral placed with stock lenders and Central Counterparties, such as the London 
Clearing House. The credit quality of these counterparties is kept under review by management. Expected credit 
losses are assessed on a regular basis based on historic credit losses and future economic outlook. Expected 
credit losses on trade and other receivables are disclosed in note 17 and concentration of trading investments by 
market is disclosed in note 18. 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

29. Financial instrument risk management continued
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that funds are either not available to service day-to-day funding requirements or are only 
available at a high cost or need to be arranged at a time when market conditions are unfavourable and 
consequently the terms are onerous. Liquidity is of vital importance to the Group to enable it to continue 
operating in even the most adverse circumstances.

The Group assesses its liquidity position on a daily basis and computes the impact of various stress tests to 
determine how liquidity could be impacted under a range of different scenarios. The liquidity position is also 
monitored against regulatory requirements.

The undiscounted cash flows relating to Group’s financial liabilities are expected to occur in the following periods 
based on the remaining time to contractual maturity date at the balance sheet date:

At 30 September 2021 (£’000):

Trade and other payables

Trading instruments

Lease liabilities (current)

Lease liabilities (non-current)

At 30 September 2020 (£’000):

154

Trade and other payables

Trading instruments

Lease liabilities (current)

Lease liabilities (non-current)

Less than 
3 months

3 months 
to 1 year

1 to 5 years Over 5 years

Total

473,828

27,217

139

–

–

–

420

–

–

–

–

–

–

473,828

27,217

559

–

12,920

41,009

53,929

501,184

420

12,920

41,009

555,533

Less than 
3 months

3 months 
to 1 year

1 to 5 years Over 5 years

Total

336,308

19,170

488

–

–

–

1,474

–

355,966

1,474

–

–

–

1,429

1,429

–

–

–

1,214

1,214

336,308

19,170

1,962

2,643

360,083

A revolving credit facility of £35m is in place with the Group’s banks, should the Group be required to temporarily 
fund any short-term settlement obligations. The facility is committed until May 2023.

Capital risk
The Group manages its capital resources with reference to the requirements of the business and also through 
consideration of the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) performed in accordance with 
guidelines and rules governed by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA). Under this process the Group plans to 
ensure that there is either sufficient capital to absorb potential losses or that there are mitigating controls in place 
which make the likelihood of the risk occurring remote.

The Group is regulated by the FCA. The Group has adopted the Capital Requirements Regulation standardised 
approach to credit risk and market risk and the basic indicator approach for operational risk. 

From 1 January 2022, the Group and its subsidiary, Numis Securities Ltd, will be subject to a new prudential 
regime for MiFID investment firms in the UK. The new prudential regime aims to simplify and streamline the 
rules for investment firms and replaces many rules that were designed for credit institutions. 

Operational risk
Operational risk is the risk of loss arising from shortcomings or failures in internal processes, people or systems, or 
from external events. Operational risk can also be impacted by factors such as the loss of key staff, the quality of 
execution of client business, the maintenance of performance management controls, and a major infrastructural 
failure and/or terrorist event.

The Group takes steps to identify and avoid or mitigate operational risk wherever possible. Continuously evolving 
control standards are applied by suitably trained and supervised individuals and senior management is actively 
involved in identifying and analysing operational risks to find the most effective and efficient means to mitigate 
and manage them. A rolling programme of Risk and Control Self Assessments, enhancements to staff training 
programmes and Internal Audits occur throughout the year.

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial StatementsCompany
The risk management processes for the Company are aligned with those of the Group as a whole and fully 
integrated into the risk management framework, processes and reporting outlined within the Corporate 
Governance Report on page 74 and in the Group section of this note starting on page 146. The Company’s 
specific risk exposures are explained below:

Equity risk
The Company is only exposed to equity risk in relation to its investments in subsidiaries.

Currency risk
The Company has no material exposure to transactional or translational foreign currency risk as it rarely 
undertakes transactions in currencies other than Sterling and consequently rarely has financial assets or liabilities 
denominated in currencies other than Sterling.

Interest rate risk 
The Company has no material exposure to interest rate risk as it has limited interest-bearing assets and liabilities. 

Credit risk
The Company has exposure to credit risk from its normal activities where there is a risk that a counterparty will be 
unable to pay in full amounts when due. The Company’s counterparties are only its subsidiaries, as it has no client 
or other business other than being a holding company. There is therefore minimal external credit risk exposure.

Liquidity risk
The Company has no cash and cash equivalent balances. The management of the Group’s ability to meet its 
obligations as they fall due is set out in the Group section of this note. The Company manages its liquidity risk by 
utilising surplus liquidity within the Group through transactions which pass through intercompany accounts 
when it is required to meet current liabilities.

Fair value estimation and hierarchy
The Company does not hold any trading investments or derivative financial instruments.

There is no material difference between the carrying value and fair value of the Company’s financial assets and 
liabilities.

30. Related Party Transactions
Transactions between related parties are carried out at an arm’s length basis.

Group
a) Intra-group trading
Transactions or balances between Group entities have been eliminated on consolidation and, in accordance with 
IAS 24, are not disclosed in this note.

155

b) Key management compensation
The compensation paid to key management is set out below. Key management has been determined as the 
Executive Directors of the Company and the executive management teams of the Group’s operating subsidiaries, 
who are also Directors of those subsidiaries:

Short-term employment benefits

Post-employment benefits

Gains on option exercises

Share-based payments

2021
£’000

12,839

55

26,234

2,763

41,891

2020
£’000

9,842

123

–

3,232

13,197

The above amounts include those paid to Directors of the Company.

Company
a) Transactions between related parties
Details of transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the Company, are 
set out as follows: amounts owed to the Company from subsidiaries are disclosed in note 17 and amounts owed 
by the Company to subsidiaries are disclosed in note 22.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFinancial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

30. Related Party Transactions continued
b) Key management compensation
The compensation paid to key management is set out below:

Short-term employment benefits

Post-employment benefits

Gains on option exercises

Share-based payments

2021
£’000

8,528

16

26,234

2,113

36,891

2020
£’000

6,566

72

–

2,036

8,674

Details of the remuneration of each Director, including the highest paid Director, can be found within the 
Remuneration Report on page 104. The compensation in the above table has been paid on the Company’s 
behalf by a subsidiary of the Company.

31. Post balance sheet events
Final dividend
A final dividend of 8.0p per share (2020: 6.5p) was proposed by the Directors at their meeting on 7 December 
2021. These Financial Statements do not reflect this dividend payable, as it has not been approved by the 
shareholders. Based on the number of shares in issue at the year end, the total amount payable would be 
£8,877,000.

156

Financial Statements | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Financial Statements 
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other  
information

Notice of Annual General Meeting 2022 

Information for shareholders 

Alternative performance measures 

158

166

IBC

157

Other InformationOther Information | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021(b) 

 THAT the directors be generally and unconditionally 
authorised pursuant to section 551 of the 
Companies Act 2006 (the “Act”) to exercise all the 
powers of the Company to allot shares in the 
Company and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to 
convert any security into, shares in the Company 
(“Relevant Securities”):
(a) 

 up to a maximum aggregate nominal amount 
equal to £1,906,124 (equivalent to 38,122,482 
ordinary shares); and
 comprising equity securities (as defined in 
section 560(1) of the Act) up to an aggregate 
nominal amount equal to £1,906,124 (equivalent 
to 38,122,482 ordinary shares) in connection 
with an offer by way of a rights issue to:
(i) 

 ordinary shareholders in proportion (as 
nearly as may be practicable) to their 
existing holdings; and
 holders of other equity securities as 
required by the rights of those securities or, 
subject to such rights as the directors 
otherwise consider necessary,

(ii) 

 and so that the directors may impose any limits 
or restrictions and make any arrangements 
which they consider necessary or appropriate 
to deal with treasury shares, fractional 
entitlements, record dates, legal, regulatory or 
practical problems in, or under the laws of, any 
territory or any other matter. 

The authorities conferred on the directors under 
paragraphs (a) and (b) to allot Relevant Securities shall 
expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General 
Meeting of the Company to be held in 2023, or, if earlier, 
at 6.00 p.m. on 1 May 2023, unless previously revoked, 
varied or renewed by the Company in a general 
meeting. The Company shall be entitled to make, prior to 
the expiry of such authorities, any offer or agreement 
which would or might require Relevant Securities to be 
allotted after the expiry of these authorities and the 
directors may allot Relevant Securities pursuant to such 
offer or agreement as if these authorities had not 
expired. All prior authorities to allot Relevant Securities 
shall be revoked but without prejudice to any allotment 
of Relevant Securities already made thereunder.

Notice of Annual General Meeting 2022

Please see the explanatory notes attached  
to this notice.

8. 

NOTICE is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting 
of Numis Corporation Plc (the “Company”) will be held at 
the offices of Numis Corporation Plc, 45 Gresham Street, 
London EC2V 7BF on Tuesday 8 February 2022, at 
12.30 p.m. to consider and, if thought fit, pass the following 
resolutions, of which resolutions 1 to 8 will be proposed as 
ordinary resolutions and resolutions 9 to 13 will be 
proposed as special resolutions. 

Ordinary Resolutions 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

158

 To receive and adopt the Company’s annual 
accounts for the financial year ended 30 September 
2021, together with the Directors’ Report and 
Auditors’ Report. 

 To declare a final dividend for the year ended 
30 September 2021 of 8.0p per ordinary share 
payable on 11 February 2022 to shareholders on the 
register at 6.00 p.m. on 17 December 2021. 

 To reappoint as a director Mr Alexander Ham 
(Co-CEO), who is retiring by rotation in accordance 
with the Company’s Articles of Association and, 
being eligible, offers himself for re-election. 

 To reappoint as a director Mr Luke Savage (Non-
Executive Director), who is retiring by rotation 
in accordance with the Company’s Articles of 
Association and, being eligible, offers himself 
for re-election. 

 To reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as 
Auditors, to hold office from the conclusion of this 
meeting until the conclusion of the next Annual 
General Meeting of the Company.

 To authorise the Audit Committee to determine the 
remuneration of the Auditor on behalf of the Board. 

 THAT in accordance with sections 366 and 367 of 
the Companies Act 2006 (the “Act”), the Company is, 
and all companies that are, at any time during the 
period for which this resolution has effect, 
subsidiaries of the Company (as defined in the Act), 
are hereby authorised in aggregate to:
(i) 

 make political donations as defined in section 
364 of the Act, to political parties and/or 
independent election candidates, as defined in 
section 363 of the Act, not exceeding £50,000 
in total;
 make political donations to political 
organisations other than political parties, as 
defined in section 363 of the Act, not exceeding 
£50,000 in total; and 
 incur political expenditure, as defined in section 
365 of the Act, not exceeding £50,000 in total, 

(ii) 

(iii) 

 in each case during the period commencing on the 
date of passing this resolution and ending on the 
date of the next Annual General Meeting of the 
Company to be held in 2023 or at 6.00 p.m. on 1 May 
2023, whichever is sooner. In any event, the 
aggregate amount of political expenditure made or 
incurred under this authority shall not exceed 
£100,000. 

Other Information | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Other Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Special Resolutions 

9. 

 THAT, subject to and conditional upon the passing 
of resolution 8 set out in the notice of this meeting, 
the directors be generally empowered pursuant to 
sections 570 and 573 of the Companies Act 2006 
(the “Act”) to allot equity securities (as defined in 
section 560 of the Act) for cash pursuant to the 
authority conferred by resolution 8 and/or where the 
allotment constitutes an allotment of equity 
securities by virtue of section 560(3) of the Act, as if 
section 561(1) of the Act did not apply to any such 
allotment, provided that this power shall be 
limited to:

(a) 

 the allotment of equity securities in connection 
with an offer of, or invitation to apply for, equity 
securities (but in the case of the authority 
granted under paragraph (b) of resolution 8 
above, by way of a rights issue only) to:
(i) 

(ii) 

 ordinary shareholders in proportion (as 
nearly as may be practicable) to their 
existing holdings; and
 holders of other equity securities as 
required by the rights of those securities or, 
subject to such rights as the directors 
otherwise consider necessary, and so that 
the directors may impose any limits or 
restrictions and make any arrangements 
which they consider necessary or 
appropriate to deal with treasury shares, 
fractional entitlements, record dates, legal, 
regulatory or practical problems in, or 
under the laws of, any territory or any other 
matter; and 

(b)    the allotment (otherwise than pursuant to 

sub-paragraph (a) above) of equity securities for 
cash having an aggregate nominal amount not 
exceeding £285,918 (equivalent to 5,718,372 
ordinary shares), 

 such authorities to expire at the conclusion of the 
next Annual General Meeting of the Company to be 
held in 2023 or, if earlier, at 6.00 p.m. on 1 May 2023, 
unless previously revoked, varied or renewed, save 
that the Company may before such expiry make an 
offer or agreement which would or might require 
equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and 
the directors may allot equity securities in 
pursuance of such offer or agreement as if the 
power conferred hereby had not expired.

 THAT, subject to the passing of resolution 8, the 
directors be given powers pursuant to sections 570 
and 573 of the Companies Act 2006 (the “Act”) and 
in addition to any authority granted under 
resolution 9, to allot equity securities (as defined in 
section 560(1) of the Act) for cash under the 
authority given by resolution 8 and/or where the 
allotment constitutes an allotment of equity 
securities by virtue of section 560(3) of the Act, as if 
section 561(1) and sub-sections (1) to (6) of section 
562 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment, 
provided that such power be:

10. 

(a) 

(b) 

 limited to the allotment of equity securities up 
to a nominal amount of £285,918; and
 used only for the purposes of financing (or 
refinancing, if the authority is to be used within 
six months after the original transaction) a 
transaction which the directors determine to be 
an acquisition or other capital investment of a 
kind contemplated by the Pre-Emption Group’s 
Statement of Principles most recently 
published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to 
the date of this notice, 

 such authority to expire at the conclusion of the next 
Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held 
in 2023 or at 6.00 p.m. on 1 May 2023, whichever is 
sooner (unless previously renewed, varied or revoked 
by the Company at a general meeting). The Company 
may before this authority expires, make an offer or 
enter into an agreement which would or might 
require equity securities to be allotted after such 
expiry and the directors may allot equity securities in 
pursuance of that offer or agreement as if the power 
conferred by this resolution had not expired.

11. 

 THAT the Company be generally authorised 
pursuant to section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 
(the “Act”) to make market purchases (within the 
meaning of section 693(4) of the Act) of ordinary 
shares of 5p each in the capital of the Company on 
such terms and in such manner as the directors 
shall determine, provided that:
(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

 the maximum number of ordinary shares 
hereby authorised to be purchased is limited to 
an aggregate of 11,436,744 ordinary shares 
(equivalent to £571,837);
 the minimum price, exclusive of any expenses, 
which may be paid for each ordinary share is 5p;
 the maximum price, exclusive of any expenses, 
which may be paid for each ordinary share is an 
amount equal to 105 per cent. of the average of 
the middle market quotations for an ordinary 
share of the Company as derived from the AIM 
Appendix to the London Stock Exchange Daily 
Official List for the five business days 
immediately preceding the date on which such 
share is contracted to be purchased;
 this authority shall expire at the conclusion of 
the next Annual General Meeting of the 
Company to be held in 2023, or, if earlier, 1 May 
2023, unless previously revoked, varied or 
renewed; and
 the Company may make a contract to purchase 
ordinary shares under this authority prior to the 
expiry of this authority which will or may be 
executed wholly or partly after the expiry of 
such authority, and may make a purchase of 
ordinary shares pursuant to any such contract 
as if such authority had not expired.

159

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationOther Information | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13.  

 THAT the capital of the Company be reduced by 
cancelling and extinguishing all of the 10,671,088 
ordinary shares of 5p each purportedly purchased 
by the Company between June 2013 and February 
2021 and held in treasury, as further described on 
page 165 of the annual accounts of the Company for 
the year ended 30 September 2021.

By order of the Board

Andrew Holloway 
Chief Financial Officer & Company Secretary

8 December 2021

Registered in England & Wales 
Company Registered No: 2375296
Registered Office
45 Gresham Street 
London
EC2V 7BF 

Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

12. 

 THAT in relation to certain historical final and interim 
dividends paid by the Company over the period 
from February 2007 to February 2021 (the “Relevant 
Dividends”) in relation to which the Company had 
insufficient distributable reserves (the “Deficits”): 
(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

160

 the appropriation to such Deficits of equal 
distributable profits of the Company (from 
intra-group dividends received as shown in the 
audited financial statements of the Company 
for the year ended 30 September 2021), be and 
is hereby authorised and confirmed; 
 any and all claims which the Company has or 
may have arising out of or in connection with 
the payment of the Relevant Dividends against 
those current and former shareholders who 
appeared on the register of members on the 
record date for the Relevant Dividends be 
waived and released, and that a deed of release 
in favour of such shareholders be entered into 
by the Company in the form produced to the 
Annual General Meeting and initialled by the 
Chairman for the purposes of identification and 
any director in the presence of a witness or any 
two directors or any director and the Company 
Secretary be authorised to execute the deed of 
release as a deed poll for and on behalf of the 
Company (the “Release”); 
 any distribution involved in the giving of the 
Release in relation to the Relevant Dividends be 
made out of the relevant distributable profits of 
the Company appropriated to the Relevant 
Dividends by reference to a record date 
identical to the record date for each of the 
Relevant Dividends; and
 any and all claims which the Company has or 
may have against each of its directors (whether 
past or present) arising out of or in connection 
with the approval, declaration or payment of 
the Relevant Dividends be waived and released 
and a deed of release in favour of such persons 
be entered into by the Company in the form 
produced to the Annual General Meeting and 
initialled by the Chairman for the purposes of 
identification and any director in the presence 
of a witness or any two directors or any director 
and the Company Secretary be authorised to 
execute the same as a deed poll for and on 
behalf of the Company.

Other Information | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Other Information 
 
 
  
Notes to the Notice of the Annual General Meeting 

6.  

Right to appoint a proxy

1. 

2. 

 Members of the Company are entitled to appoint a 
proxy to exercise all or any of their rights to attend 
and to speak and vote at a meeting of the Company. 
A proxy does not need to be a member of the 
Company. A member may appoint more than one 
proxy in relation to a meeting provided that each 
proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to 
a different share or shares held by that member.

 A proxy form which may be used to make such 
appointment and give proxy directions 
accompanies this Notice. If you do not receive a 
proxy form and believe that you should have one, or 
if you require additional proxy forms in order to 
appoint more than one proxy, please contact the 
Company’s Registrar, Computershare Investor 
Services PLC, on 0370 707 1203.

Procedure for appointing a proxy

3. 

4. 

5.  

 To be valid, the proxy form must be received by post 
or (during normal business hours only) by hand at 
the office of the Company’s Registrar, 
Computershare Investor Services PLC, The Pavilions, 
Bridgwater Road, Bristol BS99 6ZY, no later than 4 
February 2022 at 12.30 p.m. (or, in the case of any 
adjournment, not later than 48 hours before the 
time fixed for the adjourned meeting). It should be 
accompanied by the power of attorney or other 
authority (if any) under which it is signed or a 
notarially certified copy of such power or authority.

 CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or 
proxies through the CREST electronic proxy 
appointment service may do so for the meeting 
(and any adjournment of the meeting) by using the 
procedures described in the CREST Manual 
(available from https://my.euroclear.com/users/en/
login). CREST Personal Members or other CREST 
sponsored members, and those CREST members 
who have appointed a service provider(s), should 
refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service 
provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate 
action on their behalf.

 In order for a proxy appointment or instruction 
made by means of CREST to be valid, the 
appropriate CREST message (“CREST Proxy 
Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in 
accordance with Euroclear UK & International 
Limited’s specifications and must contain the 
information required for such instructions, as 
described in the CREST Manual. The message must 
be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s 
agent (ID 3RA50) by 4 February 2022 at 12.30 p.m. 
For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to 
mean the time (as determined by the timestamp 
applied to the message by the CREST application 
host) from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve 
the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner 
prescribed by CREST. After this time, any change of 
instructions to proxies appointed through CREST 
should be communicated to the appointee through 
other means. 

 CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST 
sponsors or voting service providers should note 
that Euroclear UK & International Limited does not 
make available special procedures in CREST for any 
particular message. Normal system timings and 
limitations will, therefore, apply in relation to the 
input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the 
responsibility of the CREST member concerned to 
take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST personal 
member, or sponsored member, or has appointed a 
voting service provider(s), to procure that his CREST 
sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s)) such 
action as shall be necessary to ensure that a 
message is transmitted by means of the CREST 
system by any particular time. In this connection, 
CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST 
sponsors or voting system providers are referred, in 
particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual 
concerning practical limitations of the CREST 
system and timings. The Company may treat as 
invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the 
circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the 
Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001. 

161

7. 

 The return of a completed proxy form or the 
transmission of a CREST Proxy Instruction as 
described above, will not preclude a member from 
attending the Annual General Meeting and voting in 
person if he or she wishes to do so.

Record date

8. 

 To be entitled to attend and vote at the Annual 
General Meeting (and for the purpose of the 
determination by the Company of the votes they 
may cast), members must be registered in the 
register of members of the Company as at 6.00 p.m. 
on 4 February 2022 or, in the event of any 
adjournment, 48 hours before the time of the 
adjourned meeting). Changes to the register of 
members after the relevant deadline will be 
disregarded in determining the right of any person 
to attend and vote at the meeting.

Corporate representatives

9. 

 Any corporation which is a member can appoint 
one or more corporate representatives who may 
exercise on its behalf all of its powers as a member 
provided that they do not do so in relation to the 
same shares.

Communications

10. 

 Members who have general enquiries about the 
meeting should use the following means of 
communication. No other means of communication 
will be accepted. You may:

•  call our members’ helpline on 0370 707 1203
•  write to Computershare Investor Services PLC, 

The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol, BS99 6ZZ

Total Voting Rights

11.  

 As at 8 December 2021, being the latest practicable 
date prior to the date of this Notice, the Company’s 
issued share capital consisted of 125,038,536 ordinary 
shares, carrying one vote each, and 10,671,088 
(9.33 per cent.) treasury shares. Therefore, the total 
number of voting rights in the Company as at 
8 December 2021 was 114,367,448. 

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationOther Information | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

If you have not already joined the DRIP and wish to do 
so, you should either apply online at www.investorcentre.
co.uk or, alternatively, contact the Company’s registrar on 
0370 707 1203 to request the terms and conditions of the 
DRIP and a printed mandate form, which must be 
returned to them at Computershare Investor Services 
PLC, The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol BS99 6ZZ, so 
as to arrive no later than 6.00 p.m. on 21 January 2022. If 
you have already joined the DRIP and wish to continue 
receiving dividends in shares, or if you have not already 
joined the DRIP and wish to continue receiving 
dividends in cash, you need take no further action.

Resolutions 3 and 4 – Election and re-election 
of directors

The Articles of Association of the Company require the 
nearest number to one third of the directors to retire at 
each Annual General Meeting. 

Messrs. Ham (Co-CEO) and Savage (Non-Executive 
Director) are each required to retire by rotation and offer 
themselves for re-election in accordance with the 
Articles of Association of the Company. 

The directors believe that the Board continues to 
maintain an appropriate balance of experience, skills, 
personal qualities and capabilities and that all the 
Non-Executive Directors are independent in character 
and judgement. Biographical details of all our directors 
can be found on pages 72 and 73 of the 2021 Annual 
Report and on Numis’ corporate website. 

Resolutions 5 and 6 – Reappointment and 
remuneration of Auditor

The Company is required to appoint auditors at each 
Annual General Meeting to hold office until the next 
such meeting at which accounts are presented. 
Resolution 5 proposes the reappointment of the 
Company’s existing auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers 
LLP.

Resolution 6 proposes that the Audit Committee be 
authorised to determine the level of the auditors’ 
remuneration on behalf of the Board. 

Documents available for inspection

12.  

 There will be available for inspection at the 
registered office of the Company during normal 
business hours on any weekday (excluding 
Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays), and for at 
least 15 minutes prior to and during the Annual 
General Meeting, copies of:

•  the deed of release with the shareholders of the 

Company;

•  the deed of release with the directors of the 

Company;

•  the Service Contract of each Executive Director; 

and

•  the Letters of Appointment of each Non-

Executive Director. 

Explanatory Notes to the Notice of 2022 Annual 
General Meeting 

Resolution 1 – To receive the Report and Accounts

The Board asks that shareholders receive the reports of 
the directors and the financial statements for the year 
ended 30 September 2021, together with the report of 
the auditors. 

Resolution 2 – Declaration of final dividend

A final dividend can only be paid if it is recommended by 
the directors and approved by the shareholders at a 
general meeting. The directors propose that a final 
dividend of 8.0p per ordinary share be paid on 11 February 
2022 to ordinary shareholders who are on the Register 
of Members at 6.00 p.m. on 17 December 2021 (the 
“Final Dividend”). 

Pursuant to the Dividend Investment Plan (“DRIP”), 
shareholders will again be offered the opportunity to 
elect to use their cash dividend to buy additional shares 
in the Company instead of any cash dividend to which 
they would otherwise have been entitled. The DRIP 
allows shareholders to increase their shareholdings in 
the Company in a simple and cost-effective way. Once a 
shareholder has elected to participate in the DRIP, any 
cash dividend will be reinvested in ordinary shares in the 
Company bought on the London Stock Exchange 
through a specially arranged share dealing service. As 
the DRIP does not require the creation of any new 
ordinary shares in the Company and therefore does not 
lead to dilution of the value of the existing ordinary 
shares in the Company, the directors believe that the 
DRIP is beneficial to the shareholders as a whole.

If you have already joined, or choose to join the DRIP, the 
Final Dividend will be used to buy ordinary shares in the 
Company. A dealing commission of 0.75 per cent. of the 
value of the ordinary shares purchased will be charged 
(subject to a minimum of £2.50) and deducted from the 
amount of the Final Dividend. 

162

Other Information | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Other InformationResolution 7 – Authority to make Political Donations 

The Act prohibits companies from making any political 
donations to political organisations, independent 
candidates or incurring political expenditure unless 
authorised by shareholders in advance. The Company 
does not make and does not intend to make donations 
to political organisations or independent election 
candidates, nor does it incur any political expenditure.

However, the definitions of political donations, political 
organisations and political expenditure used in the Act 
are very wide. As a result this can cover activities such as 
sponsorship, subscriptions, payment of expenses, paid 
leave for employees fulfilling certain public duties, and 
support for bodies representing the business 
community in policy review or reform. Shareholder 
approval is being sought on a precautionary basis only, 
to allow the Company and any company which, at any 
time during the period for which this resolution has 
effect, is a subsidiary of the Company, to continue to 
support the community and put forward its views to 
wider business and government interests without 
running the risk of inadvertently breaching the 
legislation. 

The Board is therefore seeking authority to make 
political donations to political organisations and 
independent election candidates not exceeding 
£50,000 in total and to incur political expenditure not 
exceeding £50,000 in total. In line with best practice 
guidelines published by the Investment Association, this 
resolution is put to shareholders annually rather than 
every four years as required by the Act. For the purposes 
of this resolution, the terms ‘political donations’, ‘political 
organisations’, ‘independent election candidate’ and 
‘political expenditure’ shall have the meanings given to 
them in sections 363 to 365 of the Act. 

Resolution 8 – Authority to allot relevant securities

Resolution 8 is proposed to renew the directors’ powers 
to allot shares. The directors’ existing authority, which 
was granted (pursuant to section 551 of the Act) at the 
Annual General Meeting held on 9 February 2021, will 
expire at the end of this year’s Annual General Meeting. 
Accordingly, paragraph (a) of resolution 8 would renew 
and increase this authority by authorising the directors 
(pursuant to section 551 of the Act) to allot relevant 
securities up to an aggregate nominal amount equal to 
approximately one third of the current issued share 
capital of the Company. 

In accordance with The Investment Association’s Share 
Capital Management Guidelines, resolution 8(b) seeks to 
grant the directors authority to allot ordinary shares 
equal to a further one third of the Company’s issued 
share capital in connection with a rights issue in favour of 
ordinary shareholders. If the directors were to use this 
additional authority, then all of the directors would 
submit themselves for re-election at the following 
Annual General Meeting. 

Save in respect of the issue of new ordinary shares 
pursuant to the Company’s share incentive schemes or 
as a result of scrip dividends, the directors currently have 
no plans to allot relevant securities, but the directors 
believe it to be in the interests of the Company for the 
Board to be granted this authority, to enable the Board 
to take advantage of appropriate opportunities which 
may arise in the future.

The authorities sought under paragraphs (a) and (b) of 
this resolution will expire at the conclusion of the annual 
general meeting of the Company to be held in 2023, or 
at 6.00 p.m. on 1 May 2023, whichever is sooner, unless 
renewed or revoked prior to such time.

Resolutions 9 and 10 – Disapplication of statutory 
pre-emption rights

Resolutions 9 and 10 are to approve the disapplication of 
pre-emption rights. The passing of these resolutions 
would allow the directors to allot shares for cash and/or 
sell treasury shares without first having to offer such 
shares to existing shareholders in proportion to their 
existing holdings.

The authority under resolution 9 would be limited to: 

(a) allotments or sales in connection with pre-emptive 
offers and offers to holders of other equity securities if 
required by the rights of those shares or as the Board 
considers necessary; and 

(b) allotments or sales (otherwise than pursuant to (a) 
above) up to an aggregate nominal amount of £285,918 
(equivalent to 5,718,372 ordinary shares), being an 
amount equal to approximately 5 per cent. of the current 
issued share capital of the Company as at 8 December 
2021 (being the latest practicable date prior to the 
publication of this Notice). 

Resolution 10 would give the directors authority to allot a 
further 5 per cent. of the issued ordinary share capital of 
the Company as at 8 December 2021 (being the latest 
practicable date prior to the publication of this Notice) 
for the purposes of financing a transaction which the 
directors determine to be an acquisition or other capital 
investment contemplated by the Pre-Emption Group’s 
Statement of Principles most recently published by the 
Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this Notice (the 
“Statement of Principles”). 

The disapplication authorities under resolutions 9 and 10 
are in line with guidance set out in the Statement of 
Principles. The Statement of Principles allow a board to 
allot shares for cash otherwise than in connection with a 
pre-emptive offer (i) up to 5 per cent. of a company’s 
issued share capital for use on an unrestricted basis, and 
(ii) up to a further 5 per cent. of a company’s issued share 
capital for use in connection with an acquisition or 
specified capital investment announced either 
contemporaneously with the issue, or which has taken 
place in the preceding six-month period and is disclosed 
in the announcement of the issue.

In accordance with the Statement of Principles, the 
directors confirm that they do not intend to issue shares 
for cash representing more than 7.5 per cent. of the 
Company’s issued ordinary share capital in any rolling 
three-year period (save in accordance with resolution 10) 
without prior consultation with shareholders. The 
authorities contained in resolutions 9 and 10 will expire at 
the conclusion of the annual general meeting of the 
Company to be held in 2023 or at 6.00 p.m. on 1 May 
2023, whichever is sooner.

163

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationOther Information | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

Resolution 11 – Authority to purchase Company’s 
own shares

Resolution 11 seeks to grant the directors authority (until 
the next Annual General Meeting to be held in 2023 or, if 
earlier, 1 May 2023, unless such authority is revoked or 
renewed prior to such time) to make market purchases 
of the Company’s own ordinary shares, up to a 
maximum of 11,436,744 ordinary shares (equivalent to 
£571,837), being an amount equal to approximately 10 
per cent. of the current issued share capital of the 
Company. The maximum price payable would be an 
amount equal to 105 per cent. of the average of the 
middle market quotations for an ordinary share of the 
Company for the five business days immediately 
preceding the date of purchase and the minimum price 
would be the nominal value of 5p per ordinary share. 

The directors intend to continue to purchase shares to 
offset the dilutive impact of share awards granted to 
staff, subject to prevailing market conditions, financial 
position and the outlook for the business generally. The 
directors believe it is in the interests of shareholders to 
mitigate the potential dilution arising from our strategy 
to use equity to incentivise and reward staff. 
Furthermore, the authority will only be exercised if the 
directors believe the purchase would enhance earnings 
per share and be in the best interests of shareholders 
generally. The Company may hold in treasury any of its 
own shares that it purchases in accordance with the 
authority conferred by this resolution. This would give 
the Company the ability to re-issue treasury shares 
quickly and cost effectively and would provide the 
Company with greater flexibility in the management of 
its capital base. 

Resolution 12 – Relevant Dividends rectification 
and releases 

The Relevant Dividends

As announced on 7 May 2021, the Board has become 
aware of certain issues in respect of the payment of the 
historical dividends over the period paid between 
February 2007 to February 2021 (together, the “Relevant 
Dividends”). These issues resulted in each of the Relevant 
Dividends being made otherwise than in accordance 
with the Act.

164

The consequences of the Relevant Dividends having 
been made by the Company otherwise than in 
accordance with the Act

Under the Act, a public limited company may pay a 
dividend only out of its distributable profits as shown in 
the last accounts filed at Companies House. In addition 
to having sufficient distributable profits, the Act provides 
that a public limited company may only pay a dividend: 
(i) if at the time the dividend is paid the amount of its net 
assets is not less than the aggregate of its called-up 
share capital and undistributable reserves; and (ii) if, and 
to the extent that, the dividend does not reduce the 
amount of those net assets to less than the aggregate 
amount of its called-up share capital and un-
distributable reserves. 

Prior to paying any dividend, the Company should have 
ensured that at all times it had the requisite level of 
distributable profits and the requisite level of net assets 
by reference in each case to relevant accounts (as 
defined in the Act). 

At the time the Company made the Relevant Dividends, 
it did not have sufficient distributable profits. There were 
sufficient distributable profits within the Group as a 
whole, but the assessments made in calculating the 
amount of profits that were required to be remitted to 
the Company in order to create sufficient distributable 
profits were incorrect. This led to insufficient 
distributable profits in the Company at those times. 
Accordingly, the Relevant Dividends were, regrettably, 
made by the Company otherwise than in accordance 
with the Act. The Group’s current and historical capital 
positions are unaffected.

The Company has been advised that, as a consequence 
of each of the Relevant Dividends having been made 
otherwise than in accordance with the Act, it may have 
claims against past and present shareholders who were 
recipients of the Relevant Dividends to recover the 
amount paid by way of the dividends.

Similarly, the Company has also been advised that it may 
have claims against persons who were directors at the 
time of payment of each of the Relevant Dividends (the 
“Relevant Directors”).

It is not the intention of the Company that any such 
claims should be made by the Company against either 
its shareholders or its past or present directors. 

Related party transaction

The entry by the Company into the Deeds of Release 
and consequential waiver of any rights of the Company 
to make claims in respect of the Relevant Dividends 
constitutes an AIM Rule 13 related party transaction 
pursuant to the AIM Rules for Companies (“AIM Rules”), 
in respect of (a) Aktie-selskabet af 1.3.2017 being a 
shareholder who is currently interested in more than 
10 per cent. of the total voting rights to be cast at the 
AGM; and (b) each of the current directors and persons 
who were directors of the Company in the twelve 
months prior to the date of the publication of 
this document.

Other Information | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Other InformationIn lieu of any independent directors’ recommendation in 
relation to resolution 12, due to all directors being in office 
at the time some of the Relevant Dividends were 
proposed and paid, Grant Thornton UK LLP, in its 
capacity as Nominated Adviser to the Company for the 
purposes of the AIM Rules, considers that resolution 12 
(and specifically the entry by the Company into the 
Shareholders’ Deed of Release and the Directors’ Deed 
of Release (as defined below)) is fair and reasonable 
insofar as the shareholders of the Company are 
concerned.

Shareholder Resolution

In order to: (i) remedy the potential consequences of the 
Relevant Dividends having been made by the Company 
otherwise than in accordance with the Act; and (ii) put all 
potentially affected parties so far as possible in the 
position in which they were always intended to be had 
the Relevant Dividends been made in accordance with 
the requirements of the Act, the Company is proposing 
resolution 12, which is proposed as a special resolution.

If passed, the effect of the resolution will be to:

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

 (authorise and confirm the appropriation of the 
relevant distributable profits of the Company to the 
payment of each of the Relevant Dividends;

 waive and release those shareholders who appeared 
on the register of members on the record date for 
each of the Relevant Dividends from any and all 
claims which the Company has or may have in 
respect of the payment of each of the Relevant 
Dividends, such waiver and release to be effected by 
way of the entry by the Company into a 
shareholders’ deed of release (the “Shareholders’ 
Deed of Release”); and

 waive and release any rights of the Company to 
make claims against the Relevant Directors in 
respect of each of the Relevant Dividends, such 
waiver and release to be effected by way of the 
entry by the Company into a directors’ deed of 
release (the “Directors’ Deed of Release”, and 
together with the Shareholders’ Deed of Release, 
the “Deeds of Release”).

Copies of the form of the Deeds of Release will be 
available for inspection at the AGM.

The approach that the Company is proposing by way of 
resolution 12 in respect of the Relevant Dividends is 
consistent with the approach taken by other listed 
companies that have, similarly, made such distributions 
otherwise than in accordance with the Act. The Board 
has taken steps to ensure that, in future, the issues 
referred to in this document do not arise in relation to 
the payment of dividends.

Resolution 13 – Reduction of Capital 

Resolution 13 seeks shareholder approval for the 
cancellation of 10,671,088 ordinary shares as part of a 
Court-approved reduction of capital process (the 
“Reduction of Capital”). If this resolution is passed, the 
Company shall apply to the Court for order to confirm 
the reduction of capital and those ordinary shares shall 
be cancelled.

The Reduction of Capital is proposed as a result of 
technical issues (described below) affecting certain 
purchases of ordinary shares made by the Company 
between June 2013 and February 2021 (the “Buybacks”).

In accordance with the Act, the Company intended to 
fund the Buybacks from distributable profits, rather than 
the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares. The Act provides 
that a public company may make a payment out of its 
distributable profits as shown in the last accounts 
circulated to members or, if interim accounts are used, 
those that have been filed at Companies House. 

It was always the intention of the Company to fund the 
Buybacks in full compliance with the Act and all other 
regulatory requirements, and at all times the Group had 
sufficient distributable profits to justify the funding of 
the Buybacks. However, 19,308,221 ordinary shares were 
purchased at times when the Company did not have 
sufficient distributable reserves. As 8,637,133 of these 
shares were reissued under the Group’s employee shares 
schemes and are no longer held in treasury, the Group 
intends to cancel the remaining 10,671,088 ordinary 
shares (the “Remaining Shares”) which continue to be 
held in treasury. 

The Company is now, therefore, seeking to cancel the 
Remaining Shares by means of the Reduction of Capital. 
The Act permits a company to reduce its capital by 
obtaining approval of its shareholders by special 
resolution and then applying to the High Court of Justice 
of England and Wales for an order confirming the 
reduction (“Court Order”). Resolution 13 seeks the 
shareholders’ approval of the Reduction of Capital and, if 
passed, the Company will then make an application for a 
Court Order.

This resolution intends to put the Company and the 
shareholders in the position that would have arisen if the 
Buybacks were undertaken as intended and the shares 
bought back were cancelled.

Board Recommendation

Your directors consider that resolutions 1 to 11 and 13 to 
be put to the meeting are in the best interests of the 
Company and its shareholders as a whole, and 
unanimously recommend shareholders to vote in favour 
of resolutions 1 to 11 and 13, as they intend to do in respect 
of their own beneficial holdings. However, as the 
directors are parties to the Deeds of Release proposed in 
resolution 12, they recommend that shareholders 
consider whether this resolution is in the best interests of 
the Company and that shareholders do cast their votes 
on such resolution. 

The votes of each of the directors and their respective 
associates and those of former directors shall not be 
taken into account in establishing whether the majority 
necessary for the passing of resolution 12 has been 
obtained. The directors have undertaken to abstain, and 
to take all reasonable steps to ensure that their 
respective associates abstain, from voting on 
resolution 12.

165

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationOther Information | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Information for shareholders 

Financial calendar

2021-2022

December

December 

February

February

May 

July 

Year end results announced

Annual report issued

Annual General Meeting

Final dividend paid

Half year results announced and half year report issued

Interim dividend paid

Company information

Company registration number
2375296

166

Registered office
45 Gresham Street 
London 
EC2V 7BF

mail@numis.com 
www.numis.com

Broker
Numis Securities Ltd 
45 Gresham Street 
London 
EC2V 7BF

Nominated adviser
Grant Thornton LLP 
30 Finsbury Square 
London 
EC2P 2YU

Registrar
Computershare Investor Services PLC 
The Pavilions 
Bridgwater Road 
Bristol 
BS99 6ZZ

Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
7 More London Riverside 
London 
SE1 2RT

Bankers
Barclays Bank plc 
Level 28  
1 Churchill Place 
London 
E14 5HP

Numis Corporation Plc 
45 Gresham Street  
London  
EC2V 7BF 

mail@numis.com
www.numis.com

Other Information | Numis Annual Report and Accounts 2021Other InformationAlternative performance measures

The Group uses the following non-GAAP alternative 
performance measures:

Underlying operating profit
Measure: Profit before investment income/losses,  
net finance income, non-recurring items and tax

Reconciliation: See page 36.

Why we use this measure:
Provides a consistent measure of the performance of 
the core business, excluding the impact of non-core 
activities and one-off items.

Operating margin
Measure: Underlying operating profit dividend 
by revenue.

Reconciliation: See page 36.

Why we use this measure:
Provides a measure of the profitability of the core 
business activities of the Group, identifying the 
operating gearing within the business.

Designed and produced by MerchantCantos 
www.merchantcantos.com

Printed by Park Communications on FSC® certified paper.

Park works to the EMAS standard and its Environmental 
Management System is certified to ISO 14001.

This publication has been manufactured using 100% 
offshore wind electricity sourced from UK wind.

vN

u

m

i

s

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

1

Numis Corporation Plc
45 Gresham Street 
London
EC2V 7BF 
+44 (0)20 7260 1000
mail@numis.com
www.numis.com